*nix Documentation Project
·  Home
 +   man pages
·  Linux HOWTOs
·  FreeBSD Tips
·  *niX Forums

  man pages->FreeBSD man pages              
Title
Content
Arch
Section
 
 abort(3) -- cause abnormal program termination
    The abort() function causes abnormal program termination to occur, unless the signal SIGABRT is being caught and the signal handler does not return. Any open streams are flushed and closed.
 abs(3) -- integer absolute value function
    The abs() function computes the absolute value of the integer j.
 acl(3) -- introduction to the POSIX.1e ACL security API
    FreeBSD permits file systems to export Access Control Lists via the VFS, and provides a library for userland access to and manipulation of these ACLs. Not all file systems provide support for ACLs, an...
 acl_add_perm(3) -- add permissions to a permission set
    The acl_add_perm() function is a POSIX.1e call that adds the permission contained in perm to the permission set permset_d. Note: it is not considered an error to attempt to add permissions that alread...
 acl_calc_mask(3) -- calculate and set ACL mask permissions
    The acl_calc_mask() function is a POSIX.1e call that calculates and set the permissions associated with the ACL_MASK ACL entry of the ACL referred to by acl_p. The value of new permissions are the uni...
 acl_clear_perms(3) -- clear permissions from a permission set
    The acl_clear_perms() function is a POSIX.1e call that clears all permissions from permissions set permset_d.
 acl_copy_entry(3) -- copy an ACL entry to another ACL entry
    The acl_copy_entry() function is a POSIX.1e call that copies the contents of ACL entry src_d to ACL entry dest_d.
 acl_create_entry(3) -- create a new ACL entry
    The acl_create_entry() function is a POSIX.1e call that creates a new ACL entry in the ACL pointed to by acl_p.
 acl_delete(3) -- delete an ACL from a file
    The acl_delete_def_file(), acl_delete_def_link_np(), acl_delete_fd_np(), acl_delete_file_np(), and acl_delete_link_np() each allow the deletion of an ACL from a file. The acl_delete_def_file() functio...
 acl_delete_def_file(3) -- delete an ACL from a file
    The acl_delete_def_file(), acl_delete_def_link_np(), acl_delete_fd_np(), acl_delete_file_np(), and acl_delete_link_np() each allow the deletion of an ACL from a file. The acl_delete_def_file() functio...
 acl_delete_entry(3) -- delete an ACL entry from an ACL
    The acl_delete_entry() function is a POSIX.1e call that removes the ACL entry entry_d from ACL acl.
 acl_delete_fd_np(3) -- delete an ACL from a file
    The acl_delete_def_file(), acl_delete_def_link_np(), acl_delete_fd_np(), acl_delete_file_np(), and acl_delete_link_np() each allow the deletion of an ACL from a file. The acl_delete_def_file() functio...
 acl_delete_file_np(3) -- delete an ACL from a file
    The acl_delete_def_file(), acl_delete_def_link_np(), acl_delete_fd_np(), acl_delete_file_np(), and acl_delete_link_np() each allow the deletion of an ACL from a file. The acl_delete_def_file() functio...
 acl_delete_perm(3) -- delete permissions from a permission set
    The acl_delete_perm() function is a POSIX.1e call that removes specific permissions from permissions set perm.
 acl_dup(3) -- duplicate an ACL
    The acl_dup() function returns a pointer to a copy of the ACL pointed to by the argument acl. This function may cause memory to be allocated. The caller should free any releasable memory, when the new...
 acl_free(3) -- free ACL working state
    The acl_free() call allows the freeing of ACL working space, such as is allocated by acl_dup(3), or acl_from_text(3).
 acl_from_text(3) -- create an ACL from text
    The acl_from_text() function converts the text form of an ACL referred to by buf_p into the internal working structure for ACLs, appropriate for applying to files or manipulating. This function may ca...
 acl_get(3) -- get an ACL for a file
    The acl_get_fd(), acl_get_file(), acl_get_link_np(), and acl_get_fd_np() each allow the retrieval of an ACL from a file. The acl_get_fd() is a POSIX.1e call that allows the retrieval of an ACL of type...
 acl_get_entry(3) -- retrieve an ACL entry from an ACL
    The acl_get_entry() function is a POSIX.1e call that retrieves a descriptor for an ACL entry specified by the argument entry_d within the ACL indicated by the argument acl. If the value of entry_id is...
 acl_get_fd(3) -- get an ACL for a file
    The acl_get_fd(), acl_get_file(), acl_get_link_np(), and acl_get_fd_np() each allow the retrieval of an ACL from a file. The acl_get_fd() is a POSIX.1e call that allows the retrieval of an ACL of type...
 acl_get_fd_np(3) -- get an ACL for a file
    The acl_get_fd(), acl_get_file(), acl_get_link_np(), and acl_get_fd_np() each allow the retrieval of an ACL from a file. The acl_get_fd() is a POSIX.1e call that allows the retrieval of an ACL of type...
 acl_get_file(3) -- get an ACL for a file
    The acl_get_fd(), acl_get_file(), acl_get_link_np(), and acl_get_fd_np() each allow the retrieval of an ACL from a file. The acl_get_fd() is a POSIX.1e call that allows the retrieval of an ACL of type...
 acl_get_permset(3) -- retrieve permission set from an ACL entry
    The acl_get_permset() function is a POSIX.1e call that returns via permset_p a descriptor to the permission set in the ACL entry entry_d. Subsequent operations using the returned permission set operat...
 acl_get_perm_np(3) -- check if a permission is set in a permission set
    The acl_get_perm_np() function is a non-portable function that checks if a permission is set in a permission set.
 acl_get_qualifier(3) -- retrieve the qualifier from an ACL entry
    The acl_get_qualifier() function is a POSIX.1e call that retrieves the qualifier of the tag for the ACL entry indicated by the argument entry_d into working storage and returns a pointer to that stora...
 acl_get_tag_type(3) -- retrieve the tag type from an ACL entry
    The acl_get_tag_type() function is a POSIX.1e call that returns the tag type for the ACL entry entry_d. Upon successful completion, the location referred to by the argument tag_type_p will be set to t...
 acl_init(3) -- initialize ACL working storage
    The acl_init() function allocates and initializes the working storage for an ACL of at least count ACL entries. A pointer to the working storage is returned. The working storage allocated to contain t...
 acl_set(3) -- set an ACL for a file
    The acl_set_fd(), acl_set_fd_np(), acl_set_file(), and acl_set_link_np() each associate an ACL with an object referred to by fd or path_p. The acl_set_fd_np() and acl_set_link_np() functions are not P...
 acl_set_fd(3) -- set an ACL for a file
    The acl_set_fd(), acl_set_fd_np(), acl_set_file(), and acl_set_link_np() each associate an ACL with an object referred to by fd or path_p. The acl_set_fd_np() and acl_set_link_np() functions are not P...
 acl_set_fd_np(3) -- set an ACL for a file
    The acl_set_fd(), acl_set_fd_np(), acl_set_file(), and acl_set_link_np() each associate an ACL with an object referred to by fd or path_p. The acl_set_fd_np() and acl_set_link_np() functions are not P...
 acl_set_file(3) -- set an ACL for a file
    The acl_set_fd(), acl_set_fd_np(), acl_set_file(), and acl_set_link_np() each associate an ACL with an object referred to by fd or path_p. The acl_set_fd_np() and acl_set_link_np() functions are not P...
 acl_set_permset(3) -- set the permissions of an ACL entry
    The acl_set_permset() function is a POSIX.1e call that sets the permissions of ACL entry entry_d with the permissions contained in permset_d.
 acl_set_qualifier(3) -- set ACL tag qualifier
    The acl_set_qualifier() function is a POSIX.1e call that sets the qualifier of the tag for the ACl entry entry_d to the value referred to by tag_qualifier_p.
 acl_set_tag_type(3) -- set the tag type of an ACL entry
    The acl_set_tag_type() function is a POSIX.1e call that sets the ACL tag type of ACL entry entry_d to the value of tag_type.
 acl_to_text(3) -- convert an ACL to text
    The acl_to_text() function translates the ACL pointed to by argument acl into a NULL terminated character string. If the pointer len_p is not NULL, then the function shall return the length of the str...
 acl_valid(3) -- validate an ACL
    These functions check that the ACL referred to by the argument acl is valid. The POSIX.1e routine, acl_valid(), checks this validity only with POSIX.1e ACL semantics, and irrespective of the context i...
 acl_valid_fd_np(3) -- validate an ACL
    These functions check that the ACL referred to by the argument acl is valid. The POSIX.1e routine, acl_valid(), checks this validity only with POSIX.1e ACL semantics, and irrespective of the context i...
 acl_valid_file_np(3) -- validate an ACL
    These functions check that the ACL referred to by the argument acl is valid. The POSIX.1e routine, acl_valid(), checks this validity only with POSIX.1e ACL semantics, and irrespective of the context i...
 acos(3) -- arc cosine functions
    The acos() and the acosf() functions compute the principal value of the arc cosine of x. A domain error occurs for arguments not in the range [-1, +1]. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see m...
 acosf(3) -- arc cosine functions
    The acos() and the acosf() functions compute the principal value of the arc cosine of x. A domain error occurs for arguments not in the range [-1, +1]. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see m...
 acosh(3) -- inverse hyperbolic cosine functions
    The acosh() and the acoshf() functions compute the inverse hyperbolic cosine of the real argument x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3).
 acoshf(3) -- inverse hyperbolic cosine functions
    The acosh() and the acoshf() functions compute the inverse hyperbolic cosine of the real argument x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3).
 addch(3) -- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor
    The addch, waddch, mvaddch and mvwaddch routines put the character ch into the given window at its current window position, which is then advanced. They are analogous to putchar in stdio(3). If the ad...
 addchnstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window
    These routines copy chstr into the window image structure at and after the current cursor position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements, but no more than will fit on ...
 addchstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window
    These routines copy chstr into the window image structure at and after the current cursor position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements, but no more than will fit on ...
 addnstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor
    These routines write the characters of the (null-terminated) character string str on the given window. It is similar to calling waddch once for each character in the string. The four routines with n a...
 addr(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
    The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta...
 addr2ascii(3) -- Generic address formatting routines
    The routines addr2ascii() and ascii2addr() are used to convert network addresses between binary form and a printable form appropriate to the address family. Both functions take an af argument, specify...
 addstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor
    These routines write the characters of the (null-terminated) character string str on the given window. It is similar to calling waddch once for each character in the string. The four routines with n a...
 alarm(3) -- set signal timer alarm
    This interface is made obsolete by setitimer(2). The alarm() function sets a timer to deliver the signal SIGALRM to the calling process after the specified number of seconds. If an alarm has already b...
 alloca(3) -- memory allocator
    The alloca() function allocates size bytes of space in the stack frame of the caller. This temporary space is automatically freed on return.
 alphasort(3) -- scan a directory
    The scandir() function reads the directory dirname and builds an array of pointers to directory entries using malloc(3). It returns the number of entries in the array. A pointer to the array of direct...
 arc4random(3) -- arc4 random number generator
    The arc4random() function uses the key stream generator employed by the arc4 cipher, which uses 8*8 8 bit S-Boxes. The S-Boxes can be in about (2**1700) states. The arc4random() function returns pseud...
 arc4random_addrandom(3) -- arc4 random number generator
    The arc4random() function uses the key stream generator employed by the arc4 cipher, which uses 8*8 8 bit S-Boxes. The S-Boxes can be in about (2**1700) states. The arc4random() function returns pseud...
 arc4random_stir(3) -- arc4 random number generator
    The arc4random() function uses the key stream generator employed by the arc4 cipher, which uses 8*8 8 bit S-Boxes. The S-Boxes can be in about (2**1700) states. The arc4random() function returns pseud...
 ascftime(3) -- convert date and time to string
    The cftime() and ascftime() functions are made obsolete by strftime(3). Use of the functions cftime() and ascftime() is strongly deprecated, since there is no way to check for a buffer overflow condit...
 ascii2addr(3) -- Generic address formatting routines
    The routines addr2ascii() and ascii2addr() are used to convert network addresses between binary form and a printable form appropriate to the address family. Both functions take an af argument, specify...
 asctime(3) -- transform binary date and time values
    The functions ctime(), gmtime() and localtime() all take as an argument a time value representing the time in seconds since the Epoch (00:00:00 UTC, January 1, 1970; see time(3)). The function localti...
 asctime_r(3) -- transform binary date and time values
    The functions ctime(), gmtime() and localtime() all take as an argument a time value representing the time in seconds since the Epoch (00:00:00 UTC, January 1, 1970; see time(3)). The function localti...
 asin(3) -- arc sine functions
    The asin() and the asinf() functions compute the principal value of the arc sine of x. A domain error occurs for arguments not in the range [-1, +1]. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see mat...
 asinf(3) -- arc sine functions
    The asin() and the asinf() functions compute the principal value of the arc sine of x. A domain error occurs for arguments not in the range [-1, +1]. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see mat...
 asinh(3) -- inverse hyperbolic sine functions
    The asinh() and the asinhf() functions compute the inverse hyperbolic sine of the real argument x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3).
 asinhf(3) -- inverse hyperbolic sine functions
    The asinh() and the asinhf() functions compute the inverse hyperbolic sine of the real argument x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3).
 asn1(3) -- ASN.1 library for SNMP
    The ASN.1 library contains routines to handle ASN.1 encoding for SNMP. It supports only the restricted form of ASN.1 as required by SNMP. There are two basic structures used throughout the library: /*...
 asprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
    The printf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. The printf() and vprintf() functions write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fprintf() and vfprin...
 assert(3) -- expression verification macro
    The assert() macro tests the given expression and if it is false, the calling process is terminated. A diagnostic message is written to stderr and the function abort(3) is called, effectively terminat...
 assertions(3) -- assertion system
    The REQUIRE(), ENSURE(), INSIST(), and INVARIANT() macros evaluate a boolean expression, and if it is false, they invoke the current assertion failure callback. The default callback will print a messa...
 assertion_type_to_text(3) -- assertion system
    The REQUIRE(), ENSURE(), INSIST(), and INVARIANT() macros evaluate a boolean expression, and if it is false, they invoke the current assertion failure callback. The default callback will print a messa...
 assume_default_colors(3) -- use terminal's default colors
    The use_default_colors() and assume_default_colors() functions are extensions to the curses library. They are used with terminals that support ISO 6429 color, or equivalent. These terminals allow the ...
 atan(3) -- arc tangent functions of one variable
    The atan() and the atanf() functions compute the principal value of the arc tangent of x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3).
 atan2(3) -- arc tangent functions of two variables
    The atan2() and the atan2f() functions compute the principal value of the arc tangent of y/x, using the signs of both arguments to determine the quadrant of the return value.
 atan2f(3) -- arc tangent functions of two variables
    The atan2() and the atan2f() functions compute the principal value of the arc tangent of y/x, using the signs of both arguments to determine the quadrant of the return value.
 atanf(3) -- arc tangent functions of one variable
    The atan() and the atanf() functions compute the principal value of the arc tangent of x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3).
 atanh(3) -- inverse hyperbolic tangent functions
    The atanh() and the atanhf() functions compute the inverse hyperbolic tangent of the real argument x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3).
 atanhf(3) -- inverse hyperbolic tangent functions
    The atanh() and the atanhf() functions compute the inverse hyperbolic tangent of the real argument x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3).
 atexit(3) -- register a function to be called on exit
    The atexit() function registers the given function to be called at program exit, whether via exit(3) or via return from the program's main(). Functions so registered are called in reverse order; no a...
 atof(3) -- convert ASCII string to double
    The atof() function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to double representation. It is equivalent to: strtod(nptr, (char **)NULL); The decimal point character is defined in ...
 atoi(3) -- convert ASCII string to integer
    The atoi() function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to int representation. It is equivalent to: (int)strtol(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10);
 atol(3) -- convert ASCII string to long or long long integer
    The atol() function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to long integer representation. It is equivalent to: strtol(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10); The atoll() function converts th...
 atoll(3) -- convert ASCII string to long or long long integer
    The atol() function converts the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to long integer representation. It is equivalent to: strtol(nptr, (char **)NULL, 10); The atoll() function converts th...
 attroff(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 attron(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 attrset(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 attr_get(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 attr_off(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 attr_on(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 attr_set(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 auth(3) -- functions for reading values from /etc/auth.conf
    The function auth_getval() returns the value associated with the field called name or NULL if no such field is found or the auth file cannot be opened.
 authnone_create(3) -- library routines for client side remote procedure call authentication
    These routines are part of the RPC library that allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network, with desired authentication. These routines are normally called...
 authsys_create(3) -- library routines for client side remote procedure call authentication
    These routines are part of the RPC library that allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network, with desired authentication. These routines are normally called...
 authsys_create_default(3) -- library routines for client side remote procedure call authentication
    These routines are part of the RPC library that allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network, with desired authentication. These routines are normally called...
 authunix_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 authunix_create_default(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 auth_cat(3) -- authentication style support library for login class capabilities database
    This set of functions support the login class authorisation style interface provided by login.conf(5).
 auth_checknologin(3) -- authentication style support library for login class capabilities database
    This set of functions support the login class authorisation style interface provided by login.conf(5).
 auth_destroy(3) -- library routines for client side remote procedure call authentication
    These routines are part of the RPC library that allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network, with desired authentication. These routines are normally called...
 auth_getval(3) -- functions for reading values from /etc/auth.conf
    The function auth_getval() returns the value associated with the field called name or NULL if no such field is found or the auth file cannot be opened.
 auth_hostok(3) -- functions for checking login class based login restrictions
    This set of functions checks to see if login is allowed based on login class capability entries in the login database, login.conf(5). The auth_ttyok() function checks to see if the named tty is availa...
 auth_timeok(3) -- functions for checking login class based login restrictions
    This set of functions checks to see if login is allowed based on login class capability entries in the login database, login.conf(5). The auth_ttyok() function checks to see if the named tty is availa...
 auth_ttyok(3) -- functions for checking login class based login restrictions
    This set of functions checks to see if login is allowed based on login class capability entries in the login database, login.conf(5). The auth_ttyok() function checks to see if the named tty is availa...
 basename(3) -- extract the base portion of a pathname
    The basename() function returns the last component from the pathname pointed to by path, deleting any trailing `/' characters. If path consists entirely of `/' characters, a pointer to the string "...
 baudrate(3) -- curses environment query routines
    The baudrate routine returns the output speed of the terminal. The number returned is in bits per second, for example 9600, and is an integer. The erasechar routine returns the user's current erase c...
 bcmp(3) -- compare byte string
    The bcmp() function compares byte string b1 against byte string b2, returning zero if they are identical, non-zero otherwise. Both strings are assumed to be len bytes long. Zero-length strings are alw...
 bcopy(3) -- copy byte string
    The bcopy() function copies len bytes from string src to string dst. The two strings may overlap. If len is zero, no bytes are copied.
 beep(3) -- curses bell and screen flash routines
    The beep and flash routines are used to alert the terminal user. The routine beep sounds an audible alarm on the terminal, if possible; otherwise it flashes the screen (visible bell). The routine flas...
 bindresvport(3) -- bind a socket to a privileged IP port
    The bindresvport() and bindresvport_sa() functions are used to bind a socket descriptor to a privileged IP port, that is, a port number in the range 0-1023. If sin is a pointer to a struct sockaddr_in...
 bindresvport_sa(3) -- bind a socket to a privileged IP port
    The bindresvport() and bindresvport_sa() functions are used to bind a socket descriptor to a privileged IP port, that is, a port number in the range 0-1023. If sin is a pointer to a struct sockaddr_in...
 bitncmp(3) -- compare bit masks
    The function bitncmp() compares the ``n'' most-significant bits of the two masks pointed to by ``l'' and ``r'', and returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than 0, according to whethe...
 bitstring(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
    These macros operate on strings of bits. The macro bit_alloc() returns a pointer of type ``bitstr_t *'' to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The macro bit_decl(...
 bitstr_size(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
    These macros operate on strings of bits. The macro bit_alloc() returns a pointer of type ``bitstr_t *'' to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The macro bit_decl(...
 bit_alloc(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
    These macros operate on strings of bits. The macro bit_alloc() returns a pointer of type ``bitstr_t *'' to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The macro bit_decl(...
 bit_clear(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
    These macros operate on strings of bits. The macro bit_alloc() returns a pointer of type ``bitstr_t *'' to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The macro bit_decl(...
 bit_decl(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
    These macros operate on strings of bits. The macro bit_alloc() returns a pointer of type ``bitstr_t *'' to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The macro bit_decl(...
 bit_ffc(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
    These macros operate on strings of bits. The macro bit_alloc() returns a pointer of type ``bitstr_t *'' to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The macro bit_decl(...
 bit_ffs(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
    These macros operate on strings of bits. The macro bit_alloc() returns a pointer of type ``bitstr_t *'' to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The macro bit_decl(...
 bit_nclear(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
    These macros operate on strings of bits. The macro bit_alloc() returns a pointer of type ``bitstr_t *'' to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The macro bit_decl(...
 bit_nset(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
    These macros operate on strings of bits. The macro bit_alloc() returns a pointer of type ``bitstr_t *'' to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The macro bit_decl(...
 bit_set(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
    These macros operate on strings of bits. The macro bit_alloc() returns a pointer of type ``bitstr_t *'' to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The macro bit_decl(...
 bit_test(3) -- bit-string manipulation macros
    These macros operate on strings of bits. The macro bit_alloc() returns a pointer of type ``bitstr_t *'' to sufficient space to store nbits bits, or NULL if no space is available. The macro bit_decl(...
 bkgd(3) -- curses window background manipulation routines
    The bkgdset and wbkgdset routines manipulate the background of the named window. The window background is a chtype consisting of any combination of attributes (i.e., rendition) and a character. The at...
 bkgdset(3) -- curses window background manipulation routines
    The bkgdset and wbkgdset routines manipulate the background of the named window. The window background is a chtype consisting of any combination of attributes (i.e., rendition) and a character. The at...
 bluetooth(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines
    The bt_gethostent(), bt_gethostbyname() and bt_gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the hostent structure describing a Bluetooth host referenced by name or by address, res...
 border(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
    The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. Other than the window, each argument is a character with attributes: ls - left side, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - ...
 bottom_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
    Panels are curses(3X) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or...
 box(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
    The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. Other than the window, each argument is a character with attributes: ls - left side, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - ...
 bread(3) -- read and write blocks of a UFS filesystem
    The bread() and bwrite() functions provide a block read and write API for libufs(3) consumers. They operate on a userland UFS disk structure, and perform the read and write at a given block address, w...
 bsde_delete_rule(3) -- file system firewall rules list management
    The bsde_get_rule() function fills in *rule with the rule numbered rulenum. If an error occurs, *errstr is filled in with the error string (up to errlen characters, including the terminating NUL). The...
 bsde_get_rule(3) -- file system firewall rules list management
    The bsde_get_rule() function fills in *rule with the rule numbered rulenum. If an error occurs, *errstr is filled in with the error string (up to errlen characters, including the terminating NUL). The...
 bsde_get_rule_count(3) -- file system firewall statistics
    The bsde_get_rule_count() and bsde_get_rule_slots() functions return the total number of enforced rules and the total number of used rule slots, respectively. If an error occurs, *errstr is filled in ...
 bsde_get_rule_slots(3) -- file system firewall statistics
    The bsde_get_rule_count() and bsde_get_rule_slots() functions return the total number of enforced rules and the total number of used rule slots, respectively. If an error occurs, *errstr is filled in ...
 bsde_parse_rule(3) -- parse file system firewall rules
    The bsde_parse_rule() function parses an argument vector (e.g. argv as passed to main()) into rule. If an error occurs, *errstr is filled in with the error string (up to errlen characters, including t...
 bsde_parse_rule_string(3) -- parse file system firewall rules
    The bsde_parse_rule() function parses an argument vector (e.g. argv as passed to main()) into rule. If an error occurs, *errstr is filled in with the error string (up to errlen characters, including t...
 bsde_rule_to_string(3) -- convert a ugidfw rule into its text representation
    The bsde_rule_to_string() function converts a rule in its internal representation (struct mac_bsdextended_rule) into its text representation, and writes up to buflen bytes of it to buf (including the ...
 bsde_set_rule(3) -- file system firewall rules list management
    The bsde_get_rule() function fills in *rule with the rule numbered rulenum. If an error occurs, *errstr is filled in with the error string (up to errlen characters, including the terminating NUL). The...
 bsearch(3) -- binary search of a sorted table
    The bsearch() function searches an array of nmemb objects, the initial member of which is pointed to by base, for a member that matches the object pointed to by key. The size of each member of the arr...
 bsnmpagent(3) -- SNMP agent library
    The SNMP library contains routines to easily build SNMP agent applications that use SNMP versions 1 or 2. Note, however, that it may be even easier to build an snmpd(1) loadable module, that handles t...
 bsnmpclient(3) -- SNMP client library
    The SNMP library contains routines to easily build SNMP client applications that use SNMP versions 1 or 2. Most of the routines use a struct snmp_client: struct snmp_client { enum snmp_version version...
 bsnmplib(3) -- SNMP decoding and encoding library
    The SNMP library contains routines to handle SNMP version 1 and 2 PDUs. There are two basic structures used throughout the library: struct snmp_value { struct asn_oid var; enum snmp_syntax syntax; uni...
 bstring(3) -- byte string operations
    These functions operate on variable length strings of bytes. They do not check for terminating null bytes as the routines listed in string(3) do. See the specific manual pages for more information.
 btowc(3) -- convert between wide and single-byte characters
    The btowc() function converts a single-byte character into a corresponding wide character. If the character is EOF or not valid in the initial shift state, btowc() returns WEOF. The wctob() function c...
 btree(3) -- btree database access method
    The routine dbopen() is the library interface to database files. One of the supported file formats is btree files. The general description of the database access methods is in dbopen(3), this manual p...
 bt_aton(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines
    The bt_gethostent(), bt_gethostbyname() and bt_gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the hostent structure describing a Bluetooth host referenced by name or by address, res...
 bt_endhostent(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines
    The bt_gethostent(), bt_gethostbyname() and bt_gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the hostent structure describing a Bluetooth host referenced by name or by address, res...
 bt_endprotoent(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines
    The bt_gethostent(), bt_gethostbyname() and bt_gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the hostent structure describing a Bluetooth host referenced by name or by address, res...
 bt_gethostbyaddr(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines
    The bt_gethostent(), bt_gethostbyname() and bt_gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the hostent structure describing a Bluetooth host referenced by name or by address, res...
 bt_gethostbyname(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines
    The bt_gethostent(), bt_gethostbyname() and bt_gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the hostent structure describing a Bluetooth host referenced by name or by address, res...
 bt_gethostent(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines
    The bt_gethostent(), bt_gethostbyname() and bt_gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the hostent structure describing a Bluetooth host referenced by name or by address, res...
 bt_getprotobyname(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines
    The bt_gethostent(), bt_gethostbyname() and bt_gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the hostent structure describing a Bluetooth host referenced by name or by address, res...
 bt_getprotobynumber(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines
    The bt_gethostent(), bt_gethostbyname() and bt_gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the hostent structure describing a Bluetooth host referenced by name or by address, res...
 bt_getprotoent(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines
    The bt_gethostent(), bt_gethostbyname() and bt_gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the hostent structure describing a Bluetooth host referenced by name or by address, res...
 bt_ntoa(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines
    The bt_gethostent(), bt_gethostbyname() and bt_gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the hostent structure describing a Bluetooth host referenced by name or by address, res...
 bt_sethostent(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines
    The bt_gethostent(), bt_gethostbyname() and bt_gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the hostent structure describing a Bluetooth host referenced by name or by address, res...
 bt_setprotoent(3) -- Bluetooth address manipulation routines
    The bt_gethostent(), bt_gethostbyname() and bt_gethostbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the hostent structure describing a Bluetooth host referenced by name or by address, res...
 buff_decode(3) -- CAM user library SCSI buffer parsing routines
    The CAM buffer/CDB encoding and decoding routines provide a relatively easy migration path for userland SCSI applications written with the similarly-named scsireq_* functions from the old FreeBSD SCSI...
 buff_decode_visit(3) -- CAM user library SCSI buffer parsing routines
    The CAM buffer/CDB encoding and decoding routines provide a relatively easy migration path for userland SCSI applications written with the similarly-named scsireq_* functions from the old FreeBSD SCSI...
 buff_encode_visit(3) -- CAM user library SCSI buffer parsing routines
    The CAM buffer/CDB encoding and decoding routines provide a relatively easy migration path for userland SCSI applications written with the similarly-named scsireq_* functions from the old FreeBSD SCSI...
 buildmatch(3) -- device statistics utility library
    The devstat library is a library of helper functions for dealing with the kernel devstat(9) interface, which is accessible to users via sysctl(3) and kvm(3). All functions that take a kvm_t * as first...
 bwrite(3) -- read and write blocks of a UFS filesystem
    The bread() and bwrite() functions provide a block read and write API for libufs(3) consumers. They operate on a userland UFS disk structure, and perform the read and write at a given block address, w...
 byteorder(3) -- convert values between host and network byte order
    These routines convert 16 and 32 bit quantities between network byte order and host byte order. On machines which have a byte order which is the same as the network order, routines are defined as null...
 bzero(3) -- write zeroes to a byte string
    The bzero() function writes len zero bytes to the string b. If len is zero, bzero() does nothing.
 cabs(3) -- Euclidean distance and complex absolute value functions
    The hypot(), hypotf(), cabs() and cabsf() functions compute the sqrt(x*x+y*y) in such a way that underflow will not happen, and overflow occurs only if the final result deserves it. hypot(infinity, v)...
 cabsf(3) -- Euclidean distance and complex absolute value functions
    The hypot(), hypotf(), cabs() and cabsf() functions compute the sqrt(x*x+y*y) in such a way that underflow will not happen, and overflow occurs only if the final result deserves it. hypot(infinity, v)...
 calendar(3) -- Calendar arithmetic for the Christian era
    These functions provide calendar arithmetic for a large range of years, starting at March 1st, year zero (i. e. 1 B.C.) and ending way beyond year 100000. Programs should be linked with -lcalendar. Th...
 calloc(3) -- general purpose memory allocation functions
    The malloc() function allocates size bytes of memory. The allocated space is suitably aligned (after possible pointer coercion) for storage of any type of object. If the space is at least pagesize byt...
 callrpc(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 cam(3) -- CAM user library
    The CAM library consists of a number of functions designed to aid in programming with the CAM subsystem. This man page covers the basic set of library functions. More functions are documented in the m...
 cam_cdbparse(3) -- CAM user library SCSI buffer parsing routines
    The CAM buffer/CDB encoding and decoding routines provide a relatively easy migration path for userland SCSI applications written with the similarly-named scsireq_* functions from the old FreeBSD SCSI...
 cam_close_device(3) -- CAM user library
    The CAM library consists of a number of functions designed to aid in programming with the CAM subsystem. This man page covers the basic set of library functions. More functions are documented in the m...
 cam_close_spec_device(3) -- CAM user library
    The CAM library consists of a number of functions designed to aid in programming with the CAM subsystem. This man page covers the basic set of library functions. More functions are documented in the m...
 cam_device_copy(3) -- CAM user library
    The CAM library consists of a number of functions designed to aid in programming with the CAM subsystem. This man page covers the basic set of library functions. More functions are documented in the m...
 cam_device_dup(3) -- CAM user library
    The CAM library consists of a number of functions designed to aid in programming with the CAM subsystem. This man page covers the basic set of library functions. More functions are documented in the m...
 cam_freeccb(3) -- CAM user library
    The CAM library consists of a number of functions designed to aid in programming with the CAM subsystem. This man page covers the basic set of library functions. More functions are documented in the m...
 cam_getccb(3) -- CAM user library
    The CAM library consists of a number of functions designed to aid in programming with the CAM subsystem. This man page covers the basic set of library functions. More functions are documented in the m...
 cam_get_device(3) -- CAM user library
    The CAM library consists of a number of functions designed to aid in programming with the CAM subsystem. This man page covers the basic set of library functions. More functions are documented in the m...
 cam_open_btl(3) -- CAM user library
    The CAM library consists of a number of functions designed to aid in programming with the CAM subsystem. This man page covers the basic set of library functions. More functions are documented in the m...
 cam_open_device(3) -- CAM user library
    The CAM library consists of a number of functions designed to aid in programming with the CAM subsystem. This man page covers the basic set of library functions. More functions are documented in the m...
 cam_open_pass(3) -- CAM user library
    The CAM library consists of a number of functions designed to aid in programming with the CAM subsystem. This man page covers the basic set of library functions. More functions are documented in the m...
 cam_open_spec_device(3) -- CAM user library
    The CAM library consists of a number of functions designed to aid in programming with the CAM subsystem. This man page covers the basic set of library functions. More functions are documented in the m...
 cam_path_string(3) -- CAM user library
    The CAM library consists of a number of functions designed to aid in programming with the CAM subsystem. This man page covers the basic set of library functions. More functions are documented in the m...
 cam_send_ccb(3) -- CAM user library
    The CAM library consists of a number of functions designed to aid in programming with the CAM subsystem. This man page covers the basic set of library functions. More functions are documented in the m...
 can_change_color(3) -- curses color manipulation routines
    Overview curses support color attributes on terminals with that capability. To use these routines start_color must be called, usually right after initscr. Colors are always used in pairs (referred to ...
 catclose(3) -- close message catalog
    The catclose() function closes the message catalog specified by the argument catd.
 catgets(3) -- retrieve string from message catalog
    The catgets() function attempts to retrieve message msg_id of set set_id from the message catalog referenced by the descriptor catd. The argument s points to a default message which is returned if the...
 catopen(3) -- open message catalog
    The catopen() function opens the message catalog specified by name and returns a message catalog descriptor. If name contains a `/' then name specifies the full pathname for the message catalog, othe...
 cbreak(3) -- curses input options
    Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro...
 cbrt(3) -- cube root and square root functions
    The cbrt() and the cbrtf() functions compute the cube root of x. The sqrt() and the sqrtf() functions compute the non-negative square root of x.
 cbrtf(3) -- cube root and square root functions
    The cbrt() and the cbrtf() functions compute the cube root of x. The sqrt() and the sqrtf() functions compute the non-negative square root of x.
 ceil(3) -- smallest integral value greater than or equal to x
    The ceil() and the ceilf() functions return the smallest integral value greater than or equal to x, expressed as a floating-point number.
 ceilf(3) -- smallest integral value greater than or equal to x
    The ceil() and the ceilf() functions return the smallest integral value greater than or equal to x, expressed as a floating-point number.
 cfgetispeed(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
    The cfmakeraw(), tcgetattr() and tcsetattr() functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed(), cfsetispeed(), cfgetospeed(), cfsetospeed() and cfsetspeed() funct...
 cfgetospeed(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
    The cfmakeraw(), tcgetattr() and tcsetattr() functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed(), cfsetispeed(), cfgetospeed(), cfsetospeed() and cfsetspeed() funct...
 cfmakeraw(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
    The cfmakeraw(), tcgetattr() and tcsetattr() functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed(), cfsetispeed(), cfgetospeed(), cfsetospeed() and cfsetspeed() funct...
 cfree(3) -- free up allocated memory
    The cfree function considered obsolete. The cfree function is a synonym for free(3).
 cfsetispeed(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
    The cfmakeraw(), tcgetattr() and tcsetattr() functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed(), cfsetispeed(), cfgetospeed(), cfsetospeed() and cfsetspeed() funct...
 cfsetospeed(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
    The cfmakeraw(), tcgetattr() and tcsetattr() functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed(), cfsetispeed(), cfgetospeed(), cfsetospeed() and cfsetspeed() funct...
 cfsetspeed(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
    The cfmakeraw(), tcgetattr() and tcsetattr() functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed(), cfsetispeed(), cfgetospeed(), cfsetospeed() and cfsetspeed() funct...
 cftime(3) -- convert date and time to string
    The cftime() and ascftime() functions are made obsolete by strftime(3). Use of the functions cftime() and ascftime() is strongly deprecated, since there is no way to check for a buffer overflow condit...
 cgetcap(3) -- capability database access routines
    The cgetent() function extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. The cgetent() func...
 cgetclose(3) -- capability database access routines
    The cgetent() function extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. The cgetent() func...
 cgetent(3) -- capability database access routines
    The cgetent() function extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. The cgetent() func...
 cgetfirst(3) -- capability database access routines
    The cgetent() function extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. The cgetent() func...
 cgetmatch(3) -- capability database access routines
    The cgetent() function extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. The cgetent() func...
 cgetnext(3) -- capability database access routines
    The cgetent() function extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. The cgetent() func...
 cgetnum(3) -- capability database access routines
    The cgetent() function extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. The cgetent() func...
 cgetset(3) -- capability database access routines
    The cgetent() function extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. The cgetent() func...
 cgetstr(3) -- capability database access routines
    The cgetent() function extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. The cgetent() func...
 cgetustr(3) -- capability database access routines
    The cgetent() function extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. The cgetent() func...
 cgread(3) -- read cylinder groups of UFS disks
    The cgread() and cgread1() functions provide cylinder group reads for libufs(3) consumers. The cgread1() function reads from one cylinder group, specified by c into the d_cg field of a userland UFS di...
 cgread1(3) -- read cylinder groups of UFS disks
    The cgread() and cgread1() functions provide cylinder group reads for libufs(3) consumers. The cgread1() function reads from one cylinder group, specified by c into the d_cg field of a userland UFS di...
 checkversion(3) -- device statistics utility library
    The devstat library is a library of helper functions for dealing with the kernel devstat(9) interface, which is accessible to users via sysctl(3) and kvm(3). All functions that take a kvm_t * as first...
 check_utility_compat(3) -- determine whether a utility should be compatible
    The check_utility_compat() function checks whether utility should behave in a traditional (FreeBSD 4.7-compatible) manner, or in accordance with IEEE Std 1003.1-2001 (``POSIX.1''). The configuration...
 chgat(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 clear(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window
    The erase and werase routines copy blanks to every position in the window, clearing the screen. The clear and wclear routines are like erase and werase, but they also call clearok, so that the screen ...
 clearerr(3) -- check and reset stream status
    The function clearerr() clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed to by stream. The function feof() tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by stream, return...
 clearerr_unlocked(3) -- check and reset stream status
    The function clearerr() clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed to by stream. The function feof() tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by stream, return...
 clearok(3) -- curses output options
    These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin....
 clntraw_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 clnttcp_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 clntudp_bufcreate(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 clntudp_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 clntunix_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 clnt_broadcast(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 clnt_call(3) -- library routines for client side calls
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re...
 clnt_control(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to...
 clnt_create(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to...
 clnt_create_timed(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to...
 clnt_create_vers(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to...
 clnt_create_vers_timed(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to...
 clnt_destroy(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to...
 clnt_dg_create(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to...
 clnt_freeres(3) -- library routines for client side calls
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re...
 clnt_geterr(3) -- library routines for client side calls
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re...
 clnt_pcreateerror(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to...
 clnt_perrno(3) -- library routines for client side calls
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re...
 clnt_perror(3) -- library routines for client side calls
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re...
 clnt_raw_create(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to...
 clnt_spcreateerror(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to...
 clnt_sperrno(3) -- library routines for client side calls
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re...
 clnt_sperror(3) -- library routines for client side calls
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re...
 clnt_tli_create(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to...
 clnt_tp_create(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to...
 clnt_tp_create_timed(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to...
 clnt_vc_create(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to...
 clock(3) -- determine processor time used
    The clock() function determines the amount of processor time used since the invocation of the calling process, measured in CLOCKS_PER_SECs of a second.
 closedir(3) -- directory operations
    The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. The poin...
 closelog(3) -- control system log
    The syslog() function writes message to the system message logger. The message is then written to the system console, log files, logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate. (See sy...
 clrtobot(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window
    The erase and werase routines copy blanks to every position in the window, clearing the screen. The clear and wclear routines are like erase and werase, but they also call clearok, so that the screen ...
 clrtoeol(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window
    The erase and werase routines copy blanks to every position in the window, clearing the screen. The clear and wclear routines are like erase and werase, but they also call clearok, so that the screen ...
 color_content(3) -- curses color manipulation routines
    Overview curses support color attributes on terminals with that capability. To use these routines start_color must be called, usually right after initscr. Colors are always used in pairs (referred to ...
 COLOR_PAIR(3) -- curses color manipulation routines
    Overview curses support color attributes on terminals with that capability. To use these routines start_color must be called, usually right after initscr. Colors are always used in pairs (referred to ...
 color_set(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 compute_etime(3) -- device statistics utility library
    The devstat library is a library of helper functions for dealing with the kernel devstat(9) interface, which is accessible to users via sysctl(3) and kvm(3). All functions that take a kvm_t * as first...
 compute_stats(3) -- device statistics utility library
    The devstat library is a library of helper functions for dealing with the kernel devstat(9) interface, which is accessible to users via sysctl(3) and kvm(3). All functions that take a kvm_t * as first...
 com_err(3) -- common error display routine
    Com_err displays an error message on the standard error stream stderr (see stdio(3S)) composed of the whoami string, which should specify the program name or some subportion of a program, followed by ...
 confstr(3) -- get string-valued configurable variables
    This interface is specified by IEEE Std 1003.1-2001 (``POSIX.1''). A more flexible (but non-portable) interface is provided by sysctl(3). The confstr() function provides a method for applications to...
 copysign(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
    These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() and copysignf() return x with its sign changed to y's. finite() and finitef() return the value 1 just when -infinity < x <...
 copysignf(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
    These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() and copysignf() return x with its sign changed to y's. finite() and finitef() return the value 1 just when -infinity < x <...
 copywin(3) -- overlay and manipulate overlapped curses windows
    The overlay and overwrite routines overlay srcwin on top of dstwin. scrwin and dstwin are not required to be the same size; only text where the two windows overlap is copied. The difference is that ov...
 cos(3) -- cosine functions
    The cos() and the cosf() functions compute the cosine of x (measured in radians). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significance. For a discussion of error due to roundof...
 cosf(3) -- cosine functions
    The cos() and the cosf() functions compute the cosine of x (measured in radians). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significance. For a discussion of error due to roundof...
 cosh(3) -- hyperbolic cosine functions
    The cosh() and the coshf() functions compute the hyperbolic cosine of x.
 coshf(3) -- hyperbolic cosine functions
    The cosh() and the coshf() functions compute the hyperbolic cosine of x.
 crypt(3) -- Trapdoor encryption
    The crypt() function performs password hashing with additional code added to deter key search attempts. Different algorithms can be used to in the hash. Currently these include the NBS Data Encryption...
 crypt_get_format(3) -- Trapdoor encryption
    The crypt() function performs password hashing with additional code added to deter key search attempts. Different algorithms can be used to in the hash. Currently these include the NBS Data Encryption...
 crypt_set_format(3) -- Trapdoor encryption
    The crypt() function performs password hashing with additional code added to deter key search attempts. Different algorithms can be used to in the hash. Currently these include the NBS Data Encryption...
 csio_build(3) -- CAM user library SCSI buffer parsing routines
    The CAM buffer/CDB encoding and decoding routines provide a relatively easy migration path for userland SCSI applications written with the similarly-named scsireq_* functions from the old FreeBSD SCSI...
 csio_build_visit(3) -- CAM user library SCSI buffer parsing routines
    The CAM buffer/CDB encoding and decoding routines provide a relatively easy migration path for userland SCSI applications written with the similarly-named scsireq_* functions from the old FreeBSD SCSI...
 csio_decode(3) -- CAM user library SCSI buffer parsing routines
    The CAM buffer/CDB encoding and decoding routines provide a relatively easy migration path for userland SCSI applications written with the similarly-named scsireq_* functions from the old FreeBSD SCSI...
 csio_decode_visit(3) -- CAM user library SCSI buffer parsing routines
    The CAM buffer/CDB encoding and decoding routines provide a relatively easy migration path for userland SCSI applications written with the similarly-named scsireq_* functions from the old FreeBSD SCSI...
 csio_encode(3) -- CAM user library SCSI buffer parsing routines
    The CAM buffer/CDB encoding and decoding routines provide a relatively easy migration path for userland SCSI applications written with the similarly-named scsireq_* functions from the old FreeBSD SCSI...
 csio_encode_visit(3) -- CAM user library SCSI buffer parsing routines
    The CAM buffer/CDB encoding and decoding routines provide a relatively easy migration path for userland SCSI applications written with the similarly-named scsireq_* functions from the old FreeBSD SCSI...
 ctermid(3) -- generate terminal pathname
    The ctermid() function generates a string, that, when used as a pathname, refers to the current controlling terminal of the calling process. If buf is the NULL pointer, a pointer to a static area is r...
 ctermid_r(3) -- generate terminal pathname
    The ctermid() function generates a string, that, when used as a pathname, refers to the current controlling terminal of the calling process. If buf is the NULL pointer, a pointer to a static area is r...
 ctime(3) -- transform binary date and time values
    The functions ctime(), gmtime() and localtime() all take as an argument a time value representing the time in seconds since the Epoch (00:00:00 UTC, January 1, 1970; see time(3)). The function localti...
 ctime_r(3) -- transform binary date and time values
    The functions ctime(), gmtime() and localtime() all take as an argument a time value representing the time in seconds since the Epoch (00:00:00 UTC, January 1, 1970; see time(3)). The function localti...
 ctype(3) -- character classification macros
    The above functions perform character tests and conversions on the integer c. They are available as macros, defined in the include file , or as true functions in the C library. See the specif...
 current_field(3) -- set and get form page number
    The function set_current field sets the current field of the given form; current_field returns the current field of the given form. The function set_form_page sets the form's page number (goes to pag...
 current_item(3) -- set and get current_menu_item
    The function set_current_item sets the current item (the item on which the menu cursor is positioned). current_item returns a pointer to the current item in the given menu. The function set_top_row se...
 curses(3) -- CRT screen handling and optimization package
    The ncurses library routines give the user a terminal-independent method of updating character screens with reasonable optimization. This implementation is ``new curses'' (ncurses) and is the approv...
 curses_version(3) -- miscellaneous curses extensions
    These functions are extensions to the curses library which do not fit easily into other categories. Use curses_version() to get the version number, including patch level of the library, e.g., 5.0.1999...
 curs_addch(3) -- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor
    The addch, waddch, mvaddch and mvwaddch routines put the character ch into the given window at its current window position, which is then advanced. They are analogous to putchar in stdio(3). If the ad...
 curs_addchstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window
    These routines copy chstr into the window image structure at and after the current cursor position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements, but no more than will fit on ...
 curs_addstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor
    These routines write the characters of the (null-terminated) character string str on the given window. It is similar to calling waddch once for each character in the string. The four routines with n a...
 curs_attr(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 curs_beep(3) -- curses bell and screen flash routines
    The beep and flash routines are used to alert the terminal user. The routine beep sounds an audible alarm on the terminal, if possible; otherwise it flashes the screen (visible bell). The routine flas...
 curs_bkgd(3) -- curses window background manipulation routines
    The bkgdset and wbkgdset routines manipulate the background of the named window. The window background is a chtype consisting of any combination of attributes (i.e., rendition) and a character. The at...
 curs_border(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
    The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. Other than the window, each argument is a character with attributes: ls - left side, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - ...
 curs_clear(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window
    The erase and werase routines copy blanks to every position in the window, clearing the screen. The clear and wclear routines are like erase and werase, but they also call clearok, so that the screen ...
 curs_color(3) -- curses color manipulation routines
    Overview curses support color attributes on terminals with that capability. To use these routines start_color must be called, usually right after initscr. Colors are always used in pairs (referred to ...
 curs_delch(3) -- delete character under the cursor in a curses window
    These routines delete the character under the cursor; all characters to the right of the cursor on the same line are moved to the left one position and the last character on the line is filled with a ...
 curs_deleteln(3) -- delete and insert lines in a curses window
    The deleteln and wdeleteln routines delete the line under the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line are moved up one line. The bottom line of the window is cleared. The cursor positio...
 curs_extend(3) -- miscellaneous curses extensions
    These functions are extensions to the curses library which do not fit easily into other categories. Use curses_version() to get the version number, including patch level of the library, e.g., 5.0.1999...
 curs_getch(3) -- get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard
    The getch, wgetch, mvgetch and mvwgetch, routines read a character from the window. In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the value ERR is returned. In delay mode, the program waits until the syst...
 curs_getstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard
    The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is not included in the returned string). The resulting value ...
 curs_getyx(3) -- get curses cursor and window coordinates
    The getyx macro places the current cursor position of the given window in the two integer variables y and x. If win is a subwindow, the getparyx macro places the beginning coordinates of the subwindow...
 curs_inch(3) -- get a character and attributes from a curses window
    These routines return the character, of type chtype, at the current position in the named window. If any attributes are set for that position, their values are OR'ed into the value returned. Constant...
 curs_inchstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window
    These routines return a NULL-terminated array of chtype quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the right margin of the window. The four functions with n ...
 curs_initscr(3) -- curses screen initialization and manipulation routines
    initscr is normally the first curses routine to call when initializing a program. A few special routines sometimes need to be called before it; these are slk_init, filter, ripoffline, use_env. For mul...
 curs_inopts(3) -- curses input options
    Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro...
 curs_insch(3) -- insert a character before cursor in a curses window
    These routines, insert the character ch before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are moved one space to the right, with the possibility of the rightmost charact...
 curs_insstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window
    These routines insert a character string (as many characters as will fit on the line) before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are shifted right, with the possi...
 curs_instr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window
    These routines return a string of characters in str, extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window. Attributes are stripped from the characters. The four functions with n as th...
 curs_kernel(3) -- lowlevel curses routines
    The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ...
 curs_mouse(3) -- mouse interface through curses
    These functions provide an interface to mouse events from ncurses(3X). Mouse events are represented by KEY_MOUSE pseudo-key values in the wgetch input stream. To make mouse events visible, use the mou...
 curs_move(3) -- move curses window cursor
    These routines move the cursor associated with the window to line y and column x. This routine does not move the physical cursor of the terminal until refresh is called. The position specified is rela...
 curs_outopts(3) -- curses output options
    These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin....
 curs_overlay(3) -- overlay and manipulate overlapped curses windows
    The overlay and overwrite routines overlay srcwin on top of dstwin. scrwin and dstwin are not required to be the same size; only text where the two windows overlap is copied. The difference is that ov...
 curs_pad(3) -- create and display curses pads
    The newpad routine creates and returns a pointer to a new pad data structure with the given number of lines, nlines, and columns, ncols. A pad is like a window, except that it is not restricted by the...
 curs_print(3) -- ship binary data to printer
    This function uses the mc5p or mc4 and mc5 capabilities, if they are present, to ship given data to a printer attached to the terminal. Note that the mcprint code has no way to do flow control with th...
 curs_printw(3) -- print formatted output in curses windows
    The printw, wprintw, mvprintw and mvwprintw routines are analogous to printf [see printf(3S)]. In effect, the string that would be output by printf is output instead as though waddstr were used on the...
 curs_refresh(3) -- refresh curses windows and lines
    The refresh and wrefresh routines (or wnoutrefresh and doupdate) must be called to get actual output to the terminal, as other routines merely manipulate data structures. The routine wrefresh copies t...
 curs_scanw(3) -- convert formatted input from a curses window
    The scanw, wscanw and mvscanw routines are analogous to scanf [see scanf(3S)]. The effect of these routines is as though wgetstr were called on the window, and the resulting line used as input for ssc...
 curs_scroll(3) -- scroll a curses window
    The scroll routine scrolls the window up one line. This involves moving the lines in the window data structure. As an optimization, if the scrolling region of the window is the entire screen, the phys...
 curs_scr_dump(3) -- read (write) a curses screen from (to) a file
    The scr_dump routine dumps the current contents of the virtual screen to the file filename. The scr_restore routine sets the virtual screen to the contents of filename, which must have been written us...
 curs_set(3) -- lowlevel curses routines
    The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ...
 curs_slk(3) -- curses soft label routines
    The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ...
 curs_termattrs(3) -- curses environment query routines
    The baudrate routine returns the output speed of the terminal. The number returned is in bits per second, for example 9600, and is an integer. The erasechar routine returns the user's current erase c...
 curs_termcap(3) -- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database
    These routines are included as a conversion aid for programs that use the termcap library. Their parameters are the same and the routines are emulated using the terminfo database. Thus, they can only ...
 curs_terminfo(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
    These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func...
 curs_touch(3) -- curses refresh control routines
    The touchwin and touchline routines throw away all optimization information about which parts of the window have been touched, by pretending that the entire window has been drawn on. This is sometimes...
 curs_trace(3) -- curses debugging routines
    The trace routines are used for debugging the ncurses libraries, as well as applications which use the ncurses libraries. These functions are normally available only with the debugging library libncur...
 curs_util(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines
    The unctrl routine returns a character string which is a printable representation of the character c, ignoring attributes. Control characters are displayed in the ^X notation. Printing characters are ...
 curs_window(3) -- create curses windows
    Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o...
 cuserid(3) -- get user name associated with effective UID
    The cuserid() function is made obsolete by getpwuid(3). The function cuserid() gets the user name associated with the effective UID of the current process. If the argument s is non-NULL, the name is c...
 daemon(3) -- run in the background
    The daemon() function is for programs wishing to detach themselves from the controlling terminal and run in the background as system daemons. Unless the argument nochdir is non-zero, daemon() changes ...
 data_ahead(3) -- test for off-screen data in given forms
    The function data_ahead tests whether there is off-screen data ahead in the given form. It returns TRUE (1) or FALSE (0). The function data_behind tests whether there is off-screen data behind in the ...
 data_behind(3) -- test for off-screen data in given forms
    The function data_ahead tests whether there is off-screen data ahead in the given form. It returns TRUE (1) or FALSE (0). The function data_behind tests whether there is off-screen data behind in the ...
 db(3) -- database access methods
    The dbopen() function is the library interface to database files. The supported file formats are btree, hashed and UNIX file oriented. The btree format is a representation of a sorted, balanced tree s...
 dbm(3) -- database access functions
    Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...
 dbm_clearerr(3) -- database access functions
    Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...
 dbm_close(3) -- database access functions
    Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...
 dbm_delete(3) -- database access functions
    Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...
 dbm_dirnfo(3) -- database access functions
    Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...
 dbm_error(3) -- database access functions
    Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...
 dbm_fetch(3) -- database access functions
    Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...
 dbm_firstkey(3) -- database access functions
    Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...
 dbm_nextkey(3) -- database access functions
    Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...
 dbm_open(3) -- database access functions
    Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...
 dbm_store(3) -- database access functions
    Database access functions. These functions are implemented using dbopen(3) with a hash(3) database. datum is declared in : typedef struct { char *dptr; int dsize; } datum; The dbm_open(base, f...
 dbopen(3) -- database access methods
    The dbopen() function is the library interface to database files. The supported file formats are btree, hashed and UNIX file oriented. The btree format is a representation of a sorted, balanced tree s...
 default_colors(3) -- use terminal's default colors
    The use_default_colors() and assume_default_colors() functions are extensions to the curses library. They are used with terminals that support ISO 6429 color, or equivalent. These terminals allow the ...
 define_key(3) -- define a keycode
    This is an extension to the curses library. It permits an application to define keycodes with their corresponding control strings, so that the ncurses library will interpret them just as it would the ...
 def_prog_mode(3) -- lowlevel curses routines
    The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ...
 def_shell_mode(3) -- lowlevel curses routines
    The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ...
 delay_output(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines
    The unctrl routine returns a character string which is a printable representation of the character c, ignoring attributes. Control characters are displayed in the ^X notation. Printing characters are ...
 delch(3) -- delete character under the cursor in a curses window
    These routines delete the character under the cursor; all characters to the right of the cursor on the same line are moved to the left one position and the last character on the line is filled with a ...
 deleteln(3) -- delete and insert lines in a curses window
    The deleteln and wdeleteln routines delete the line under the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line are moved up one line. The bottom line of the window is cleared. The cursor positio...
 delscreen(3) -- curses screen initialization and manipulation routines
    initscr is normally the first curses routine to call when initializing a program. A few special routines sometimes need to be called before it; these are slk_init, filter, ripoffline, use_env. For mul...
 delwin(3) -- create curses windows
    Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o...
 del_curterm(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
    These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func...
 del_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
    Panels are curses(3X) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or...
 derwin(3) -- create curses windows
    Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o...
 des_crypt(3) -- fast DES encryption
    The ecb_crypt() and cbc_crypt() functions implement the NBS DES (Data Encryption Standard). These routines are faster and more general purpose than crypt(3). They also are able to utilize DES hardware...
 devinfo(3) -- device and resource information utility library
    The devinfo library provides access to the kernel's internal device hierarchy and to the I/O resource manager. The library uses a sysctl(3) interface to obtain a snapshot of the kernel's state, whic...
 devname(3) -- get device name
    The devname() function returns a pointer to the name of the block or character device in /dev with a device number of dev, and a file type matching the one encoded in type which must be one of S_IFBLK...
 devstat(3) -- device statistics utility library
    The devstat library is a library of helper functions for dealing with the kernel devstat(9) interface, which is accessible to users via sysctl(3) and kvm(3). All functions that take a kvm_t * as first...
 devstat_buildmatch(3) -- device statistics utility library
    The devstat library is a library of helper functions for dealing with the kernel devstat(9) interface, which is accessible to users via sysctl(3) and kvm(3). All functions that take a kvm_t * as first...
 devstat_checkversion(3) -- device statistics utility library
    The devstat library is a library of helper functions for dealing with the kernel devstat(9) interface, which is accessible to users via sysctl(3) and kvm(3). All functions that take a kvm_t * as first...
 devstat_compute_etime(3) -- device statistics utility library
    The devstat library is a library of helper functions for dealing with the kernel devstat(9) interface, which is accessible to users via sysctl(3) and kvm(3). All functions that take a kvm_t * as first...
 devstat_compute_statistics(3) -- device statistics utility library
    The devstat library is a library of helper functions for dealing with the kernel devstat(9) interface, which is accessible to users via sysctl(3) and kvm(3). All functions that take a kvm_t * as first...
 devstat_getdevs(3) -- device statistics utility library
    The devstat library is a library of helper functions for dealing with the kernel devstat(9) interface, which is accessible to users via sysctl(3) and kvm(3). All functions that take a kvm_t * as first...
 devstat_getgeneration(3) -- device statistics utility library
    The devstat library is a library of helper functions for dealing with the kernel devstat(9) interface, which is accessible to users via sysctl(3) and kvm(3). All functions that take a kvm_t * as first...
 devstat_getnumdevs(3) -- device statistics utility library
    The devstat library is a library of helper functions for dealing with the kernel devstat(9) interface, which is accessible to users via sysctl(3) and kvm(3). All functions that take a kvm_t * as first...
 devstat_getversion(3) -- device statistics utility library
    The devstat library is a library of helper functions for dealing with the kernel devstat(9) interface, which is accessible to users via sysctl(3) and kvm(3). All functions that take a kvm_t * as first...
 devstat_selectdevs(3) -- device statistics utility library
    The devstat library is a library of helper functions for dealing with the kernel devstat(9) interface, which is accessible to users via sysctl(3) and kvm(3). All functions that take a kvm_t * as first...
 dialog(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 dialog_checklist(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 dialog_clear(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 dialog_clear_norefresh(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 dialog_create_rc(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 dialog_fselect(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 dialog_ftree(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 dialog_gauge(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 dialog_inputbox(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 dialog_menu(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 dialog_mesgbox(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 dialog_msgbox(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 dialog_notify(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 dialog_noyes(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 dialog_prgbox(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 dialog_radiolist(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 dialog_textbox(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 dialog_tree(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 dialog_update(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 dialog_yesno(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 difftime(3) -- transform binary date and time values
    The functions ctime(), gmtime() and localtime() all take as an argument a time value representing the time in seconds since the Epoch (00:00:00 UTC, January 1, 1970; see time(3)). The function localti...
 digittoint(3) -- convert a numeric character to its integer value
    The digittoint() function converts a numeric character to its corresponding integer value. The character can be any decimal digit or hexadecimal digit. With hexadecimal characters, the case of the val...
 directory(3) -- directory operations
    The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. The poin...
 dirfd(3) -- directory operations
    The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. The poin...
 dirname(3) -- extract the directory part of a pathname
    The dirname() function is the converse of basename(3); it returns a pointer to the parent directory of the pathname pointed to by path. Any trailing `/' characters are not counted as part of the dire...
 div(3) -- return quotient and remainder from division
    The div() function computes the value num/denom and returns the quotient and remainder in a structure named div_t that contains two int members named quot and rem.
 dladdr(3) -- find the shared object containing a given address
    The dladdr() function queries the dynamic linker for information about the shared object containing the address addr. The information is returned in the structure specified by info. The structure cont...
 dlclose(3) -- programmatic interface to the dynamic linker
    These functions provide a simple programmatic interface to the services of the dynamic linker. Operations are provided to add new shared objects to a program's address space, to obtain the address bi...
 dlerror(3) -- programmatic interface to the dynamic linker
    These functions provide a simple programmatic interface to the services of the dynamic linker. Operations are provided to add new shared objects to a program's address space, to obtain the address bi...
 dlfunc(3) -- programmatic interface to the dynamic linker
    These functions provide a simple programmatic interface to the services of the dynamic linker. Operations are provided to add new shared objects to a program's address space, to obtain the address bi...
 dlinfo(3) -- information about dynamically loaded object
    The dlinfo() function provides information about dynamically loaded object. The action taken by dlinfo() and exact meaning and type of p argument depend on value of the request argument provided by ca...
 dllockinit(3) -- register thread locking methods with the dynamic linker
    Due to enhancements in the dynamic linker, this interface is no longer needed. It is deprecated and will be removed from future releases. In current releases it still exists, but only as a stub which ...
 dlopen(3) -- programmatic interface to the dynamic linker
    These functions provide a simple programmatic interface to the services of the dynamic linker. Operations are provided to add new shared objects to a program's address space, to obtain the address bi...
 dlsym(3) -- programmatic interface to the dynamic linker
    These functions provide a simple programmatic interface to the services of the dynamic linker. Operations are provided to add new shared objects to a program's address space, to obtain the address bi...
 dn_comp(3) -- resolver routines
    These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine...
 dn_expand(3) -- resolver routines
    These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine...
 dn_skipname(3) -- resolver routines
    These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine...
 doupdate(3) -- refresh curses windows and lines
    The refresh and wrefresh routines (or wnoutrefresh and doupdate) must be called to get actual output to the terminal, as other routines merely manipulate data structures. The routine wrefresh copies t...
 drand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
    The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m...
 draw_box(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 draw_shadow(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 dupwin(3) -- create curses windows
    Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o...
 dup_field(3) -- create and destroy form fields
    The function new_field allocates a new field and initializes it from the parameters given: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen rows, and number of a...
 dynamic_fieldinfo(3) -- retrieve field characteristics
    The function field_info returns the sizes and other attributes passed in to the field at its creation time. The attributes are: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, nu...
 easterg(3) -- Calendar arithmetic for the Christian era
    These functions provide calendar arithmetic for a large range of years, starting at March 1st, year zero (i. e. 1 B.C.) and ending way beyond year 100000. Programs should be linked with -lcalendar. Th...
 easterog(3) -- Calendar arithmetic for the Christian era
    These functions provide calendar arithmetic for a large range of years, starting at March 1st, year zero (i. e. 1 B.C.) and ending way beyond year 100000. Programs should be linked with -lcalendar. Th...
 easteroj(3) -- Calendar arithmetic for the Christian era
    These functions provide calendar arithmetic for a large range of years, starting at March 1st, year zero (i. e. 1 B.C.) and ending way beyond year 100000. Programs should be linked with -lcalendar. Th...
 echo(3) -- curses input options
    Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro...
 echochar(3) -- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor
    The addch, waddch, mvaddch and mvwaddch routines put the character ch into the given window at its current window position, which is then advanced. They are analogous to putchar in stdio(3). If the ad...
 edata(3) -- end boundaries of image segments
    The globals end, etext and edata are program segment end addresses. etext is the first address after the end of the text segment. edata is the first address after the end of the initialized data segme...
 editline(3) -- line editor and history functions
    The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr...
 el_deletestr(3) -- line editor and history functions
    The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr...
 el_end(3) -- line editor and history functions
    The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr...
 el_get(3) -- line editor and history functions
    The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr...
 el_getc(3) -- line editor and history functions
    The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr...
 el_gets(3) -- line editor and history functions
    The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr...
 el_init(3) -- line editor and history functions
    The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr...
 el_insertstr(3) -- line editor and history functions
    The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr...
 el_line(3) -- line editor and history functions
    The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr...
 el_parse(3) -- line editor and history functions
    The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr...
 el_push(3) -- line editor and history functions
    The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr...
 el_reset(3) -- line editor and history functions
    The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr...
 el_resize(3) -- line editor and history functions
    The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr...
 el_set(3) -- line editor and history functions
    The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr...
 el_source(3) -- line editor and history functions
    The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr...
 end(3) -- end boundaries of image segments
    The globals end, etext and edata are program segment end addresses. etext is the first address after the end of the text segment. edata is the first address after the end of the initialized data segme...
 endfsent(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry
    The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file,
 endgrent(3) -- group database operations
    These functions operate on the group database file /etc/group which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure group found in the include file : struct grou...
 endhostent(3) -- get network host entry
    The getaddrinfo(3) and getnameinfo(3) functions are preferred over the gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2(), and gethostbyaddr() functions. The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() funct...
 endnetconfig(3) -- get network configuration database entry
    The library routines described on this page provide the application access to the system network configuration database, /etc/netconfig. The getnetconfig() function returns a pointer to the current en...
 endnetent(3) -- get network entry
    The getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and getnetbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet network. This structure contains either the informa...
 endnetgrent(3) -- netgroup database operations
    These functions operate on the netgroup database file /etc/netgroup which is described in netgroup(5). The database defines a set of netgroups, each made up of one or more triples: (host, user, domain...
 endnetpath(3) -- get /etc/netconfig entry corresponding to NETPATH component
    The routines described in this page provide the application access to the system network configuration database, /etc/netconfig, as it is ``filtered'' by the NETPATH environment variable (see enviro...
 endprotoent(3) -- get protocol entry
    The getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and getprotobynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network protocol...
 endpwent(3) -- password database operations
    These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ...
 endrpcent(3) -- get RPC entry
    The getrpcent(), getrpcbyname(), and getrpcbynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the rpc program number dat...
 endservent(3) -- get service entry
    The getservent(), getservbyname(), and getservbyport() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network services data...
 endttyent(3) -- get ttys file entry
    The getttyent(), and getttynam() functions each return a pointer to an object, with the following structure, containing the broken-out fields of a line from the tty description file. struct ttyent { c...
 endusershell(3) -- get valid user shells
    The getusershell() function returns a pointer to a valid user shell as defined by the system manager in the shells database as described in shells(5). If the shells database is not available, getusers...
 endvfsent(3) -- manage virtual file system modules
    The getvfsent() function provides convenient access to a list of installed virtual file system modules managed by the kernel. It steps through the list of file systems one at a time. A null pointer is...
 endwin(3) -- curses screen initialization and manipulation routines
    initscr is normally the first curses routine to call when initializing a program. A few special routines sometimes need to be called before it; these are slk_init, filter, ripoffline, use_env. For mul...
 end_dialog(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 ENSURE(3) -- assertion system
    The REQUIRE(), ENSURE(), INSIST(), and INVARIANT() macros evaluate a boolean expression, and if it is false, they invoke the current assertion failure callback. The default callback will print a messa...
 ENSURE_ERR(3) -- assertion system
    The REQUIRE(), ENSURE(), INSIST(), and INVARIANT() macros evaluate a boolean expression, and if it is false, they invoke the current assertion failure callback. The default callback will print a messa...
 erand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
    The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m...
 erase(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window
    The erase and werase routines copy blanks to every position in the window, clearing the screen. The clear and wclear routines are like erase and werase, but they also call clearok, so that the screen ...
 erasechar(3) -- curses environment query routines
    The baudrate routine returns the output speed of the terminal. The number returned is in bits per second, for example 9600, and is an integer. The erasechar routine returns the user's current erase c...
 erf(3) -- error function operators
    These functions calculate the error function of x. The erf() and the erff() functions calculate the error function of x; where erf(x) = 2/sqrt(pi)*integral from 0 to x of exp(-t*t) dt. The erfc() and ...
 erfc(3) -- error function operators
    These functions calculate the error function of x. The erf() and the erff() functions calculate the error function of x; where erf(x) = 2/sqrt(pi)*integral from 0 to x of exp(-t*t) dt. The erfc() and ...
 erfcf(3) -- error function operators
    These functions calculate the error function of x. The erf() and the erff() functions calculate the error function of x; where erf(x) = 2/sqrt(pi)*integral from 0 to x of exp(-t*t) dt. The erfc() and ...
 erff(3) -- error function operators
    These functions calculate the error function of x. The erf() and the erff() functions calculate the error function of x; where erf(x) = 2/sqrt(pi)*integral from 0 to x of exp(-t*t) dt. The erfc() and ...
 err(3) -- formatted error messages
    The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output, or on another file specified using the err_set_file() function. In all cases, the last componen...
 errc(3) -- formatted error messages
    The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output, or on another file specified using the err_set_file() function. In all cases, the last componen...
 errx(3) -- formatted error messages
    The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output, or on another file specified using the err_set_file() function. In all cases, the last componen...
 err_set_exit(3) -- formatted error messages
    The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output, or on another file specified using the err_set_file() function. In all cases, the last componen...
 err_set_file(3) -- formatted error messages
    The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output, or on another file specified using the err_set_file() function. In all cases, the last componen...
 etext(3) -- end boundaries of image segments
    The globals end, etext and edata are program segment end addresses. etext is the first address after the end of the text segment. edata is the first address after the end of the initialized data segme...
 ethers(3) -- Ethernet address conversion and lookup routines
    These functions operate on ethernet addresses using an ether_addr structure, which is defined in the header file : /* * The number of bytes in an ethernet (MAC) address. */ #define...
 ether_aton(3) -- Ethernet address conversion and lookup routines
    These functions operate on ethernet addresses using an ether_addr structure, which is defined in the header file : /* * The number of bytes in an ethernet (MAC) address. */ #define...
 ether_hostton(3) -- Ethernet address conversion and lookup routines
    These functions operate on ethernet addresses using an ether_addr structure, which is defined in the header file : /* * The number of bytes in an ethernet (MAC) address. */ #define...
 ether_line(3) -- Ethernet address conversion and lookup routines
    These functions operate on ethernet addresses using an ether_addr structure, which is defined in the header file : /* * The number of bytes in an ethernet (MAC) address. */ #define...
 ether_ntoa(3) -- Ethernet address conversion and lookup routines
    These functions operate on ethernet addresses using an ether_addr structure, which is defined in the header file : /* * The number of bytes in an ethernet (MAC) address. */ #define...
 ether_ntohost(3) -- Ethernet address conversion and lookup routines
    These functions operate on ethernet addresses using an ether_addr structure, which is defined in the header file : /* * The number of bytes in an ethernet (MAC) address. */ #define...
 evAddTime(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evCancelConn(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evCancelRW(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evClearIdleTimer(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evClearTimer(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evCmpTime(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evConnect(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evConnFunc(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evConsIovec(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evConsTime(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evCreate(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evDefer(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evDeselectFD(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evDestroy(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evDispatch(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evDo(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evDrop(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 eventlib(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evFileFunc(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evGetNext(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evHold(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evInitID(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evLastEventTime(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evListen(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evMainLoop(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evNowTime(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evPrintf(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evRead(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evResetTimer(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evSelectFD(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evSetDebug(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evSetIdleTimer(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evSetTimer(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evStreamFunc(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evSubTime(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evTestID(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evTimerFunc(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evTimeRW(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evTimeSpec(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evTimeVal(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evTouchIdleTimer(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evTryAccept(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evUnhold(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evUntimeRW(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evUnwait(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evWaitFor(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evWaitFunc(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 evWrite(3) -- event handling library
    This library provides multiple outstanding asynchronous timers and I/O to a cooperating application. The model is similar to that of the X Toolkit, in that events are registered with the library and t...
 exec(3) -- execute a file
    The exec family of functions replaces the current process image with a new process image. The functions described in this manual page are front-ends for the function execve(2). (See the manual page fo...
 execl(3) -- execute a file
    The exec family of functions replaces the current process image with a new process image. The functions described in this manual page are front-ends for the function execve(2). (See the manual page fo...
 execle(3) -- execute a file
    The exec family of functions replaces the current process image with a new process image. The functions described in this manual page are front-ends for the function execve(2). (See the manual page fo...
 execlp(3) -- execute a file
    The exec family of functions replaces the current process image with a new process image. The functions described in this manual page are front-ends for the function execve(2). (See the manual page fo...
 exect(3) -- execute a file
    The exec family of functions replaces the current process image with a new process image. The functions described in this manual page are front-ends for the function execve(2). (See the manual page fo...
 execv(3) -- execute a file
    The exec family of functions replaces the current process image with a new process image. The functions described in this manual page are front-ends for the function execve(2). (See the manual page fo...
 execvp(3) -- execute a file
    The exec family of functions replaces the current process image with a new process image. The functions described in this manual page are front-ends for the function execve(2). (See the manual page fo...
 exit(3) -- perform normal program termination
    The exit() and _Exit() functions terminate a process. Before termination, exit() performs the following functions in the order listed: 1. Call the functions registered with the atexit(3) function, in ...
 exp(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
    The exp() and the expf() functions compute the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() and the expm1f() functions compute the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log...
 exp10(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
    The exp() and the expf() functions compute the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() and the expm1f() functions compute the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log...
 exp10f(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
    The exp() and the expf() functions compute the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() and the expm1f() functions compute the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log...
 expf(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
    The exp() and the expf() functions compute the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() and the expm1f() functions compute the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log...
 expm1(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
    The exp() and the expf() functions compute the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() and the expm1f() functions compute the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log...
 expm1f(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
    The exp() and the expf() functions compute the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() and the expm1f() functions compute the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log...
 extattr(3) -- convert an extended attribute namespace identifier to a string and vice versa
    The extattr_namespace_to_string() function converts a VFS extended attribute identifier to a human-readable string; the extattr_string_to_namespace() function undoes the aforementioned operation, and ...
 extattr_namespace_to_string(3) -- convert an extended attribute namespace identifier to a string and vice versa
    The extattr_namespace_to_string() function converts a VFS extended attribute identifier to a human-readable string; the extattr_string_to_namespace() function undoes the aforementioned operation, and ...
 extattr_string_to_namespace(3) -- convert an extended attribute namespace identifier to a string and vice versa
    The extattr_namespace_to_string() function converts a VFS extended attribute identifier to a human-readable string; the extattr_string_to_namespace() function undoes the aforementioned operation, and ...
 fabs(3) -- floating-point absolute value functions
    The fabs(), the fabsf() and the fabsl() functions compute the absolute value of a floating-point number x.
 fabsf(3) -- floating-point absolute value functions
    The fabs(), the fabsf() and the fabsl() functions compute the absolute value of a floating-point number x.
 fclose(3) -- close a stream
    The fclose() function dissociates the named stream from its underlying file or set of functions. If the stream was being used for output, any buffered data is written first, using fflush(3).
 fdopen(3) -- stream open functions
    The fopen() function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by path and associates a stream with it. The argument mode points to a string beginning with one of the following sequences (Add...
 feof(3) -- check and reset stream status
    The function clearerr() clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed to by stream. The function feof() tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by stream, return...
 feof_unlocked(3) -- check and reset stream status
    The function clearerr() clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed to by stream. The function feof() tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by stream, return...
 ferror(3) -- check and reset stream status
    The function clearerr() clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed to by stream. The function feof() tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by stream, return...
 ferror_unlocked(3) -- check and reset stream status
    The function clearerr() clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed to by stream. The function feof() tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by stream, return...
 fetch(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchFreeURL(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchGet(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchGetFile(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchGetFTP(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchGetHTTP(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchGetURL(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchList(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchListFile(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchListFTP(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchListHTTP(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchListURL(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchMakeURL(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchParseURL(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchPut(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchPutFile(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchPutFTP(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchPutHTTP(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchPutURL(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchStat(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchStatFile(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchStatFTP(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchStatHTTP(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchStatURL(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchXGet(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchXGetFile(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchXGetFTP(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchXGetHTTP(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fetchXGetURL(3) -- file transfer functions
    These functions implement a high-level library for retrieving and uploading files using Uniform Resource Locators (URLs). fetchParseURL() takes a URL in the form of a null-terminated string and splits...
 fflagstostr(3) -- convert between file flag bits and their string names
    The fflagstostr() function returns a comma separated string of the file flags represented by flags. If no flags are set a zero length string is returned. If memory cannot be allocated for the return v...
 fflush(3) -- flush a stream
    The function fflush() forces a write of all buffered data for the given output or update stream via the stream's underlying write function. The open status of the stream is unaffected. If the stream ...
 ffs(3) -- find first bit set in a bit string
    The ffs() function finds the first bit set in value and returns the index of that bit. Bits are numbered starting from 1, starting at the rightmost bit. A return value of 0 means that the argument was...
 fgetc(3) -- get next character or word from input stream
    The fgetc() function obtains the next input character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetc(3). The getc() function acts essenti...
 fgetln(3) -- get a line from a stream
    The fgetln() function returns a pointer to the next line from the stream referenced by stream. This line is not a C string as it does not end with a terminating NUL character. The length of the line, ...
 fgetpos(3) -- reposition a stream
    The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ...
 fgetrune(3) -- rune support for C
    The 4.4BSD ``rune'' functions have been deprecated in favour of the ISO C99 extended multibyte and wide character facilities and should not be used in new applications. Consider using setlocale(3), ...
 fgets(3) -- get a line from a stream
    The fgets() function reads at most one less than the number of characters specified by size from the given stream and stores them in the string str. Reading stops when a newline character is found, at...
 fgetwc(3) -- get next wide-character from input stream
    The fgetwc() function obtains the next input wide-character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetwc(3). The getwc() function acts...
 fgetws(3) -- get a line of wide characters from a stream
    The fgetws() function reads at most one less than the number of characters specified by n from the given fp and stores them in the wide character string ws. Reading stops when a newline character is f...
 field_arg(3) -- data type validation for fields
    The function set_field_type declares a data type for a given form field. This is the type checked by validation functions. The types are as follows: TYPE_ALNUM Alphanumeric data. Requires a third int ...
 field_back(3) -- color and attribute control for form fields
    The function set_field_fore sets the foreground attribute of field. This is the highlight used to display the field contents. The function field_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A...
 field_buffer(3) -- field buffer control
    The function set_field_buffer sets the numbered buffer of the given field to contain a given string. Buffer 0 is the displayed value of the field; other numbered buffers may be allocated by applicatio...
 field_count(3) -- make and break connections between fields and forms
    The function set_form_fields changes the field pointer array of the given form. The array must be terminated by a NULL. The function form_fields returns the field array of the given form. The function...
 field_fore(3) -- color and attribute control for form fields
    The function set_field_fore sets the foreground attribute of field. This is the highlight used to display the field contents. The function field_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A...
 field_index(3) -- set and get form page number
    The function set_current field sets the current field of the given form; current_field returns the current field of the given form. The function set_form_page sets the form's page number (goes to pag...
 field_info(3) -- retrieve field characteristics
    The function field_info returns the sizes and other attributes passed in to the field at its creation time. The attributes are: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, nu...
 field_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
    These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by form_driver. The function set_field_init sets a hook to be cal...
 field_just(3) -- retrieve field characteristics
    The function set_field_just sets the justification attribute of a field; field_just returns a field's justification attribute. The attribute may be one of NO_JUSTIFICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEF...
 field_opts(3) -- set and get field options
    The function set_field_opts sets all the given field's option bits (field option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function field_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others a...
 field_opts_off(3) -- set and get field options
    The function set_field_opts sets all the given field's option bits (field option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function field_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others a...
 field_opts_on(3) -- set and get field options
    The function set_field_opts sets all the given field's option bits (field option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function field_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others a...
 field_pad(3) -- color and attribute control for form fields
    The function set_field_fore sets the foreground attribute of field. This is the highlight used to display the field contents. The function field_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A...
 field_status(3) -- field buffer control
    The function set_field_buffer sets the numbered buffer of the given field to contain a given string. Buffer 0 is the displayed value of the field; other numbered buffers may be allocated by applicatio...
 field_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
    These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by form_driver. The function set_field_init sets a hook to be cal...
 field_type(3) -- data type validation for fields
    The function set_field_type declares a data type for a given form field. This is the type checked by validation functions. The types are as follows: TYPE_ALNUM Alphanumeric data. Requires a third int ...
 field_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a form field
    Every form field has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the form-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field.
 fileno(3) -- check and reset stream status
    The function clearerr() clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed to by stream. The function feof() tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by stream, return...
 fileno_unlocked(3) -- check and reset stream status
    The function clearerr() clears the end-of-file and error indicators for the stream pointed to by stream. The function feof() tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by stream, return...
 filter(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines
    The unctrl routine returns a character string which is a printable representation of the character c, ignoring attributes. Control characters are displayed in the ^X notation. Printing characters are ...
 finite(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
    These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() and copysignf() return x with its sign changed to y's. finite() and finitef() return the value 1 just when -infinity < x <...
 finitef(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
    These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() and copysignf() return x with its sign changed to y's. finite() and finitef() return the value 1 just when -infinity < x <...
 flash(3) -- curses bell and screen flash routines
    The beep and flash routines are used to alert the terminal user. The routine beep sounds an audible alarm on the terminal, if possible; otherwise it flashes the screen (visible bell). The routine flas...
 flockfile(3) -- stdio locking functions
    These functions provide explicit application-level locking of stdio streams. They can be used to avoid output from multiple threads being interspersed, input being dispersed among multiple readers, an...
 floor(3) -- largest integral value less than or equal to x
    The floor() and the floorf() functions return the largest integral value less than or equal to x, expressed as a floating-point number.
 floorf(3) -- largest integral value less than or equal to x
    The floor() and the floorf() functions return the largest integral value less than or equal to x, expressed as a floating-point number.
 flushinp(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines
    The unctrl routine returns a character string which is a printable representation of the character c, ignoring attributes. Control characters are displayed in the ^X notation. Printing characters are ...
 fmod(3) -- floating-point remainder functions
    The fmod() and the fmodf() functions compute the floating-point remainder of x/ y.
 fmodf(3) -- floating-point remainder functions
    The fmod() and the fmodf() functions compute the floating-point remainder of x/ y.
 fmtcheck(3) -- sanitizes user-supplied printf(3)-style format string
    The fmtcheck() scans fmt_suspect and fmt_default to determine if fmt_suspect will consume the same argument types as fmt_default and to ensure that fmt_suspect is a valid format string. The printf(3) ...
 fmtmsg(3) -- display a detailed diagnostic message
    The fmtmsg() function displays a detailed diagnostic message, based on the supplied arguments, to stderr and/or the system console. The classification argument is the bitwise inclusive OR of zero or o...
 fnmatch(3) -- test whether a filename or pathname matches a shell-style pattern
    The fnmatch() function matches patterns according to the rules used by the shell. It checks the string specified by the string argument to see if it matches the pattern specified by the pattern argume...
 fopen(3) -- stream open functions
    The fopen() function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by path and associates a stream with it. The argument mode points to a string beginning with one of the following sequences (Add...
 forkpty(3) -- auxiliary functions to obtain a pseudo-terminal
    The function openpty() attempts to obtain the next available pseudo-terminal from the system (see pty(4)). If it successfully finds one, it subsequently tries to change the ownership of the slave devi...
 form(3) -- curses extension for programming forms
    The form library provides terminal-independent facilities for composing form screens on character-cell terminals. The library includes: field routines, which create and modify form fields; and form ro...
 form_cursor(3) -- position a form window cursor
    The function pos_form_cursor restores the cursor to the position required for the forms driver to continue processing requests. This is useful after curses routines have been called to do screen-paint...
 form_data(3) -- test for off-screen data in given forms
    The function data_ahead tests whether there is off-screen data ahead in the given form. It returns TRUE (1) or FALSE (0). The function data_behind tests whether there is off-screen data behind in the ...
 form_driver(3) -- command-processing loop of the form system
    Once a form has been posted (displayed), you should funnel input events to it through form_driver. This routine has two major input cases; either the input is a form navigation request or it's a prin...
 form_field(3) -- make and break connections between fields and forms
    The function set_form_fields changes the field pointer array of the given form. The array must be terminated by a NULL. The function form_fields returns the field array of the given form. The function...
 form_fields(3) -- make and break connections between fields and forms
    The function set_form_fields changes the field pointer array of the given form. The array must be terminated by a NULL. The function form_fields returns the field array of the given form. The function...
 form_fieldtype(3) -- define validation-field types
    The function new_fieldtype creates a new field type usable for data validation. You supply it with field_check, a predicate to check the validity of an entered data string whenever the user attempt to...
 form_field_attributes(3) -- color and attribute control for form fields
    The function set_field_fore sets the foreground attribute of field. This is the highlight used to display the field contents. The function field_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A...
 form_field_buffer(3) -- field buffer control
    The function set_field_buffer sets the numbered buffer of the given field to contain a given string. Buffer 0 is the displayed value of the field; other numbered buffers may be allocated by applicatio...
 form_field_info(3) -- retrieve field characteristics
    The function field_info returns the sizes and other attributes passed in to the field at its creation time. The attributes are: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, nu...
 form_field_just(3) -- retrieve field characteristics
    The function set_field_just sets the justification attribute of a field; field_just returns a field's justification attribute. The attribute may be one of NO_JUSTIFICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEF...
 form_field_new(3) -- create and destroy form fields
    The function new_field allocates a new field and initializes it from the parameters given: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen rows, and number of a...
 form_field_opts(3) -- set and get field options
    The function set_field_opts sets all the given field's option bits (field option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function field_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others a...
 form_field_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a form field
    Every form field has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the form-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field.
 form_field_validation(3) -- data type validation for fields
    The function set_field_type declares a data type for a given form field. This is the type checked by validation functions. The types are as follows: TYPE_ALNUM Alphanumeric data. Requires a third int ...
 form_hook(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
    These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by form_driver. The function set_field_init sets a hook to be cal...
 form_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
    These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by form_driver. The function set_field_init sets a hook to be cal...
 form_new(3) -- create and destroy forms
    The function new_form creates a new form connected to a specified field pointer array (which must be NULL-terminated). The function free_form disconnects form from its field array and frees the storag...
 form_new_page(3) -- form pagination functions
    The function set_new_page sets or resets a flag marking the given field as the beginning of a new page on its form. The function new_page is a predicate which tests if a given field marks a page begin...
 form_opts(3) -- set and get form options
    The function set_form_opts sets all the given form's option bits (form option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function form_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone...
 form_opts_off(3) -- set and get form options
    The function set_form_opts sets all the given form's option bits (form option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function form_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone...
 form_opts_on(3) -- set and get form options
    The function set_form_opts sets all the given form's option bits (form option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function form_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone...
 form_page(3) -- set and get form page number
    The function set_current field sets the current field of the given form; current_field returns the current field of the given form. The function set_form_page sets the form's page number (goes to pag...
 form_post(3) -- write or erase forms from associated subwindows
    The function post_form displays a form to its associated subwindow. To trigger physical display of the subwindow, use refresh or some equivalent curses routine (the implicit doupdate triggered by an c...
 form_requestname(3) -- handle printable form request names
    The function form_request_name returns the printable name of a form request code. The function form_request_by_name searches in the name-table for a request with the given name and returns its request...
 form_request_by_name(3) -- handle printable form request names
    The function form_request_name returns the printable name of a form request code. The function form_request_by_name searches in the name-table for a request with the given name and returns its request...
 form_request_name(3) -- handle printable form request names
    The function form_request_name returns the printable name of a form request code. The function form_request_by_name searches in the name-table for a request with the given name and returns its request...
 form_sub(3) -- make and break form window and subwindow associations
    Every form has an associated pair of curses windows. The form window displays any title and border associated with the window; the form subwindow displays the items of the form that are currently avai...
 form_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
    These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by form_driver. The function set_field_init sets a hook to be cal...
 form_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a form item
    Every form and every form item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the form-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set the form user pointer field.
 form_win(3) -- make and break form window and subwindow associations
    Every form has an associated pair of curses windows. The form window displays any title and border associated with the window; the form subwindow displays the items of the form that are currently avai...
 fparseln(3) -- return the next logical line from a stream
    The fparseln() function returns a pointer to the next logical line from the stream referenced by stream. This string is NUL terminated and it is dynamically allocated on each invocation. It is the res...
 fpclassify(3) -- classify a floating-point number
    The fpclassify() macro takes an argument of x and returns one of the following manifest constants. FP_INFINITE Indicates that x is an infinite number. FP_NAN Indicates that x is not a number (NaN). FP...
 fpgetmask(3) -- IEEE floating point interface
    When a floating point exception is detected, the exception sticky flag is set and the exception mask is tested. If the mask is set, then a trap occurs. These routines allow both setting the floating p...
 fpgetprec(3) -- IEEE floating point interface
    When a floating point exception is detected, the exception sticky flag is set and the exception mask is tested. If the mask is set, then a trap occurs. These routines allow both setting the floating p...
 fpgetround(3) -- IEEE floating point interface
    When a floating point exception is detected, the exception sticky flag is set and the exception mask is tested. If the mask is set, then a trap occurs. These routines allow both setting the floating p...
 fpgetsticky(3) -- IEEE floating point interface
    When a floating point exception is detected, the exception sticky flag is set and the exception mask is tested. If the mask is set, then a trap occurs. These routines allow both setting the floating p...
 fpresetsticky(3) -- IEEE floating point interface
    When a floating point exception is detected, the exception sticky flag is set and the exception mask is tested. If the mask is set, then a trap occurs. These routines allow both setting the floating p...
 fprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
    The printf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. The printf() and vprintf() functions write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fprintf() and vfprin...
 fpsetmask(3) -- IEEE floating point interface
    When a floating point exception is detected, the exception sticky flag is set and the exception mask is tested. If the mask is set, then a trap occurs. These routines allow both setting the floating p...
 fpsetprec(3) -- IEEE floating point interface
    When a floating point exception is detected, the exception sticky flag is set and the exception mask is tested. If the mask is set, then a trap occurs. These routines allow both setting the floating p...
 fpsetround(3) -- IEEE floating point interface
    When a floating point exception is detected, the exception sticky flag is set and the exception mask is tested. If the mask is set, then a trap occurs. These routines allow both setting the floating p...
 fpsetsticky(3) -- IEEE floating point interface
    When a floating point exception is detected, the exception sticky flag is set and the exception mask is tested. If the mask is set, then a trap occurs. These routines allow both setting the floating p...
 fpurge(3) -- flush a stream
    The function fflush() forces a write of all buffered data for the given output or update stream via the stream's underlying write function. The open status of the stream is unaffected. If the stream ...
 fputc(3) -- output a character or word to a stream
    The fputc() function writes the character c (converted to an ``unsigned char'') to the output stream pointed to by stream. The putc() function acts essentially identically to fputc(). The putchar() ...
 fputrune(3) -- rune support for C
    The 4.4BSD ``rune'' functions have been deprecated in favour of the ISO C99 extended multibyte and wide character facilities and should not be used in new applications. Consider using setlocale(3), ...
 fputs(3) -- output a line to a stream
    The function fputs() writes the string pointed to by str to the stream pointed to by stream. The function puts() writes the string str, and a terminating newline character, to the stream stdout.
 fputwc(3) -- output a wide-character to a stream
    The fputwc() function writes the wide-character wc to the output stream pointed to by stream. The putwc() function acts essentially identically to fputwc(). The putwchar() function is identical to put...
 fputws(3) -- output a line of wide characters to a stream
    The fputws() function writes the wide character string pointed to by ws to the stream pointed to by fp.
 fread(3) -- binary stream input/output
    The function fread() reads nmemb objects, each size bytes long, from the stream pointed to by stream, storing them at the location given by ptr. The function fwrite() writes nmemb objects, each size b...
 free(3) -- general purpose memory allocation functions
    The malloc() function allocates size bytes of memory. The allocated space is suitably aligned (after possible pointer coercion) for storage of any type of object. If the space is at least pagesize byt...
 freeaddrinfo(3) -- nodename-to-address translation
    The getaddrinfo() function is defined for protocol-independent nodenameto-address translation. It performs the functionality of gethostbyname(3) and getservbyname(3), but in a more sophisticated manne...
 freehostent(3) -- nodename-to-address and
    The getipnodebyname() and getipnodebyaddr() functions are very similar to gethostbyname(3), gethostbyname2(3) and gethostbyaddr(3). The functions cover all the functionalities provided by the older on...
 freeifaddrs(3) -- get interface addresses
    The getifaddrs() function stores a reference to a linked list of the network interfaces on the local machine in the memory referenced by ifap. The list consists of ifaddrs structures, as defined in th...
 freeifmaddrs(3) -- get multicast group memberships
    The getifmaddrs() function stores a reference to a linked list of the multicast memberships on the local machine in the memory referenced by ifmap. The list consists of ifmaddrs structures, as defined...
 free_field(3) -- create and destroy form fields
    The function new_field allocates a new field and initializes it from the parameters given: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen rows, and number of a...
 free_form(3) -- create and destroy forms
    The function new_form creates a new form connected to a specified field pointer array (which must be NULL-terminated). The function free_form disconnects form from its field array and frees the storag...
 free_item(3) -- create and destroy menu items
    The function new_item allocates a new item and initializes it from the name and description pointers. Please notice that the item stores only the pointers to the name and description. Those pointers m...
 free_menu(3) -- create and destroy menus
    The function new_menu creates a new menu connected to a specified item pointer array (which must be NULL-terminated). The function free_menu disconnects menu from its item array and frees the storage ...
 freopen(3) -- stream open functions
    The fopen() function opens the file whose name is the string pointed to by path and associates a stream with it. The argument mode points to a string beginning with one of the following sequences (Add...
 frexp(3) -- convert floating-point number to fractional and integral components
    The frexp() function breaks a floating-point number into a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. It stores the integer in the int object pointed to by exp.
 fropen(3) -- open a stream
    The funopen() function associates a stream with up to four ``I/O functions''. Either readfn or writefn must be specified; the others can be given as an appropriately-typed NULL pointer. These I/O fu...
 fscanf(3) -- input format conversion
    The scanf() family of functions scans input according to a format as described below. This format may contain conversion specifiers; the results from such conversions, if any, are stored through the p...
 fseek(3) -- reposition a stream
    The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ...
 fseeko(3) -- reposition a stream
    The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ...
 fsetpos(3) -- reposition a stream
    The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ...
 fstatvfs(3) -- retrieve file system information
    The statvfs() and fstatvfs() functions fill the structure pointed to by buf with garbage. This garbage will occasionally bear resemblance to file system statistics, but portable applications must not ...
 ftell(3) -- reposition a stream
    The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ...
 ftello(3) -- reposition a stream
    The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ...
 ftime(3) -- get date and time
    This interface is obsoleted by gettimeofday(2). The ftime() routine fills in a structure pointed to by its argument, as defined by : /* * Structure returned by ftime system call */ struct...
 ftok(3) -- create IPC identifier from path name
    The ftok() function attempts to create a unique key suitable for use with the msgget(3), semget(2) and shmget(2) functions given the path of an existing file and a user-selectable id. The specified pa...
 ftpio(3) -- FTPIO user library
    These functions implement a high-level library for managing FTP connections. The ftpLogin() function attempts to log in using the supplied user, passwd, ftp_port (if passed as 0, ftp_port defaults to ...
 ftrylockfile(3) -- stdio locking functions
    These functions provide explicit application-level locking of stdio streams. They can be used to avoid output from multiple threads being interspersed, input being dispersed among multiple readers, an...
 fts(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy
    The fts functions are provided for traversing UNIX file hierarchies. A simple overview is that the fts_open() function returns a ``handle'' on a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to the other f...
 fts_children(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy
    The fts functions are provided for traversing UNIX file hierarchies. A simple overview is that the fts_open() function returns a ``handle'' on a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to the other f...
 fts_close(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy
    The fts functions are provided for traversing UNIX file hierarchies. A simple overview is that the fts_open() function returns a ``handle'' on a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to the other f...
 fts_open(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy
    The fts functions are provided for traversing UNIX file hierarchies. A simple overview is that the fts_open() function returns a ``handle'' on a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to the other f...
 fts_read(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy
    The fts functions are provided for traversing UNIX file hierarchies. A simple overview is that the fts_open() function returns a ``handle'' on a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to the other f...
 fts_set(3) -- traverse a file hierarchy
    The fts functions are provided for traversing UNIX file hierarchies. A simple overview is that the fts_open() function returns a ``handle'' on a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to the other f...
 fungetrune(3) -- rune support for C
    The 4.4BSD ``rune'' functions have been deprecated in favour of the ISO C99 extended multibyte and wide character facilities and should not be used in new applications. Consider using setlocale(3), ...
 funlockfile(3) -- stdio locking functions
    These functions provide explicit application-level locking of stdio streams. They can be used to avoid output from multiple threads being interspersed, input being dispersed among multiple readers, an...
 funopen(3) -- open a stream
    The funopen() function associates a stream with up to four ``I/O functions''. Either readfn or writefn must be specified; the others can be given as an appropriately-typed NULL pointer. These I/O fu...
 fwide(3) -- get/set orientation of a stream
    The fwide() function determines the orientation of the stream pointed at by stream. If the orientation of stream has already been determined, fwide() leaves it unchanged. Otherwise, fwide() sets the o...
 fwopen(3) -- open a stream
    The funopen() function associates a stream with up to four ``I/O functions''. Either readfn or writefn must be specified; the others can be given as an appropriately-typed NULL pointer. These I/O fu...
 fwprintf(3) -- formatted wide character output conversion
    The wprintf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. The wprintf() and vwprintf() functions write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fwprintf() and vf...
 fwrite(3) -- binary stream input/output
    The function fread() reads nmemb objects, each size bytes long, from the stream pointed to by stream, storing them at the location given by ptr. The function fwrite() writes nmemb objects, each size b...
 fwscanf(3) -- wide character input format conversion
    The wscanf() family of functions scans input according to a format as described below. This format may contain conversion specifiers; the results from such conversions, if any, are stored through the ...
 gai_strerror(3) -- nodename-to-address translation
    The getaddrinfo() function is defined for protocol-independent nodenameto-address translation. It performs the functionality of gethostbyname(3) and getservbyname(3), but in a more sophisticated manne...
 gamma(3) -- log gamma functions, gamma function
    
 gammaf(3) -- log gamma functions, gamma function
    
 gdate(3) -- Calendar arithmetic for the Christian era
    These functions provide calendar arithmetic for a large range of years, starting at March 1st, year zero (i. e. 1 B.C.) and ending way beyond year 100000. Programs should be linked with -lcalendar. Th...
 geom_stats_close(3) -- userland API library for kernel GEOM subsystem
    The geom library contains the official and publicized API for interacting with the GEOM subsystem in the kernel. Statistics Functions    [Toc]    [Back] GEOM collects statistics data for all consumers...
 geom_stats_open(3) -- userland API library for kernel GEOM subsystem
    The geom library contains the official and publicized API for interacting with the GEOM subsystem in the kernel. Statistics Functions    [Toc]    [Back] GEOM collects statistics data for all consumers...
 geom_stats_resync(3) -- userland API library for kernel GEOM subsystem
    The geom library contains the official and publicized API for interacting with the GEOM subsystem in the kernel. Statistics Functions    [Toc]    [Back] GEOM collects statistics data for all consumers...
 geom_stats_snapshot_free(3) -- userland API library for kernel GEOM subsystem
    The geom library contains the official and publicized API for interacting with the GEOM subsystem in the kernel. Statistics Functions    [Toc]    [Back] GEOM collects statistics data for all consumers...
 geom_stats_snapshot_get(3) -- userland API library for kernel GEOM subsystem
    The geom library contains the official and publicized API for interacting with the GEOM subsystem in the kernel. Statistics Functions    [Toc]    [Back] GEOM collects statistics data for all consumers...
 geom_stats_snapshot_next(3) -- userland API library for kernel GEOM subsystem
    The geom library contains the official and publicized API for interacting with the GEOM subsystem in the kernel. Statistics Functions    [Toc]    [Back] GEOM collects statistics data for all consumers...
 geom_stats_snapshot_reset(3) -- userland API library for kernel GEOM subsystem
    The geom library contains the official and publicized API for interacting with the GEOM subsystem in the kernel. Statistics Functions    [Toc]    [Back] GEOM collects statistics data for all consumers...
 geom_stats_snapshot_timestamp(3) -- userland API library for kernel GEOM subsystem
    The geom library contains the official and publicized API for interacting with the GEOM subsystem in the kernel. Statistics Functions    [Toc]    [Back] GEOM collects statistics data for all consumers...
 getaddrinfo(3) -- nodename-to-address translation
    The getaddrinfo() function is defined for protocol-independent nodenameto-address translation. It performs the functionality of gethostbyname(3) and getservbyname(3), but in a more sophisticated manne...
 getbegyx(3) -- get curses cursor and window coordinates
    The getyx macro places the current cursor position of the given window in the two integer variables y and x. If win is a subwindow, the getparyx macro places the beginning coordinates of the subwindow...
 getbkgd(3) -- curses window background manipulation routines
    The bkgdset and wbkgdset routines manipulate the background of the named window. The window background is a chtype consisting of any combination of attributes (i.e., rendition) and a character. The at...
 getbootfile(3) -- get kernel boot file name
    The getbootfile() function retrieves the full pathname of the file from which the current kernel was loaded, and returns a static pointer to the name. A read/write interface to this information is ava...
 getbsize(3) -- get user block size
    The getbsize() function determines the user's preferred block size based on the value of the ``BLOCKSIZE'' environment variable; see environ(7) for details on its use and format. The getbsize() fun...
 getc(3) -- get next character or word from input stream
    The fgetc() function obtains the next input character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetc(3). The getc() function acts essenti...
 getcap(3) -- capability database access routines
    The cgetent() function extracts the capability name from the database specified by the NULL terminated file array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc(3)'d copy of it in buf. The cgetent() func...
 getch(3) -- get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard
    The getch, wgetch, mvgetch and mvwgetch, routines read a character from the window. In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the value ERR is returned. In delay mode, the program waits until the syst...
 getchar(3) -- get next character or word from input stream
    The fgetc() function obtains the next input character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetc(3). The getc() function acts essenti...
 getchar_unlocked(3) -- get next character or word from input stream
    The fgetc() function obtains the next input character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetc(3). The getc() function acts essenti...
 getcontext(3) -- get and set user thread context
    The getcontext() function saves the current thread's execution context in the structure pointed to by ucp. This saved context may then later be restored by calling setcontext(). The setcontext() func...
 getcwd(3) -- get working directory pathname
    The getcwd() function copies the absolute pathname of the current working directory into the memory referenced by buf and returns a pointer to buf. The size argument is the size, in bytes, of the arra...
 getc_unlocked(3) -- get next character or word from input stream
    The fgetc() function obtains the next input character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetc(3). The getc() function acts essenti...
 getdevs(3) -- device statistics utility library
    The devstat library is a library of helper functions for dealing with the kernel devstat(9) interface, which is accessible to users via sysctl(3) and kvm(3). All functions that take a kvm_t * as first...
 getdiskbyname(3) -- get generic disk description by its name
    The getdiskbyname() function takes a disk name (e.g. `rm03') and returns a prototype disk label describing its geometry information and the standard disk partition tables. All information is obtained...
 getdomainname(3) -- get/set the NIS domain name of current host
    The getdomainname() function returns the standard NIS domain name for the current host, as previously set by setdomainname(). The namelen argument specifies the size of the name array. The returned na...
 getenv(3) -- environment variable functions
    These functions set, unset and fetch environment variables from the host environment list. For compatibility with differing environment conventions, the given arguments name and value may be appended ...
 getfsent(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry
    The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file,
 getfsfile(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry
    The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file,
 getfsspec(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry
    The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file,
 getfstab(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry
    The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file,
 getfstype(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry
    The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file,
 getgeneration(3) -- device statistics utility library
    The devstat library is a library of helper functions for dealing with the kernel devstat(9) interface, which is accessible to users via sysctl(3) and kvm(3). All functions that take a kvm_t * as first...
 getgrent(3) -- group database operations
    These functions operate on the group database file /etc/group which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure group found in the include file : struct grou...
 getgrgid(3) -- group database operations
    These functions operate on the group database file /etc/group which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure group found in the include file : struct grou...
 getgrnam(3) -- group database operations
    These functions operate on the group database file /etc/group which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure group found in the include file : struct grou...
 getgrouplist(3) -- calculate group access list
    The getgrouplist() function reads through the group file and calculates the group access list for the user specified in name. The basegid is automatically included in the groups list. Typically this v...
 gethostbyaddr(3) -- get network host entry
    The getaddrinfo(3) and getnameinfo(3) functions are preferred over the gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2(), and gethostbyaddr() functions. The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() funct...
 gethostbyname(3) -- get network host entry
    The getaddrinfo(3) and getnameinfo(3) functions are preferred over the gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2(), and gethostbyaddr() functions. The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() funct...
 gethostbyname2(3) -- get network host entry
    The getaddrinfo(3) and getnameinfo(3) functions are preferred over the gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2(), and gethostbyaddr() functions. The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() funct...
 gethostent(3) -- get network host entry
    The getaddrinfo(3) and getnameinfo(3) functions are preferred over the gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2(), and gethostbyaddr() functions. The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() funct...
 gethostid(3) -- get/set unique identifier of current host
    The sethostid() function establishes a 32-bit identifier for the current processor that is intended to be unique among all UNIX systems in existence. This is normally a DARPA Internet address for the ...
 gethostname(3) -- get/set name of current host
    The gethostname() function returns the standard host name for the current processor, as previously set by sethostname(). The namelen argument specifies the size of the name array. The returned name is...
 getifaddrs(3) -- get interface addresses
    The getifaddrs() function stores a reference to a linked list of the network interfaces on the local machine in the memory referenced by ifap. The list consists of ifaddrs structures, as defined in th...
 getifmaddrs(3) -- get multicast group memberships
    The getifmaddrs() function stores a reference to a linked list of the multicast memberships on the local machine in the memory referenced by ifmap. The list consists of ifmaddrs structures, as defined...
 getipnodebyaddr(3) -- nodename-to-address and
    The getipnodebyname() and getipnodebyaddr() functions are very similar to gethostbyname(3), gethostbyname2(3) and gethostbyaddr(3). The functions cover all the functionalities provided by the older on...
 getipnodebyname(3) -- nodename-to-address and
    The getipnodebyname() and getipnodebyaddr() functions are very similar to gethostbyname(3), gethostbyname2(3) and gethostbyaddr(3). The functions cover all the functionalities provided by the older on...
 getloadavg(3) -- get system load averages
    The getloadavg() function returns the number of processes in the system run queue averaged over various periods of time. Up to nelem samples are retrieved and assigned to successive elements of loadav...
 getlogin_r(3) -- get/set login name
    The getlogin() routine returns the login name of the user associated with the current session, as previously set by setlogin(). The name is normally associated with a login shell at the time a session...
 getmaxyx(3) -- get curses cursor and window coordinates
    The getyx macro places the current cursor position of the given window in the two integer variables y and x. If win is a subwindow, the getparyx macro places the beginning coordinates of the subwindow...
 getmntinfo(3) -- get information about mounted file systems
    The getmntinfo() function returns an array of statfs() structures describing each currently mounted file system (see statfs(2)). The getmntinfo() function passes its flags argument transparently to ge...
 getmode(3) -- modify mode bits
    The getmode() function returns a copy of the file permission bits mode as altered by the values pointed to by set. While only the mode bits are altered, other parts of the file mode may be examined. T...
 getmouse(3) -- mouse interface through curses
    These functions provide an interface to mouse events from ncurses(3X). Mouse events are represented by KEY_MOUSE pseudo-key values in the wgetch input stream. To make mouse events visible, use the mou...
 getnameinfo(3) -- address-to-nodename translation in protocol-independent manner
    The getnameinfo() function is defined for protocol-independent addressto-nodename translation. Its functionality is a reverse conversion of getaddrinfo(3), and implements similar functionality with ge...
 getnetbyaddr(3) -- get network entry
    The getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and getnetbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet network. This structure contains either the informa...
 getnetbyname(3) -- get network entry
    The getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and getnetbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet network. This structure contains either the informa...
 getnetconfig(3) -- get network configuration database entry
    The library routines described on this page provide the application access to the system network configuration database, /etc/netconfig. The getnetconfig() function returns a pointer to the current en...
 getnetconfigent(3) -- get network configuration database entry
    The library routines described on this page provide the application access to the system network configuration database, /etc/netconfig. The getnetconfig() function returns a pointer to the current en...
 getnetent(3) -- get network entry
    The getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and getnetbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet network. This structure contains either the informa...
 getnetgrent(3) -- netgroup database operations
    These functions operate on the netgroup database file /etc/netgroup which is described in netgroup(5). The database defines a set of netgroups, each made up of one or more triples: (host, user, domain...
 getnetpath(3) -- get /etc/netconfig entry corresponding to NETPATH component
    The routines described in this page provide the application access to the system network configuration database, /etc/netconfig, as it is ``filtered'' by the NETPATH environment variable (see enviro...
 getnstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard
    The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is not included in the returned string). The resulting value ...
 getnumdevs(3) -- device statistics utility library
    The devstat library is a library of helper functions for dealing with the kernel devstat(9) interface, which is accessible to users via sysctl(3) and kvm(3). All functions that take a kvm_t * as first...
 getobjformat(3) -- get preferred object file format
    The getobjformat() function queries several sources to determine the preferred object file format, and copies its name into a buffer provided by the caller. The object file format is determined as fol...
 getopt(3) -- get option character from command line argument list
    The getopt() function incrementally parses a command line argument list argv and returns the next known option character. An option character is known if it has been specified in the string of accepte...
 getopt_long(3) -- get long options from command line argument list
    The getopt_long() function is similar to getopt(3) but it accepts options in two forms: words and characters. The getopt_long() function provides a superset of the functionality of getopt(3). The geto...
 getosreldate(3) -- get the value of __FreeBSD_version
    The getosreldate() function returns an integer showing the version of the currently running FreeBSD kernel. Definitions of the values can be found in The Porter's Handbook which is usually installed ...
 getpagesize(3) -- get system page size
    The getpagesize() function returns the number of bytes in a page. Page granularity is the granularity of many of the memory management calls. The page size is a system page size and may not be the sam...
 getparyx(3) -- get curses cursor and window coordinates
    The getyx macro places the current cursor position of the given window in the two integer variables y and x. If win is a subwindow, the getparyx macro places the beginning coordinates of the subwindow...
 getpass(3) -- get a password
    The getpass() function displays a prompt to, and reads in a password from, /dev/tty. If this file is not accessible, getpass() displays the prompt on the standard error output and reads from the stand...
 getpeereid(3) -- get the effective credentials of a UNIX-domain peer
    The getpeereid() function returns the effective user and group IDs of the peer connected to a UNIX-domain socket. The argument s must be a UNIX-domain socket (unix(4)) of type SOCK_STREAM on which eit...
 getprogname(3) -- get or set the program name
    The getprogname() and setprogname() functions manipulate the name of the current program. They are used by error-reporting routines to produce consistent output. The getprogname() function returns the...
 getprotobyname(3) -- get protocol entry
    The getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and getprotobynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network protocol...
 getprotobynumber(3) -- get protocol entry
    The getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and getprotobynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network protocol...
 getprotoent(3) -- get protocol entry
    The getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and getprotobynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network protocol...
 getpw(3) -- get name from uid
    The getpw() function is made obsolete by getpwuid(3). The getpw() function reads the file /etc/passwd, and if it finds the specified uid, copies the password entry line into the string pointed to by b...
 getpwent(3) -- password database operations
    These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ...
 getpwent_r(3) -- password database operations
    These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ...
 getpwnam(3) -- password database operations
    These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ...
 getpwnam_r(3) -- password database operations
    These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ...
 getpwuid(3) -- password database operations
    These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ...
 getpwuid_r(3) -- password database operations
    These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ...
 getrpcbyname(3) -- get RPC entry
    The getrpcent(), getrpcbyname(), and getrpcbynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the rpc program number dat...
 getrpcbynumber(3) -- get RPC entry
    The getrpcent(), getrpcbyname(), and getrpcbynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the rpc program number dat...
 getrpcent(3) -- get RPC entry
    The getrpcent(), getrpcbyname(), and getrpcbynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the rpc program number dat...
 getrpcport(3) -- get RPC port number
    The getrpcport() function returns the port number for version versnum of the RPC program prognum running on host and using protocol proto. It returns 0 if it cannot contact the portmapper, or if progn...
 gets(3) -- get a line from a stream
    The fgets() function reads at most one less than the number of characters specified by size from the given stream and stores them in the string str. Reading stops when a newline character is found, at...
 getservbyname(3) -- get service entry
    The getservent(), getservbyname(), and getservbyport() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network services data...
 getservbyport(3) -- get service entry
    The getservent(), getservbyname(), and getservbyport() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network services data...
 getservent(3) -- get service entry
    The getservent(), getservbyname(), and getservbyport() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network services data...
 getstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard
    The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is not included in the returned string). The resulting value ...
 getsubopt(3) -- get sub options from an argument
    The getsubopt() function parses a string containing tokens delimited by one or more tab, space or comma (`,') characters. It is intended for use in parsing groups of option arguments provided as part...
 getsyx(3) -- lowlevel curses routines
    The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ...
 getttyent(3) -- get ttys file entry
    The getttyent(), and getttynam() functions each return a pointer to an object, with the following structure, containing the broken-out fields of a line from the tty description file. struct ttyent { c...
 getttynam(3) -- get ttys file entry
    The getttyent(), and getttynam() functions each return a pointer to an object, with the following structure, containing the broken-out fields of a line from the tty description file. struct ttyent { c...
 getusershell(3) -- get valid user shells
    The getusershell() function returns a pointer to a valid user shell as defined by the system manager in the shells database as described in shells(5). If the shells database is not available, getusers...
 getversion(3) -- device statistics utility library
    The devstat library is a library of helper functions for dealing with the kernel devstat(9) interface, which is accessible to users via sysctl(3) and kvm(3). All functions that take a kvm_t * as first...
 getvfsbyname(3) -- get information about a file system
    The getvfsbyname() function provides access to information about a file system module that is configured in the kernel. If successful, the requested file system xvfsconf is returned in the location po...
 getvfsbytype(3) -- manage virtual file system modules
    The getvfsent() function provides convenient access to a list of installed virtual file system modules managed by the kernel. It steps through the list of file systems one at a time. A null pointer is...
 getvfsent(3) -- manage virtual file system modules
    The getvfsent() function provides convenient access to a list of installed virtual file system modules managed by the kernel. It steps through the list of file systems one at a time. A null pointer is...
 getw(3) -- get next character or word from input stream
    The fgetc() function obtains the next input character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetc(3). The getc() function acts essenti...
 getwc(3) -- get next wide-character from input stream
    The fgetwc() function obtains the next input wide-character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetwc(3). The getwc() function acts...
 getwchar(3) -- get next wide-character from input stream
    The fgetwc() function obtains the next input wide-character (if present) from the stream pointed at by stream, or the next character pushed back on the stream via ungetwc(3). The getwc() function acts...
 getwd(3) -- get working directory pathname
    The getcwd() function copies the absolute pathname of the current working directory into the memory referenced by buf and returns a pointer to buf. The size argument is the size, in bytes, of the arra...
 getwin(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines
    The unctrl routine returns a character string which is a printable representation of the character c, ignoring attributes. Control characters are displayed in the ^X notation. Printing characters are ...
 getyx(3) -- get curses cursor and window coordinates
    The getyx macro places the current cursor position of the given window in the two integer variables y and x. If win is a subwindow, the getparyx macro places the beginning coordinates of the subwindow...
 get_helpline(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 get_myaddress(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 glob(3) -- generate pathnames matching a pattern
    The glob() function is a pathname generator that implements the rules for file name pattern matching used by the shell. The include file defines the structure type glob_t, which contains at l...
 globfree(3) -- generate pathnames matching a pattern
    The glob() function is a pathname generator that implements the rules for file name pattern matching used by the shell. The include file defines the structure type glob_t, which contains at l...
 gmtime(3) -- transform binary date and time values
    The functions ctime(), gmtime() and localtime() all take as an argument a time value representing the time in seconds since the Epoch (00:00:00 UTC, January 1, 1970; see time(3)). The function localti...
 gmtime_r(3) -- transform binary date and time values
    The functions ctime(), gmtime() and localtime() all take as an argument a time value representing the time in seconds since the Epoch (00:00:00 UTC, January 1, 1970; see time(3)). The function localti...
 grantpt(3) -- pseudo-terminal access functions
    The grantpt(), ptsname(), unlockpt(), and posix_openpt() functions allow access to pseudo-terminal devices. The first three functions accept a file descriptor that references the master half of a pseu...
 group_from_gid(3) -- cache password and group entries
    The user_from_uid() function returns the user name associated with the argument uid. The user name is cached so that multiple calls with the same uid do not require additional calls to getpwuid(3). If...
 gssapi(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    The Generic Security Service Application Program Interface (GSS-API) provides security services to callers in a generic fashion, supportable with a range of underlying mechanisms and technologies and ...
 gss_accept_sec_context(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_acquire_cred(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_add_cred(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_add_oid_set_member(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_canonicalize_name(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_compare_name(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_context_time(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_create_empty_oid_set(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_delete_sec_context(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_display_name(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_display_status(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_duplicate_name(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_export_name(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_export_sec_context(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_get_mic(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_import_name(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_import_sec_context(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_indicate_mechs(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_init_sec_context(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_inquire_context(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_inquire_cred(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_inquire_cred_by_mech(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_inquire_mechs_for_name(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_inquire_names_for_mech(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_krb5_compat_des3_mic(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_krb5_copy_ccache(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_process_context_token(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_release_buffer(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_release_cred(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_release_name(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_release_oid_set(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_seal(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_sign(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_test_oid_set_member(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_unseal(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_unwrap(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_verify(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_verify_mic(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_wrap(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gss_wrap_size_limit(3) -- Generic Security Service Application Program Interface library
    Generic Security Service API (GSS-API) version 2, and its C binding, is described in RFC2743 and RFC2744. Version 1 (deprecated) of the C binding is described in RFC1509. Heimdals GSS-API implementati...
 gtty(3) -- set and get terminal state (defunct)
    These interfaces are obsoleted by ioctl(2). The stty() function sets the state of the terminal associated with fd. The gtty() function retrieves the state of the terminal associated with fd. To set th...
 halfdelay(3) -- curses input options
    Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro...
 hash(3) -- hash database access method
    The routine dbopen() is the library interface to database files. One of the supported file formats is hash files. The general description of the database access methods is in dbopen(3), this manual pa...
 has_colors(3) -- curses color manipulation routines
    Overview curses support color attributes on terminals with that capability. To use these routines start_color must be called, usually right after initscr. Colors are always used in pairs (referred to ...
 has_ic(3) -- curses environment query routines
    The baudrate routine returns the output speed of the terminal. The number returned is in bits per second, for example 9600, and is an integer. The erasechar routine returns the user's current erase c...
 has_il(3) -- curses environment query routines
    The baudrate routine returns the output speed of the terminal. The number returned is in bits per second, for example 9600, and is an integer. The erasechar routine returns the user's current erase c...
 has_key(3) -- get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard
    The getch, wgetch, mvgetch and mvwgetch, routines read a character from the window. In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the value ERR is returned. In delay mode, the program waits until the syst...
 hcreate(3) -- manage hash search table
    The hcreate(), hdestroy(), and hsearch() functions manage hash search tables. The hcreate() function allocates sufficient space for the table, and the application should ensure it is called before hse...
 hdestroy(3) -- manage hash search table
    The hcreate(), hdestroy(), and hsearch() functions manage hash search tables. The hcreate() function allocates sufficient space for the table, and the application should ensure it is called before hse...
 heap(3) -- heap implementation of priority queues
    These functions implement heap-based priority queues. The user defines a priority scheme, and provides a function for comparison of the priority of heap elements (see the description of the heap_highe...
 heapsort(3) -- sort functions
    The qsort() function is a modified partition-exchange sort, or quicksort. The heapsort() function is a modified selection sort. The mergesort() function is a modified merge sort with exponential searc...
 heap_decreased(3) -- heap implementation of priority queues
    These functions implement heap-based priority queues. The user defines a priority scheme, and provides a function for comparison of the priority of heap elements (see the description of the heap_highe...
 heap_delete(3) -- heap implementation of priority queues
    These functions implement heap-based priority queues. The user defines a priority scheme, and provides a function for comparison of the priority of heap elements (see the description of the heap_highe...
 heap_element(3) -- heap implementation of priority queues
    These functions implement heap-based priority queues. The user defines a priority scheme, and provides a function for comparison of the priority of heap elements (see the description of the heap_highe...
 heap_for_each(3) -- heap implementation of priority queues
    These functions implement heap-based priority queues. The user defines a priority scheme, and provides a function for comparison of the priority of heap elements (see the description of the heap_highe...
 heap_free(3) -- heap implementation of priority queues
    These functions implement heap-based priority queues. The user defines a priority scheme, and provides a function for comparison of the priority of heap elements (see the description of the heap_highe...
 heap_increased(3) -- heap implementation of priority queues
    These functions implement heap-based priority queues. The user defines a priority scheme, and provides a function for comparison of the priority of heap elements (see the description of the heap_highe...
 heap_insert(3) -- heap implementation of priority queues
    These functions implement heap-based priority queues. The user defines a priority scheme, and provides a function for comparison of the priority of heap elements (see the description of the heap_highe...
 heap_new(3) -- heap implementation of priority queues
    These functions implement heap-based priority queues. The user defines a priority scheme, and provides a function for comparison of the priority of heap elements (see the description of the heap_highe...
 herror(3) -- get network host entry
    The getaddrinfo(3) and getnameinfo(3) functions are preferred over the gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2(), and gethostbyaddr() functions. The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() funct...
 hesiod(3) -- Hesiod name server interface library
    This family of functions allows you to perform lookups of Hesiod information, which is stored as text records in the Domain Name Service. To perform lookups, you must first initialize a context, an op...
 hide_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
    Panels are curses(3X) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or...
 hid_dispose_report_desc(3) -- USB HID access routines
    The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction    [Toc]    [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...
 hid_end_parse(3) -- USB HID access routines
    The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction    [Toc]    [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...
 hid_get_data(3) -- USB HID access routines
    The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction    [Toc]    [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...
 hid_get_item(3) -- USB HID access routines
    The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction    [Toc]    [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...
 hid_get_report_desc(3) -- USB HID access routines
    The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction    [Toc]    [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...
 hid_init(3) -- USB HID access routines
    The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction    [Toc]    [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...
 hid_locate(3) -- USB HID access routines
    The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction    [Toc]    [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...
 hid_report_size(3) -- USB HID access routines
    The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction    [Toc]    [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...
 hid_set_data(3) -- USB HID access routines
    The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction    [Toc]    [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...
 hid_start_parse(3) -- USB HID access routines
    The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction    [Toc]    [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...
 hid_usage_in_page(3) -- USB HID access routines
    The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction    [Toc]    [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...
 hid_usage_page(3) -- USB HID access routines
    The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction    [Toc]    [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...
 history(3) -- line editor and history functions
    The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr...
 history_end(3) -- line editor and history functions
    The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr...
 history_init(3) -- line editor and history functions
    The editline library provides generic line editing and history functions, similar to those found in sh(1). These functions are available in the libedit library (which needs the libtermcap library). Pr...
 hline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
    The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. Other than the window, each argument is a character with attributes: ls - left side, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - ...
 hosts_access(3) -- access control library
    The routines described in this document are part of the libwrap.a library. They implement a rule-based access control language with optional shell commands that are executed when a rule fires. request...
 hosts_ctl(3) -- access control library
    The routines described in this document are part of the libwrap.a library. They implement a rule-based access control language with optional shell commands that are executed when a rule fires. request...
 hsearch(3) -- manage hash search table
    The hcreate(), hdestroy(), and hsearch() functions manage hash search tables. The hcreate() function allocates sufficient space for the table, and the application should ensure it is called before hse...
 hstrerror(3) -- get network host entry
    The getaddrinfo(3) and getnameinfo(3) functions are preferred over the gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2(), and gethostbyaddr() functions. The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() funct...
 htonl(3) -- convert values between host and network byte order
    These routines convert 16 and 32 bit quantities between network byte order and host byte order. On machines which have a byte order which is the same as the network order, routines are defined as null...
 htons(3) -- convert values between host and network byte order
    These routines convert 16 and 32 bit quantities between network byte order and host byte order. On machines which have a byte order which is the same as the network order, routines are defined as null...
 hypot(3) -- Euclidean distance and complex absolute value functions
    The hypot(), hypotf(), cabs() and cabsf() functions compute the sqrt(x*x+y*y) in such a way that underflow will not happen, and overflow occurs only if the final result deserves it. hypot(infinity, v)...
 hypotf(3) -- Euclidean distance and complex absolute value functions
    The hypot(), hypotf(), cabs() and cabsf() functions compute the sqrt(x*x+y*y) in such a way that underflow will not happen, and overflow occurs only if the final result deserves it. hypot(infinity, v)...
 i386_clr_watch(3) -- manage i386 debug register values
    The i386_clr_watch() function will disable the indicated watch point within the specified debug register set. The i386_set_watch() function will set up the specified debug registers as indicated by th...
 i386_set_watch(3) -- manage i386 debug register values
    The i386_clr_watch() function will disable the indicated watch point within the specified debug register set. The i386_set_watch() function will set up the specified debug registers as indicated by th...
 idcok(3) -- curses output options
    These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin....
 idlok(3) -- curses output options
    These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin....
 ieee(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
    These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() and copysignf() return x with its sign changed to y's. finite() and finitef() return the value 1 just when -infinity < x <...
 ieee_test(3) -- IEEE test functions
    These functions allow users to test conformance to IEEE Std 754-1985. Their use is not otherwise recommended. logb(x) and logbf(x) return x's exponent n, a signed integer converted to double-precisio...
 if_freenameindex(3) -- provide mappings between interface names and indexes
    The if_nametoindex() function maps the interface name specified in ifname to its corresponding index. If the specified interface does not exist, it returns 0. The if_indextoname() function maps the in...
 if_indextoname(3) -- provide mappings between interface names and indexes
    The if_nametoindex() function maps the interface name specified in ifname to its corresponding index. If the specified interface does not exist, it returns 0. The if_indextoname() function maps the in...
 if_nameindex(3) -- provide mappings between interface names and indexes
    The if_nametoindex() function maps the interface name specified in ifname to its corresponding index. If the specified interface does not exist, it returns 0. The if_indextoname() function maps the in...
 if_nametoindex(3) -- provide mappings between interface names and indexes
    The if_nametoindex() function maps the interface name specified in ifname to its corresponding index. If the specified interface does not exist, it returns 0. The if_indextoname() function maps the in...
 ilogb(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
    These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() and copysignf() return x with its sign changed to y's. finite() and finitef() return the value 1 just when -infinity < x <...
 ilogbf(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
    These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() and copysignf() return x with its sign changed to y's. finite() and finitef() return the value 1 just when -infinity < x <...
 imaxabs(3) -- returns absolute value
    The imaxabs() function returns the absolute value of j.
 imaxdiv(3) -- returns quotient and remainder
    The imaxdiv() function computes the value of numer divided by denom and returns the stored result in the form of the imaxdiv_t type. The imaxdiv_t type is defined as: typedef struct { intmax_t quot; /...
 immedok(3) -- curses output options
    These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin....
 inch(3) -- get a character and attributes from a curses window
    These routines return the character, of type chtype, at the current position in the named window. If any attributes are set for that position, their values are OR'ed into the value returned. Constant...
 inchnstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window
    These routines return a NULL-terminated array of chtype quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the right margin of the window. The four functions with n ...
 inchstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window
    These routines return a NULL-terminated array of chtype quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the right margin of the window. The four functions with n ...
 index(3) -- locate character in string
    The index() function locates the first occurrence of c (converted to a char) in the string pointed to by s. The terminating null character is considered part of the string; therefore if c is `\0', t...
 inet(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
    The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta...
 inet6_option_alloc(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation
    Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated due to alignment constraints, padding and ancillary data manipulation. RFC2292 defines a set of functions to help the applica...
 inet6_option_append(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation
    Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated due to alignment constraints, padding and ancillary data manipulation. RFC2292 defines a set of functions to help the applica...
 inet6_option_find(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation
    Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated due to alignment constraints, padding and ancillary data manipulation. RFC2292 defines a set of functions to help the applica...
 inet6_option_init(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation
    Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated due to alignment constraints, padding and ancillary data manipulation. RFC2292 defines a set of functions to help the applica...
 inet6_option_next(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation
    Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated due to alignment constraints, padding and ancillary data manipulation. RFC2292 defines a set of functions to help the applica...
 inet6_option_space(3) -- IPv6 Hop-byHop and Destination Options manipulation
    Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated due to alignment constraints, padding and ancillary data manipulation. RFC2292 defines a set of functions to help the applica...
 inet6_opt_append(3) -- IPv6 Hop-by-Hop and Destination Options manipulation
    Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated. The advanced API therefore defines a set of functions to help applications. These functions assume the formatting rules spec...
 inet6_opt_find(3) -- IPv6 Hop-by-Hop and Destination Options manipulation
    Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated. The advanced API therefore defines a set of functions to help applications. These functions assume the formatting rules spec...
 inet6_opt_finish(3) -- IPv6 Hop-by-Hop and Destination Options manipulation
    Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated. The advanced API therefore defines a set of functions to help applications. These functions assume the formatting rules spec...
 inet6_opt_get_val(3) -- IPv6 Hop-by-Hop and Destination Options manipulation
    Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated. The advanced API therefore defines a set of functions to help applications. These functions assume the formatting rules spec...
 inet6_opt_init(3) -- IPv6 Hop-by-Hop and Destination Options manipulation
    Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated. The advanced API therefore defines a set of functions to help applications. These functions assume the formatting rules spec...
 inet6_opt_next(3) -- IPv6 Hop-by-Hop and Destination Options manipulation
    Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated. The advanced API therefore defines a set of functions to help applications. These functions assume the formatting rules spec...
 inet6_opt_set_val(3) -- IPv6 Hop-by-Hop and Destination Options manipulation
    Building and parsing the Hop-by-Hop and Destination options is complicated. The advanced API therefore defines a set of functions to help applications. These functions assume the formatting rules spec...
 inet6_rthdr_add(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
    RFC2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required fo...
 inet6_rthdr_getaddr(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
    RFC2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required fo...
 inet6_rthdr_getflags(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
    RFC2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required fo...
 inet6_rthdr_init(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
    RFC2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required fo...
 inet6_rthdr_lasthop(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
    RFC2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required fo...
 inet6_rthdr_reverse(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
    RFC2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required fo...
 inet6_rthdr_segments(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
    RFC2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required fo...
 inet6_rthdr_space(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
    RFC2292 IPv6 advanced API defines eight functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header. Four functions build a Routing header: inet6_rthdr_space() return #bytes required fo...
 inet6_rth_add(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
    The IPv6 advanced API defines six functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header, and the ability to use sticky options or ancillary data to communicate this information be...
 inet6_rth_getaddr(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
    The IPv6 advanced API defines six functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header, and the ability to use sticky options or ancillary data to communicate this information be...
 inet6_rth_init(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
    The IPv6 advanced API defines six functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header, and the ability to use sticky options or ancillary data to communicate this information be...
 inet6_rth_reverse(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
    The IPv6 advanced API defines six functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header, and the ability to use sticky options or ancillary data to communicate this information be...
 inet6_rth_segments(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
    The IPv6 advanced API defines six functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header, and the ability to use sticky options or ancillary data to communicate this information be...
 inet6_rth_space(3) -- IPv6 Routing Header Options manipulation
    The IPv6 advanced API defines six functions that the application calls to build and examine a Routing header, and the ability to use sticky options or ancillary data to communicate this information be...
 inet_addr(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
    The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta...
 inet_aton(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
    The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta...
 inet_lnaof(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
    The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta...
 inet_makeaddr(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
    The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta...
 inet_net(3) -- Internet network number manipulation routines
    The inet_net_ntop() function converts an Internet network number from network format (usually a struct in_addr or some other binary form, in network byte order) to CIDR presentation format (suitable f...
 inet_netof(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
    The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta...
 inet_network(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
    The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta...
 inet_net_ntop(3) -- Internet network number manipulation routines
    The inet_net_ntop() function converts an Internet network number from network format (usually a struct in_addr or some other binary form, in network byte order) to CIDR presentation format (suitable f...
 inet_net_pton(3) -- Internet network number manipulation routines
    The inet_net_ntop() function converts an Internet network number from network format (usually a struct in_addr or some other binary form, in network byte order) to CIDR presentation format (suitable f...
 inet_ntoa(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
    The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta...
 inet_ntop(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
    The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta...
 inet_pton(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
    The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta...
 initgroups(3) -- initialize group access list
    The initgroups() function uses the getgrouplist(3) function to calculate the group access list for the user specified in name. This group list is then setup for the current process using setgroups(2)....
 initscr(3) -- curses screen initialization and manipulation routines
    initscr is normally the first curses routine to call when initializing a program. A few special routines sometimes need to be called before it; these are slk_init, filter, ripoffline, use_env. For mul...
 initstate(3) -- better random number generator; routines for changing generators
    The random() function uses a non-linear additive feedback random number generator employing a default table of size 31 long integers to return successive pseudo-random numbers in the range from 0 to (...
 init_color(3) -- curses color manipulation routines
    Overview curses support color attributes on terminals with that capability. To use these routines start_color must be called, usually right after initscr. Colors are always used in pairs (referred to ...
 init_dialog(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 init_pair(3) -- curses color manipulation routines
    Overview curses support color attributes on terminals with that capability. To use these routines start_color must be called, usually right after initscr. Colors are always used in pairs (referred to ...
 innetgr(3) -- netgroup database operations
    These functions operate on the netgroup database file /etc/netgroup which is described in netgroup(5). The database defines a set of netgroups, each made up of one or more triples: (host, user, domain...
 innstr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window
    These routines return a string of characters in str, extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window. Attributes are stripped from the characters. The four functions with n as th...
 insch(3) -- insert a character before cursor in a curses window
    These routines, insert the character ch before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are moved one space to the right, with the possibility of the rightmost charact...
 insdelln(3) -- delete and insert lines in a curses window
    The deleteln and wdeleteln routines delete the line under the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line are moved up one line. The bottom line of the window is cleared. The cursor positio...
 insertln(3) -- delete and insert lines in a curses window
    The deleteln and wdeleteln routines delete the line under the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line are moved up one line. The bottom line of the window is cleared. The cursor positio...
 INSIST(3) -- assertion system
    The REQUIRE(), ENSURE(), INSIST(), and INVARIANT() macros evaluate a boolean expression, and if it is false, they invoke the current assertion failure callback. The default callback will print a messa...
 INSIST_ERR(3) -- assertion system
    The REQUIRE(), ENSURE(), INSIST(), and INVARIANT() macros evaluate a boolean expression, and if it is false, they invoke the current assertion failure callback. The default callback will print a messa...
 insnstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window
    These routines insert a character string (as many characters as will fit on the line) before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are shifted right, with the possi...
 insque(3) -- doubly-linked list management
    The insque() and remque() functions encapsulate the ever-repeating task of doing insertion and removal operations on doubly linked lists. The functions expect their arguments to point to a structure w...
 insstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window
    These routines insert a character string (as many characters as will fit on the line) before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are shifted right, with the possi...
 instr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window
    These routines return a string of characters in str, extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window. Attributes are stripped from the characters. The four functions with n as th...
 intrflush(3) -- curses input options
    Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro...
 intro(3) -- introduction to the C libraries
    This section provides an overview of the C library functions, their error returns and other common definitions and concepts. Most of these functions are available from the C library, libc. Other libra...
 INVARIANT(3) -- assertion system
    The REQUIRE(), ENSURE(), INSIST(), and INVARIANT() macros evaluate a boolean expression, and if it is false, they invoke the current assertion failure callback. The default callback will print a messa...
 INVARIANT_ERR(3) -- assertion system
    The REQUIRE(), ENSURE(), INSIST(), and INVARIANT() macros evaluate a boolean expression, and if it is false, they invoke the current assertion failure callback. The default callback will print a messa...
 in_lt(3) -- functions for parsing and checking login time periods
    This set of functions may be used for parsing and checking login and session times against a predefined list of allowed login times as used in login.conf(5). The format of allowed and disallowed sessi...
 in_ltm(3) -- functions for parsing and checking login time periods
    This set of functions may be used for parsing and checking login and session times against a predefined list of allowed login times as used in login.conf(5). The format of allowed and disallowed sessi...
 in_ltms(3) -- functions for parsing and checking login time periods
    This set of functions may be used for parsing and checking login and session times against a predefined list of allowed login times as used in login.conf(5). The format of allowed and disallowed sessi...
 in_lts(3) -- functions for parsing and checking login time periods
    This set of functions may be used for parsing and checking login and session times against a predefined list of allowed login times as used in login.conf(5). The format of allowed and disallowed sessi...
 ipsec_dump_policy(3) -- manipulate IPsec policy specification structure from readable string
    The ipsec_set_policy() function generates IPsec policy specification structure, namely struct sadb_x_policy and/or struct sadb_x_ipsecrequest from human-readable policy specification. Policy specifica...
 ipsec_get_policylen(3) -- manipulate IPsec policy specification structure from readable string
    The ipsec_set_policy() function generates IPsec policy specification structure, namely struct sadb_x_policy and/or struct sadb_x_ipsecrequest from human-readable policy specification. Policy specifica...
 ipsec_set_policy(3) -- manipulate IPsec policy specification structure from readable string
    The ipsec_set_policy() function generates IPsec policy specification structure, namely struct sadb_x_policy and/or struct sadb_x_ipsecrequest from human-readable policy specification. Policy specifica...
 ipsec_strerror(3) -- error message for IPsec policy manipulation library
     declares extern int ipsec_errcode; which is used to pass an error code from IPsec policy manipulation library to an user program. The ipsec_strerror() function can be used to obtain...
 ipx(3) -- IPX address conversion routines
    The routine ipx_addr() interprets character strings representing IPX addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine ipx_ntoa() takes IPX addresses and returns AS...
 ipx_addr(3) -- IPX address conversion routines
    The routine ipx_addr() interprets character strings representing IPX addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine ipx_ntoa() takes IPX addresses and returns AS...
 ipx_ntoa(3) -- IPX address conversion routines
    The routine ipx_addr() interprets character strings representing IPX addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine ipx_ntoa() takes IPX addresses and returns AS...
 iruserok(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
    The rcmd() function is used by the super-user to execute a command on a remote machine using an authentication scheme based on reserved port numbers. The rresvport() function returns a descriptor to a...
 iruserok_sa(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
    The rcmd() function is used by the super-user to execute a command on a remote machine using an authentication scheme based on reserved port numbers. The rresvport() function returns a descriptor to a...
 isalnum(3) -- alphanumeric character test
    The isalnum() function tests for any character for which isalpha(3) or isdigit(3) is true. For single C chars locales (see multibyte(3)) the value of the argument is representable as an unsigned char ...
 isalpha(3) -- alphabetic character test
    The isalpha() function tests for any character for which isupper(3) or islower(3) is true. For single C chars locales (see multibyte(3)) the value of the argument is representable as an unsigned char ...
 isascii(3) -- test for ASCII character
    The isascii() function tests for an ASCII character, which is any character between 0 and octal 0177 inclusive.
 isatty(3) -- get name of associated terminal (tty) from file descriptor
    These functions operate on the system file descriptors for terminal type devices. These descriptors are not related to the standard I/O FILE typedef, but refer to the special device files found in /de...
 isblank(3) -- space or tab character test
    The isblank() function tests for a space or tab character. For any locale, this includes the following standard characters: ``\t'' `` '' In the "C" locale isblank() successful test is limited t...
 iscntrl(3) -- control character test
    The iscntrl() function tests for any control character. For single C chars locales (see multibyte(3)) the value of the argument is representable as an unsigned char or the value of EOF. In the ASCII c...
 isdialuptty(3) -- determine tty type from ttys file entry
    The getttyent(), and getttynam() functions each return a pointer to an object, with the following structure, containing the broken-out fields of a line from the tty description file. struct ttyent { c...
 isdigit(3) -- decimal-digit character test
    The isdigit() function tests for any decimal-digit character. For any locale, this includes the following characters only: ``0'' ``1'' ``2'' ``3'' ``4'' ``5'' ``6'' ``7'' ``8'' ``9'...
 isendwin(3) -- curses screen initialization and manipulation routines
    initscr is normally the first curses routine to call when initializing a program. A few special routines sometimes need to be called before it; these are slk_init, filter, ripoffline, use_env. For mul...
 isfinite(3) -- classify a floating-point number
    The fpclassify() macro takes an argument of x and returns one of the following manifest constants. FP_INFINITE Indicates that x is an infinite number. FP_NAN Indicates that x is not a number (NaN). FP...
 isgraph(3) -- printing character test (space character exclusive)
    The isgraph() function tests for any printing character except space (` ') and other locale specific space-like characters. For single C chars locales (see multibyte(3)) the value of the argument is ...
 isgreater(3) -- compare two floating-point numbers
    Each of the macros isgreater(), isgreaterequal(), isless(), islessequal(), and islessgreater() take arguments x and y and return a non-zero value if and only if its nominal relation on x and y is true...
 isgreaterequal(3) -- compare two floating-point numbers
    Each of the macros isgreater(), isgreaterequal(), isless(), islessequal(), and islessgreater() take arguments x and y and return a non-zero value if and only if its nominal relation on x and y is true...
 ishexnumber(3) -- hexadecimal-digit character test
    The isxdigit() function tests for any hexadecimal-digit character. For any locale, this includes the following characters only: ``0'' ``1'' ``2'' ``3'' ``4'' ``5'' ``6'' ``7'' ``8'' ...
 isinf(3) -- classify a floating-point number
    The fpclassify() macro takes an argument of x and returns one of the following manifest constants. FP_INFINITE Indicates that x is an infinite number. FP_NAN Indicates that x is not a number (NaN). FP...
 isless(3) -- compare two floating-point numbers
    Each of the macros isgreater(), isgreaterequal(), isless(), islessequal(), and islessgreater() take arguments x and y and return a non-zero value if and only if its nominal relation on x and y is true...
 islessequal(3) -- compare two floating-point numbers
    Each of the macros isgreater(), isgreaterequal(), isless(), islessequal(), and islessgreater() take arguments x and y and return a non-zero value if and only if its nominal relation on x and y is true...
 islessgreater(3) -- compare two floating-point numbers
    Each of the macros isgreater(), isgreaterequal(), isless(), islessequal(), and islessgreater() take arguments x and y and return a non-zero value if and only if its nominal relation on x and y is true...
 islower(3) -- lower-case character test
    The islower() function tests for any lower-case letters. For single C chars locales (see multibyte(3)) the value of the argument is representable as an unsigned char or the value of EOF. In the ASCII ...
 isnan(3) -- classify a floating-point number
    The fpclassify() macro takes an argument of x and returns one of the following manifest constants. FP_INFINITE Indicates that x is an infinite number. FP_NAN Indicates that x is not a number (NaN). FP...
 isnettty(3) -- determine tty type from ttys file entry
    The getttyent(), and getttynam() functions each return a pointer to an object, with the following structure, containing the broken-out fields of a line from the tty description file. struct ttyent { c...
 isnormal(3) -- classify a floating-point number
    The fpclassify() macro takes an argument of x and returns one of the following manifest constants. FP_INFINITE Indicates that x is an infinite number. FP_NAN Indicates that x is not a number (NaN). FP...
 isnumber(3) -- decimal-digit character test
    The isdigit() function tests for any decimal-digit character. For any locale, this includes the following characters only: ``0'' ``1'' ``2'' ``3'' ``4'' ``5'' ``6'' ``7'' ``8'' ``9'...
 isprint(3) -- printing character test (space character inclusive)
    The isprint() function tests for any printing character including space (` '). For single C chars locales (see multibyte(3)) the value of the argument is representable as an unsigned char or the valu...
 ispunct(3) -- punctuation character test
    The ispunct() function tests for any printing character except for space (` ') or a character for which isalnum(3) is true. For single C chars locales (see multibyte(3)) the value of the argument is ...
 isspace(3) -- white-space character test
    The isspace() function tests for the white-space characters. For any locale, this includes the following standard characters: ``\t'' ``\n'' ``\v'' ``\f'' ``\r'' `` '' In the "C" loc...
 isunordered(3) -- compare two floating-point numbers
    Each of the macros isgreater(), isgreaterequal(), isless(), islessequal(), and islessgreater() take arguments x and y and return a non-zero value if and only if its nominal relation on x and y is true...
 isupper(3) -- upper-case character test
    The isupper() function tests for any upper-case letter. For single C chars locales (see multibyte(3)) the value of the argument is representable as an unsigned char or the value of EOF. In the ASCII c...
 iswalnum(3) -- wide character classification utilities
    The above functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See the description for the similarly-named single byte classification functions (...
 iswalpha(3) -- wide character classification utilities
    The above functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See the description for the similarly-named single byte classification functions (...
 iswascii(3) -- wide character classification utilities
    The above functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See the description for the similarly-named single byte classification functions (...
 iswblank(3) -- wide character classification utilities
    The above functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See the description for the similarly-named single byte classification functions (...
 iswcntrl(3) -- wide character classification utilities
    The above functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See the description for the similarly-named single byte classification functions (...
 iswctype(3) -- wide character class functions
    The wctype() function returns a value of type wctype_t which represents the requested wide character class and may be used as the second argument for calls to iswctype(). The following character class...
 iswdigit(3) -- wide character classification utilities
    The above functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See the description for the similarly-named single byte classification functions (...
 iswgraph(3) -- wide character classification utilities
    The above functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See the description for the similarly-named single byte classification functions (...
 iswhexnumber(3) -- wide character classification utilities
    The above functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See the description for the similarly-named single byte classification functions (...
 iswideogram(3) -- wide character classification utilities
    The above functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See the description for the similarly-named single byte classification functions (...
 iswlower(3) -- wide character classification utilities
    The above functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See the description for the similarly-named single byte classification functions (...
 iswnumber(3) -- wide character classification utilities
    The above functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See the description for the similarly-named single byte classification functions (...
 iswphonogram(3) -- wide character classification utilities
    The above functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See the description for the similarly-named single byte classification functions (...
 iswprint(3) -- wide character classification utilities
    The above functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See the description for the similarly-named single byte classification functions (...
 iswpunct(3) -- wide character classification utilities
    The above functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See the description for the similarly-named single byte classification functions (...
 iswrune(3) -- wide character classification utilities
    The above functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See the description for the similarly-named single byte classification functions (...
 iswspace(3) -- wide character classification utilities
    The above functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See the description for the similarly-named single byte classification functions (...
 iswspecial(3) -- wide character classification utilities
    The above functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See the description for the similarly-named single byte classification functions (...
 iswupper(3) -- wide character classification utilities
    The above functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See the description for the similarly-named single byte classification functions (...
 iswxdigit(3) -- wide character classification utilities
    The above functions are character classification utility functions, for use with wide characters (wchar_t or wint_t). See the description for the similarly-named single byte classification functions (...
 isxdigit(3) -- hexadecimal-digit character test
    The isxdigit() function tests for any hexadecimal-digit character. For any locale, this includes the following characters only: ``0'' ``1'' ``2'' ``3'' ``4'' ``5'' ``6'' ``7'' ``8'' ...
 is_linetouched(3) -- curses refresh control routines
    The touchwin and touchline routines throw away all optimization information about which parts of the window have been touched, by pretending that the entire window has been drawn on. This is sometimes...
 is_wintouched(3) -- curses refresh control routines
    The touchwin and touchline routines throw away all optimization information about which parts of the window have been touched, by pretending that the entire window has been drawn on. This is sometimes...
 item_count(3) -- make and break connections between items and menus
    The function set_menu_items changes the item pointer array of the given menu. The array must be terminated by a NULL. The function menu_items returns the item array of the given menu. The function ite...
 item_description(3) -- get menu item name and description fields
    The function item_name returns the name part of the given item. The function item_description returns the description part of the given item.
 item_index(3) -- set and get current_menu_item
    The function set_current_item sets the current item (the item on which the menu cursor is positioned). current_item returns a pointer to the current item in the given menu. The function set_top_row se...
 item_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
    These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by menu_driver. The function set_item_init sets a hook to be call...
 item_name(3) -- get menu item name and description fields
    The function item_name returns the name part of the given item. The function item_description returns the description part of the given item.
 item_opts(3) -- set and get menu item options
    The function set_item_opts sets all the given item's option bits (menu option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function item_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone...
 item_opts_off(3) -- set and get menu item options
    The function set_item_opts sets all the given item's option bits (menu option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function item_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone...
 item_opts_on(3) -- set and get menu item options
    The function set_item_opts sets all the given item's option bits (menu option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function item_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone...
 item_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
    These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by menu_driver. The function set_item_init sets a hook to be call...
 item_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a menu item
    Every menu item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menu-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field.
 item_value(3) -- set and get menu item values
    If you turn off the menu option O_ONEVALUE (e.g., with set_menu_opts or menu_opts_off; see menu_opts(3X)), the menu becomes multi-valued; that is, more than one item may simultaneously be selected. In...
 item_visible(3) -- check visibility of a menu item
    A menu item is visible when it is in the portion of a posted menu that is mapped onto the screen (if the menu is scrollable, in particular, this portion will be smaller than the whole menu).
 j0(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
    The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes...
 j0f(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
    The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes...
 j1(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
    The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes...
 j1f(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
    The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes...
 jdate(3) -- Calendar arithmetic for the Christian era
    These functions provide calendar arithmetic for a large range of years, starting at March 1st, year zero (i. e. 1 B.C.) and ending way beyond year 100000. Programs should be linked with -lcalendar. Th...
 jn(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
    The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes...
 jnf(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
    The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes...
 jrand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
    The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m...
 kafs(3) -- AFS library
    k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs...
 kafs5(3) -- AFS library
    k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs...
 kafs_settoken(3) -- AFS library
    k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs...
 kafs_settoken5(3) -- AFS library
    k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs...
 kafs_settoken_rxkad(3) -- AFS library
    k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs...
 kafs_set_verbose(3) -- AFS library
    k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs...
 keybound(3) -- return definition of keycode
    This is an extension to the curses library. It permits an application to determine the string which is defined in the terminfo for specific keycodes.
 keycap(3) -- routines for accessing the keycap database
    These functions extract and use capabilities from a keyboard capability data base, usually /usr/share/misc/keycap.pcvt, the format of which is described in keycap(5). The kgetent() function extracts t...
 keyname(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines
    The unctrl routine returns a character string which is a printable representation of the character c, ignoring attributes. Control characters are displayed in the ^X notation. Printing characters are ...
 keyok(3) -- enable or disable a keycode
    This is an extension to the curses library. It permits an application to disable specific keycodes, rather than use the keypad function to disable all keycodes. Keys that have been disabled can be ree...
 keypad(3) -- curses input options
    Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro...
 kgetent(3) -- routines for accessing the keycap database
    These functions extract and use capabilities from a keyboard capability data base, usually /usr/share/misc/keycap.pcvt, the format of which is described in keycap(5). The kgetent() function extracts t...
 kgetflag(3) -- routines for accessing the keycap database
    These functions extract and use capabilities from a keyboard capability data base, usually /usr/share/misc/keycap.pcvt, the format of which is described in keycap(5). The kgetent() function extracts t...
 kgetnum(3) -- routines for accessing the keycap database
    These functions extract and use capabilities from a keyboard capability data base, usually /usr/share/misc/keycap.pcvt, the format of which is described in keycap(5). The kgetent() function extracts t...
 kgetstr(3) -- routines for accessing the keycap database
    These functions extract and use capabilities from a keyboard capability data base, usually /usr/share/misc/keycap.pcvt, the format of which is described in keycap(5). The kgetent() function extracts t...
 kiconv(3) -- Kernel side iconv library
    The kiconv(3) library provides multi-byte character conversion tables for kernel side iconv service. kiconv_add_xlat16_cspair() defines a conversion table using iconv(3) between fromcode charset and t...
 kiconv_add_xlat16_cspair(3) -- Kernel side iconv library
    The kiconv(3) library provides multi-byte character conversion tables for kernel side iconv service. kiconv_add_xlat16_cspair() defines a conversion table using iconv(3) between fromcode charset and t...
 kiconv_add_xlat16_cspairs(3) -- Kernel side iconv library
    The kiconv(3) library provides multi-byte character conversion tables for kernel side iconv service. kiconv_add_xlat16_cspair() defines a conversion table using iconv(3) between fromcode charset and t...
 kiconv_add_xlat16_table(3) -- Kernel side iconv library
    The kiconv(3) library provides multi-byte character conversion tables for kernel side iconv service. kiconv_add_xlat16_cspair() defines a conversion table using iconv(3) between fromcode charset and t...
 killchar(3) -- curses environment query routines
    The baudrate routine returns the output speed of the terminal. The number returned is in bits per second, for example 9600, and is an integer. The erasechar routine returns the user's current erase c...
 krb5(3) -- kerberos 5 library
    These functions constitute the Kerberos 5 library, libkrb5. Declarations for these functions may be obtained from the include file krb5.h.
 krb5_425_conv_principal(3) -- converts to and from version 4 principals
    Converting between version 4 and version 5 principals can at best be described as a mess. A version 4 principal consists of a name, an instance, and a realm. A version 5 principal consists of one or m...
 krb5_425_conv_principal_ext(3) -- converts to and from version 4 principals
    Converting between version 4 and version 5 principals can at best be described as a mess. A version 4 principal consists of a name, an instance, and a realm. A version 5 principal consists of one or m...
 krb5_524_conv_principal(3) -- converts to and from version 4 principals
    Converting between version 4 and version 5 principals can at best be described as a mess. A version 4 principal consists of a name, an instance, and a realm. A version 5 principal consists of one or m...
 krb5_addlog_dest(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
    These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ...
 krb5_addlog_func(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
    These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ...
 krb5_addr2sockaddr(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.
    The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...
 krb5_address(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.
    The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...
 krb5_addresses(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.
    The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...
 krb5_address_compare(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.
    The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...
 krb5_address_order(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.
    The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...
 krb5_address_search(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.
    The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...
 krb5_afslog(3) -- AFS library
    k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs...
 krb5_afslog_uid(3) -- AFS library
    k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs...
 krb5_aname_to_localname(3) -- converts a principal to a system local name.
    This function takes a principal name, verifies its in the local realm (using krb5_get_default_realms()) and then returns the local name of the principal. If name isn't in one of the local realms and ...
 krb5_anyaddr(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.
    The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...
 krb5_appdefault(3) -- get application configuration value
    These functions get application defaults from the appdefaults section of the krb5.conf(5) configuration file. These defaults can be specified per application, and/or per realm. These values will be lo...
 krb5_appdefault_boolean(3) -- get application configuration value
    These functions get application defaults from the appdefaults section of the krb5.conf(5) configuration file. These defaults can be specified per application, and/or per realm. These values will be lo...
 krb5_appdefault_string(3) -- get application configuration value
    These functions get application defaults from the appdefaults section of the krb5.conf(5) configuration file. These defaults can be specified per application, and/or per realm. These values will be lo...
 krb5_appdefault_time(3) -- get application configuration value
    These functions get application defaults from the appdefaults section of the krb5.conf(5) configuration file. These defaults can be specified per application, and/or per realm. These values will be lo...
 krb5_append_addresses(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.
    The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...
 krb5_auth_context(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_con_free(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_con_genaddrs(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_con_getaddrs(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_con_getflags(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_con_getkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_con_getlocalsubkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_con_getrcache(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_con_getremotesubkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_con_getuserkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_con_init(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_con_initivector(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_con_setaddrs(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_con_setaddrs_from_fd(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_con_setflags(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_con_setivector(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_con_setkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_con_setlocalsubkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_con_setrcache(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_con_setremotesubkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_con_setuserkey(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_getauthenticator(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_getcksumtype(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_getkeytype(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_getlocalseqnumber(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_getremoteseqnumber(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_setcksumtype(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_setkeytype(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_setlocalseqnumber(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_auth_setremoteseqnumber(3) -- manage authentication on connection level
    The krb5_auth_context structure holds all context related to an authenticated connection, in a similar way to krb5_context that holds the context for the thread or process. krb5_auth_context is used b...
 krb5_build_principal(3) -- principal creation functions
    These functions create a Kerberos 5 principal from a realm and a list of components. All of these functions return an allocated principal in the principal parameter, this should be freed with krb5_fre...
 krb5_build_principal_ext(3) -- principal creation functions
    These functions create a Kerberos 5 principal from a realm and a list of components. All of these functions return an allocated principal in the principal parameter, this should be freed with krb5_fre...
 krb5_build_principal_va(3) -- principal creation functions
    These functions create a Kerberos 5 principal from a realm and a list of components. All of these functions return an allocated principal in the principal parameter, this should be freed with krb5_fre...
 krb5_build_principal_va_ext(3) -- principal creation functions
    These functions create a Kerberos 5 principal from a realm and a list of components. All of these functions return an allocated principal in the principal parameter, this should be freed with krb5_fre...
 krb5_ccache(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_close(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_copy_cache(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_cursor(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_default(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_default_name(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_destroy(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_end_seq_get(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_gen_new(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_get_name(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_get_ops(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_get_principal(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_get_type(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_get_version(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_initialize(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_next_cred(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_ops(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_register(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_remove_cred(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_resolve(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_retrieve_cred(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_set_default_name(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_set_flags(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_cc_store_cred(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_checksumsize(3) -- creates and verifies checksums
    These functions are used to create and verify checksums. krb5_create_checksum() creates a checksum of the specified data, and puts it in result. If crypto is NULL, usage_or_type specifies the checksum...
 krb5_checksum_is_collision_proof(3) -- creates and verifies checksums
    These functions are used to create and verify checksums. krb5_create_checksum() creates a checksum of the specified data, and puts it in result. If crypto is NULL, usage_or_type specifies the checksum...
 krb5_checksum_is_keyed(3) -- creates and verifies checksums
    These functions are used to create and verify checksums. krb5_create_checksum() creates a checksum of the specified data, and puts it in result. If crypto is NULL, usage_or_type specifies the checksum...
 krb5_closelog(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
    These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ...
 krb5_config(3) -- get configuration value
    These functions get values from the krb5.conf(5) configuration file, or another configuration database specified by the c parameter. The variable arguments should be a list of strings naming each subs...
 krb5_config_get_bool_default(3) -- get configuration value
    These functions get values from the krb5.conf(5) configuration file, or another configuration database specified by the c parameter. The variable arguments should be a list of strings naming each subs...
 krb5_config_get_int_default(3) -- get configuration value
    These functions get values from the krb5.conf(5) configuration file, or another configuration database specified by the c parameter. The variable arguments should be a list of strings naming each subs...
 krb5_config_get_string_default(3) -- get configuration value
    These functions get values from the krb5.conf(5) configuration file, or another configuration database specified by the c parameter. The variable arguments should be a list of strings naming each subs...
 krb5_config_get_time_default(3) -- get configuration value
    These functions get values from the krb5.conf(5) configuration file, or another configuration database specified by the c parameter. The variable arguments should be a list of strings naming each subs...
 krb5_context(3) -- krb5 state structure
    The krb5_context structure is designed to hold all per thread state. All global variables that are context specific are stored in this structure, including default encryption types, credentials-cache ...
 krb5_copy_address(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.
    The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...
 krb5_copy_addresses(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.
    The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...
 krb5_copy_data(3) -- operates on the Kerberos datatype krb5_data.
    The krb5_data structure holds a data element. The structure contains two public accessible elements length (the length of data) and data (the data itself). The structure must always be initiated and f...
 krb5_create_checksum(3) -- creates and verifies checksums
    These functions are used to create and verify checksums. krb5_create_checksum() creates a checksum of the specified data, and puts it in result. If crypto is NULL, usage_or_type specifies the checksum...
 krb5_crypto_destroy(3) -- initialize encryption context
    These functions are used to initialize an encryption context that can be used to encrypt or checksum data. The krb5_crypt_init() initializes the encrytion context crypto. The key parameter is the key ...
 krb5_crypto_init(3) -- initialize encryption context
    These functions are used to initialize an encryption context that can be used to encrypt or checksum data. The krb5_crypt_init() initializes the encrytion context crypto. The key parameter is the key ...
 krb5_data(3) -- operates on the Kerberos datatype krb5_data.
    The krb5_data structure holds a data element. The structure contains two public accessible elements length (the length of data) and data (the data itself). The structure must always be initiated and f...
 krb5_data_alloc(3) -- operates on the Kerberos datatype krb5_data.
    The krb5_data structure holds a data element. The structure contains two public accessible elements length (the length of data) and data (the data itself). The structure must always be initiated and f...
 krb5_data_copy(3) -- operates on the Kerberos datatype krb5_data.
    The krb5_data structure holds a data element. The structure contains two public accessible elements length (the length of data) and data (the data itself). The structure must always be initiated and f...
 krb5_data_free(3) -- operates on the Kerberos datatype krb5_data.
    The krb5_data structure holds a data element. The structure contains two public accessible elements length (the length of data) and data (the data itself). The structure must always be initiated and f...
 krb5_data_realloc(3) -- operates on the Kerberos datatype krb5_data.
    The krb5_data structure holds a data element. The structure contains two public accessible elements length (the length of data) and data (the data itself). The structure must always be initiated and f...
 krb5_data_zero(3) -- operates on the Kerberos datatype krb5_data.
    The krb5_data structure holds a data element. The structure contains two public accessible elements length (the length of data) and data (the data itself). The structure must always be initiated and f...
 krb5_decrypt(3) -- encrypt and decrypt data
    These functions are used to encrypt and decrypt data. krb5_encrypt() puts the encrypted version of data (of size len) in result. If the encryption type supports using derived keys, usage should be the...
 krb5_decrypt_EncryptedData(3) -- encrypt and decrypt data
    These functions are used to encrypt and decrypt data. krb5_encrypt() puts the encrypted version of data (of size len) in result. If the encryption type supports using derived keys, usage should be the...
 krb5_encrypt(3) -- encrypt and decrypt data
    These functions are used to encrypt and decrypt data. krb5_encrypt() puts the encrypted version of data (of size len) in result. If the encryption type supports using derived keys, usage should be the...
 krb5_encrypt_EncryptedData(3) -- encrypt and decrypt data
    These functions are used to encrypt and decrypt data. krb5_encrypt() puts the encrypted version of data (of size len) in result. If the encryption type supports using derived keys, usage should be the...
 krb5_err(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
    These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit...
 krb5_errx(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
    These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit...
 krb5_fcc_ops(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_free_address(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.
    The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...
 krb5_free_addresses(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.
    The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...
 krb5_free_context(3) -- create and delete krb5_context structures
    The krb5_init_context() function initializes the context structure and reads the configuration file /etc/krb5.conf. The structure should be freed by calling krb5_free_context() when it is no longer be...
 krb5_free_data(3) -- operates on the Kerberos datatype krb5_data.
    The krb5_data structure holds a data element. The structure contains two public accessible elements length (the length of data) and data (the data itself). The structure must always be initiated and f...
 krb5_free_data_contents(3) -- operates on the Kerberos datatype krb5_data.
    The krb5_data structure holds a data element. The structure contains two public accessible elements length (the length of data) and data (the data itself). The structure must always be initiated and f...
 krb5_free_host_realm(3) -- default and host realm read and manipulation routines
    krb5_free_host_realm() frees all memory allocated by realmlist. krb5_get_default_realm() returns the first default realm for this host. The realm returned should be free with free(). krb5_get_default_...
 krb5_free_krbhst(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts
    These functions implement the old API to get a list of Kerberos hosts, and are thus similar to the krb5_krbhst_init() functions. However, since these functions returns all hosts in one go, they potent...
 krb5_free_principal(3) -- principal free function
    The krb5_free_principal() will free a principal that has been created with krb5_build_principal(), krb5_parse_name(), or with some other function.
 krb5_get_all_client_addrs(3) -- return local addresses
    These functions return in addrs a list of addresses associated with the local host. The server variant returns all configured interface addresses (if possible), including loop-back addresses. This is ...
 krb5_get_all_server_addrs(3) -- return local addresses
    These functions return in addrs a list of addresses associated with the local host. The server variant returns all configured interface addresses (if possible), including loop-back addresses. This is ...
 krb5_get_default_realm(3) -- default and host realm read and manipulation routines
    krb5_free_host_realm() frees all memory allocated by realmlist. krb5_get_default_realm() returns the first default realm for this host. The realm returned should be free with free(). krb5_get_default_...
 krb5_get_default_realms(3) -- default and host realm read and manipulation routines
    krb5_free_host_realm() frees all memory allocated by realmlist. krb5_get_default_realm() returns the first default realm for this host. The realm returned should be free with free(). krb5_get_default_...
 krb5_get_host_realm(3) -- default and host realm read and manipulation routines
    krb5_free_host_realm() frees all memory allocated by realmlist. krb5_get_default_realm() returns the first default realm for this host. The realm returned should be free with free(). krb5_get_default_...
 krb5_get_krb524hst(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts
    These functions implement the old API to get a list of Kerberos hosts, and are thus similar to the krb5_krbhst_init() functions. However, since these functions returns all hosts in one go, they potent...
 krb5_get_krbhst(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts
    These functions implement the old API to get a list of Kerberos hosts, and are thus similar to the krb5_krbhst_init() functions. However, since these functions returns all hosts in one go, they potent...
 krb5_get_krb_admin_hst(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts
    These functions implement the old API to get a list of Kerberos hosts, and are thus similar to the krb5_krbhst_init() functions. However, since these functions returns all hosts in one go, they potent...
 krb5_get_krb_changepw_hst(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts
    These functions implement the old API to get a list of Kerberos hosts, and are thus similar to the krb5_krbhst_init() functions. However, since these functions returns all hosts in one go, they potent...
 krb5_h_addr2addr(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.
    The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...
 krb5_h_addr2sockaddr(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.
    The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...
 krb5_initlog(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
    These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ...
 krb5_init_context(3) -- create and delete krb5_context structures
    The krb5_init_context() function initializes the context structure and reads the configuration file /etc/krb5.conf. The structure should be freed by calling krb5_free_context() when it is no longer be...
 krb5_keytab(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
    A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...
 krb5_keytab_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
    A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...
 krb5_krbhst_format_string(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts
    These functions are used to sequence through all Kerberos hosts of a particular realm and service. The service type can be the KDCs, the administrative servers, the password changing servers, or the s...
 krb5_krbhst_free(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts
    These functions are used to sequence through all Kerberos hosts of a particular realm and service. The service type can be the KDCs, the administrative servers, the password changing servers, or the s...
 krb5_krbhst_get_addrinfo(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts
    These functions are used to sequence through all Kerberos hosts of a particular realm and service. The service type can be the KDCs, the administrative servers, the password changing servers, or the s...
 krb5_krbhst_init(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts
    These functions are used to sequence through all Kerberos hosts of a particular realm and service. The service type can be the KDCs, the administrative servers, the password changing servers, or the s...
 krb5_krbhst_next(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts
    These functions are used to sequence through all Kerberos hosts of a particular realm and service. The service type can be the KDCs, the administrative servers, the password changing servers, or the s...
 krb5_krbhst_next_as_string(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts
    These functions are used to sequence through all Kerberos hosts of a particular realm and service. The service type can be the KDCs, the administrative servers, the password changing servers, or the s...
 krb5_krbhst_reset(3) -- lookup Kerberos KDC hosts
    These functions are used to sequence through all Kerberos hosts of a particular realm and service. The service type can be the KDCs, the administrative servers, the password changing servers, or the s...
 krb5_kt_add_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
    A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...
 krb5_kt_close(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
    A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...
 krb5_kt_compare(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
    A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...
 krb5_kt_copy_entry_contents(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
    A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...
 krb5_kt_cursor(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
    A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...
 krb5_kt_default(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
    A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...
 krb5_kt_default_name(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
    A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...
 krb5_kt_end_seq_get(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
    A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...
 krb5_kt_free_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
    A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...
 krb5_kt_get_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
    A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...
 krb5_kt_get_name(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
    A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...
 krb5_kt_get_type(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
    A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...
 krb5_kt_next_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
    A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...
 krb5_kt_ops(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
    A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...
 krb5_kt_read_service_key(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
    A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...
 krb5_kt_register(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
    A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...
 krb5_kt_remove_entry(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
    A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...
 krb5_kt_resolve(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
    A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...
 krb5_kt_start_seq_get(3) -- manage keytab (key storage) files
    A keytab name is on the form type:residual. The residual part is specific to each keytab-type. When a keytab-name is resolved, the type is matched with an internal list of keytab types. If there is no...
 krb5_kuserok(3) -- verifies if a principal can log in as a user
    This function takes a local user name and verifies if principal is allowed to log in as that user. First krb5_kuserok check if there is a local account name username. If there isn't, krb5_kuserok ret...
 krb5_log(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
    These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ...
 krb5_log_msg(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
    These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ...
 krb5_make_addrport(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.
    The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...
 krb5_make_principal(3) -- principal creation functions
    These functions create a Kerberos 5 principal from a realm and a list of components. All of these functions return an allocated principal in the principal parameter, this should be freed with krb5_fre...
 krb5_max_sockaddr_size(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.
    The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...
 krb5_mcc_ops(3) -- mange credential cache.
    The krb5_ccache structure holds a Kerberos credential cache. The krb5_cc_cursor structure holds current position in a credential cache when iterating over the cache. The krb5_cc_ops structure holds a ...
 krb5_openlog(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
    These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ...
 krb5_parse_address(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.
    The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...
 krb5_parse_name(3) -- string to principal conversion
    krb5_parse_name() converts a string representation of a principal name to krb5_principal. The principal will point to allocated data that should be freed with krb5_free_principal(). The string should ...
 krb5_principal_get_comp_string(3) -- decompose a principal
    These functions return parts of the principal, either the realm or a specific component. The returned string points to data inside the principal, so they are valid only as long as the principal exists...
 krb5_principal_get_realm(3) -- decompose a principal
    These functions return parts of the principal, either the realm or a specific component. The returned string points to data inside the principal, so they are valid only as long as the principal exists...
 krb5_print_address(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.
    The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...
 krb5_set_default_realm(3) -- default and host realm read and manipulation routines
    krb5_free_host_realm() frees all memory allocated by realmlist. krb5_get_default_realm() returns the first default realm for this host. The realm returned should be free with free(). krb5_get_default_...
 krb5_set_warn_dest(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
    These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit...
 krb5_sname_to_principal(3) -- create a service principal
    These functions create a ``service'' principal that can, for instance, be used to lookup a key in a keytab. For both these function the sname parameter will be used for the first component of the cr...
 krb5_sockaddr2address(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.
    The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...
 krb5_sockaddr2port(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.
    The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...
 krb5_sockaddr_uninteresting(3) -- mange addresses in Kerberos.
    The krb5_address structure holds a address that can be used in Kerberos API calls. There are help functions to set and extract address information of the address. The krb5_addresses structure holds a ...
 krb5_sock_to_principal(3) -- create a service principal
    These functions create a ``service'' principal that can, for instance, be used to lookup a key in a keytab. For both these function the sname parameter will be used for the first component of the cr...
 krb5_timeofday(3) -- whatever these functions do
    krb5_timeofday() returns the current time, but adjusted with the time difference between the local host and the KDC. krb5_us_timeofday() also returns microseconds.
 krb5_unparse_name(3) -- principal to string conversion
    This function takes a principal, and will convert in to a printable representation with the same syntax as described in krb5_parse_name(3). *name will point to allocated data and should be freed by th...
 krb5_us_timeofday(3) -- whatever these functions do
    krb5_timeofday() returns the current time, but adjusted with the time difference between the local host and the KDC. krb5_us_timeofday() also returns microseconds.
 krb5_verify_checksum(3) -- creates and verifies checksums
    These functions are used to create and verify checksums. krb5_create_checksum() creates a checksum of the specified data, and puts it in result. If crypto is NULL, usage_or_type specifies the checksum...
 krb5_verify_opt_init(3) -- Heimdal password verifying functions.
    The krb5_verify_user function verifies the password supplied by a user. The principal whose password will be verified is specified in principal. New tickets will be obtained as a side-effect and store...
 krb5_verify_opt_set_flags(3) -- Heimdal password verifying functions.
    The krb5_verify_user function verifies the password supplied by a user. The principal whose password will be verified is specified in principal. New tickets will be obtained as a side-effect and store...
 krb5_verify_opt_set_keytab(3) -- Heimdal password verifying functions.
    The krb5_verify_user function verifies the password supplied by a user. The principal whose password will be verified is specified in principal. New tickets will be obtained as a side-effect and store...
 krb5_verify_opt_set_secure(3) -- Heimdal password verifying functions.
    The krb5_verify_user function verifies the password supplied by a user. The principal whose password will be verified is specified in principal. New tickets will be obtained as a side-effect and store...
 krb5_verify_opt_set_service(3) -- Heimdal password verifying functions.
    The krb5_verify_user function verifies the password supplied by a user. The principal whose password will be verified is specified in principal. New tickets will be obtained as a side-effect and store...
 krb5_verify_user(3) -- Heimdal password verifying functions.
    The krb5_verify_user function verifies the password supplied by a user. The principal whose password will be verified is specified in principal. New tickets will be obtained as a side-effect and store...
 krb5_verify_user_lrealm(3) -- Heimdal password verifying functions.
    The krb5_verify_user function verifies the password supplied by a user. The principal whose password will be verified is specified in principal. New tickets will be obtained as a side-effect and store...
 krb5_verify_user_opt(3) -- Heimdal password verifying functions.
    The krb5_verify_user function verifies the password supplied by a user. The principal whose password will be verified is specified in principal. New tickets will be obtained as a side-effect and store...
 krb5_verr(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
    These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit...
 krb5_verrx(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
    These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit...
 krb5_vlog(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
    These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ...
 krb5_vlog_msg(3) -- Heimdal logging functions
    These functions logs messages to one or more destinations. The krb5_openlog() function creates a logging facility, that is used to log messages. A facility consists of one or more destinations (which ...
 krb5_vwarn(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
    These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit...
 krb5_vwarnx(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
    These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit...
 krb5_warn(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
    These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit...
 krb5_warnx(3) -- Heimdal warning and error functions
    These functions prints a warning message to some destination. format is a printf style format specifying the message to print. The forms not ending in an ``x'' prints the error string associated wit...
 krb_afslog(3) -- AFS library
    k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs...
 krb_afslog_uid(3) -- AFS library
    k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs...
 kvm(3) -- kernel memory interface
    The kvm library provides a uniform interface for accessing kernel virtual memory images, including live systems and crash dumps. Access to live systems is via /dev/mem while crash dumps can be examine...
 kvm_close(3) -- initialize kernel virtual memory access
    The functions kvm_open() and kvm_openfiles() return a descriptor used to access kernel virtual memory via the kvm(3) library routines. Both active kernels and crash dumps are accessible through this i...
 kvm_getargv(3) -- access user process state
    The kvm_getprocs() function returns a (sub-)set of active processes in the kernel indicated by kd. The op and arg arguments constitute a predicate which limits the set of processes returned. The value...
 kvm_getenvv(3) -- access user process state
    The kvm_getprocs() function returns a (sub-)set of active processes in the kernel indicated by kd. The op and arg arguments constitute a predicate which limits the set of processes returned. The value...
 kvm_geterr(3) -- get error message on kvm descriptor
    This function returns a string describing the most recent error condition on the descriptor kd. The results are undefined if the most recent kvm(3) library call did not produce an error. The string re...
 kvm_getfiles(3) -- survey open files
    The kvm_getfiles() function returns a (sub-)set of the open files in the kernel indicated by kd. The op and arg arguments constitute a predicate which limits the set of files returned. No predicates a...
 kvm_getloadavg(3) -- get load average of the system
    The kvm_getloadavg() function returns the number of processes in the system run queue of the kernel indicated by kd, averaged over various periods of time. Up to nelem samples are retrieved and assign...
 kvm_getprocs(3) -- access user process state
    The kvm_getprocs() function returns a (sub-)set of active processes in the kernel indicated by kd. The op and arg arguments constitute a predicate which limits the set of processes returned. The value...
 kvm_getswapinfo(3) -- return swap summary statistics for the system
    The kvm_getswapinfo() function fills an array of kvm_swap structures with swap summary information for each swap device, for up to maxswap - 1 devices. The number of devices, up to maxswap - 1, is ret...
 kvm_nlist(3) -- retrieve symbol table names from a kernel image
    The kvm_nlist() function retrieves the symbol table entries indicated by the name list argument nl. This argument points to an array of nlist structures, terminated by an entry whose n_name field is N...
 kvm_open(3) -- initialize kernel virtual memory access
    The functions kvm_open() and kvm_openfiles() return a descriptor used to access kernel virtual memory via the kvm(3) library routines. Both active kernels and crash dumps are accessible through this i...
 kvm_openfiles(3) -- initialize kernel virtual memory access
    The functions kvm_open() and kvm_openfiles() return a descriptor used to access kernel virtual memory via the kvm(3) library routines. Both active kernels and crash dumps are accessible through this i...
 kvm_read(3) -- read or write kernel virtual memory
    The kvm_read() and kvm_write() functions are used to read and write kernel virtual memory (or a crash dump file). See kvm_open(3) or kvm_openfiles(3) for information regarding opening kernel virtual m...
 kvm_write(3) -- read or write kernel virtual memory
    The kvm_read() and kvm_write() functions are used to read and write kernel virtual memory (or a crash dump file). See kvm_open(3) or kvm_openfiles(3) for information regarding opening kernel virtual m...
 k_afs_cell_of_file(3) -- AFS library
    k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs...
 k_hasafs(3) -- AFS library
    k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs...
 k_pioctl(3) -- AFS library
    k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs...
 k_setpag(3) -- AFS library
    k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs...
 k_unlog(3) -- AFS library
    k_hasafs() initializes some library internal structures, and tests for the presence of AFS in the kernel, none of the other functions should be called before k_hasafs() is called, or if it fails. kafs...
 labs(3) -- return the absolute value of a long integer
    The labs() function returns the absolute value of the long integer j.
 lcong48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
    The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m...
 ldexp(3) -- multiply floating-point number by integral power of 2
    The ldexp() function multiplies a floating-point number by an integral power of 2.
 ldiv(3) -- return quotient and remainder from division
    The ldiv() function computes the value num/denom and returns the quotient and remainder in a structure named ldiv_t that contains two long members named quot and rem.
 leaveok(3) -- curses output options
    These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin....
 lfind(3) -- linear search and append
    The lsearch() and lfind() functions walk linearly through an array and compare each element with the one to be sought using a supplied comparison function. The key argument points to an element that m...
 lgamma(3) -- log gamma functions, gamma function
    
 lgammaf(3) -- log gamma functions, gamma function
    
 libalias(3) -- packet aliasing library for masquerading and network address translation
    The libalias library is a collection of functions for aliasing and dealiasing of IP packets, intended for masquerading and network address translation (NAT).
 libbsdxml(3) -- eXpat XML parser library
    The libbsdxml library is a verbatim copy of the eXpat XML library version 1.95.5. To avoid version and autoconfiguration issues, the library has been renamed to libbsdxml rather than retain the origin...
 libdisk(3) -- library interface to slice and partition labels
    The libdisk library provides an interface to the low-level disk slice and partition labels. Most functions operate with arguments of the types `struct disk', or `struct chunk'. While both types are ...
 libgeom(3) -- userland API library for kernel GEOM subsystem
    The geom library contains the official and publicized API for interacting with the GEOM subsystem in the kernel. Statistics Functions    [Toc]    [Back] GEOM collects statistics data for all consumers...
 libmp(3) -- traditional BSD multiple precision integer arithmetic library
    This interface is obsolete in favor of the crypto(3) BIGNUM library. libmp is the traditional BSD multiple precision integer arithmetic library. It has a number of problems, and is unsuitable for use ...
 libngatm(3) -- ATM signalling library
    The Begemot UNI signalling library handles message decoding and encoding as well as the Q.2110 and Q.2120 transport protocols and adaptation layers, and ATM-Forum UNI 4.0 compliant signalling. Because...
 libradius(3) -- RADIUS client library
    The libradius library implements the client side of the Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS). RADIUS, defined in RFCs 2138 and 2139, allows clients to perform authentication and account...
 libstand(3) -- support library for standalone executables
    The libstand library provides a set of supporting functions for standalone applications, mimicking where possible the standard BSD programming environment. The following sections group these functions...
 libtacplus(3) -- TACACS+ client library
    The libtacplus library implements the client side of the TACACS+ network access control protocol. TACACS+ allows clients to perform authentication, authorization, and accounting by means of network re...
 libufs(3) -- operate on UFS filesystems from userland
    The libufs library and the functions it provides are used for implementing utilities which need to access a UFS filesystem at a low level from userland. Facilities provided are used to implement utili...
 libugidfw(3) -- library interface to the file system firewall MAC policy
    The libugidfw library routines provide an interface to the mac_bsdextended(4) file system firewall MAC policy. The libugidfw library defines the following functions: bsde_rule_to_string() Converts the...
 libusbhid(3) -- USB HID access routines
    The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction    [Toc]    [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...
 line_edit(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 linkaddr(3) -- elementary address specification routines for link level access
    The routine link_addr() interprets character strings representing linklevel addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine link_ntoa() takes a link-level address...
 link_addr(3) -- elementary address specification routines for link level access
    The routine link_addr() interprets character strings representing linklevel addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine link_ntoa() takes a link-level address...
 link_field(3) -- create and destroy form fields
    The function new_field allocates a new field and initializes it from the parameters given: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen rows, and number of a...
 link_fieldtype(3) -- define validation-field types
    The function new_fieldtype creates a new field type usable for data validation. You supply it with field_check, a predicate to check the validity of an entered data string whenever the user attempt to...
 link_ntoa(3) -- elementary address specification routines for link level access
    The routine link_addr() interprets character strings representing linklevel addresses, returning binary information suitable for use in system calls. The routine link_ntoa() takes a link-level address...
 LIST_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 LIST_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 LIST_FIRST(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 LIST_FOREACH(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 LIST_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 LIST_INIT(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 LIST_INSERT_AFTER(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 LIST_INSERT_BEFORE(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 LIST_INSERT_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 LIST_NEXT(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 LIST_REMOVE(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 llabs(3) -- returns absolute value
    The llabs() function returns the absolute value of j.
 lldiv(3) -- returns quotient and remainder
    The lldiv() function computes the value of numer divided by denom and returns the stored result in the form of the lldiv_t type. The lldiv_t type is defined as: typedef struct { long long quot; /* Quo...
 localeconv(3) -- natural language formatting for C
    The setlocale() function sets the C library's notion of natural language formatting style for particular sets of routines. Each such style is called a `locale' and is invoked using an appropriate na...
 localtime(3) -- transform binary date and time values
    The functions ctime(), gmtime() and localtime() all take as an argument a time value representing the time in seconds since the Epoch (00:00:00 UTC, January 1, 1970; see time(3)). The function localti...
 localtime_r(3) -- transform binary date and time values
    The functions ctime(), gmtime() and localtime() all take as an argument a time value representing the time in seconds since the Epoch (00:00:00 UTC, January 1, 1970; see time(3)). The function localti...
 lockf(3) -- record locking on files
    The lockf() function allows sections of a file to be locked with advisory-mode locks. Calls to lockf() from other processes which attempt to lock the locked file section will either return an error va...
 log(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
    The exp() and the expf() functions compute the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() and the expm1f() functions compute the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log...
 log10(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
    The exp() and the expf() functions compute the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() and the expm1f() functions compute the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log...
 log10f(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
    The exp() and the expf() functions compute the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() and the expm1f() functions compute the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log...
 log1p(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
    The exp() and the expf() functions compute the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() and the expm1f() functions compute the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log...
 log1pf(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
    The exp() and the expf() functions compute the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() and the expm1f() functions compute the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log...
 logb(3) -- IEEE test functions
    These functions allow users to test conformance to IEEE Std 754-1985. Their use is not otherwise recommended. logb(x) and logbf(x) return x's exponent n, a signed integer converted to double-precisio...
 logbf(3) -- IEEE test functions
    These functions allow users to test conformance to IEEE Std 754-1985. Their use is not otherwise recommended. logb(x) and logbf(x) return x's exponent n, a signed integer converted to double-precisio...
 logf(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
    The exp() and the expf() functions compute the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() and the expm1f() functions compute the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log...
 logging(3) -- logging system
    The ISC logging library is flexible logging system which is based upon a set of concepts: logging channels, categories, and logging contexts. The basic building block is the ``logging channel'', whi...
 login(3) -- log a new login record to the utmp and wtmp files
    The function login() records the ut entry being passed into the appropriate slot of the utmp(5) file, and appends it to the wtmp(5) file. The calling process must have permission to write to both file...
 login_auth(3) -- authentication style support library for login class capabilities database
    This set of functions support the login class authorisation style interface provided by login.conf(5).
 login_cap(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database
    These functions represent a programming interface to the login classes database provided in login.conf(5). This database contains capabilities, attributes and default environment and accounting settin...
 login_class(3) -- functions for using the login class capabilities database
    These functions provide a higher level interface to the login class database than those documented in login_cap(3). These functions are used to set resource limits, environment and accounting settings...
 login_close(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database
    These functions represent a programming interface to the login classes database provided in login.conf(5). This database contains capabilities, attributes and default environment and accounting settin...
 login_getcapbool(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database
    These functions represent a programming interface to the login classes database provided in login.conf(5). This database contains capabilities, attributes and default environment and accounting settin...
 login_getcaplist(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database
    These functions represent a programming interface to the login classes database provided in login.conf(5). This database contains capabilities, attributes and default environment and accounting settin...
 login_getcapnum(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database
    These functions represent a programming interface to the login classes database provided in login.conf(5). This database contains capabilities, attributes and default environment and accounting settin...
 login_getcapsize(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database
    These functions represent a programming interface to the login classes database provided in login.conf(5). This database contains capabilities, attributes and default environment and accounting settin...
 login_getcapstr(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database
    These functions represent a programming interface to the login classes database provided in login.conf(5). This database contains capabilities, attributes and default environment and accounting settin...
 login_getcaptime(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database
    These functions represent a programming interface to the login classes database provided in login.conf(5). This database contains capabilities, attributes and default environment and accounting settin...
 login_getclass(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database
    These functions represent a programming interface to the login classes database provided in login.conf(5). This database contains capabilities, attributes and default environment and accounting settin...
 login_getclassbyname(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database
    These functions represent a programming interface to the login classes database provided in login.conf(5). This database contains capabilities, attributes and default environment and accounting settin...
 login_getpath(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database
    These functions represent a programming interface to the login classes database provided in login.conf(5). This database contains capabilities, attributes and default environment and accounting settin...
 login_getpwclass(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database
    These functions represent a programming interface to the login classes database provided in login.conf(5). This database contains capabilities, attributes and default environment and accounting settin...
 login_getstyle(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database
    These functions represent a programming interface to the login classes database provided in login.conf(5). This database contains capabilities, attributes and default environment and accounting settin...
 login_getuserclass(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database
    These functions represent a programming interface to the login classes database provided in login.conf(5). This database contains capabilities, attributes and default environment and accounting settin...
 login_ok(3) -- functions for checking login class based login restrictions
    This set of functions checks to see if login is allowed based on login class capability entries in the login database, login.conf(5). The auth_ttyok() function checks to see if the named tty is availa...
 login_setcryptfmt(3) -- functions for accessing the login class capabilities database
    These functions represent a programming interface to the login classes database provided in login.conf(5). This database contains capabilities, attributes and default environment and accounting settin...
 login_times(3) -- functions for parsing and checking login time periods
    This set of functions may be used for parsing and checking login and session times against a predefined list of allowed login times as used in login.conf(5). The format of allowed and disallowed sessi...
 login_tty(3) -- prepare a tty for a new login session
    The function login_tty() prepares a terminal for a new login session. The file descriptor fd passed to login_tty() must be opened for reading and writing on a terminal device. It will be made the cont...
 logout(3) -- remove an entry from the utmp file
    The function logout() searches the utmp(5) file for the slot described by line (usually a tty name). If such a slot could be found, it will be updated with a record where the name and host fields are ...
 logwtmp(3) -- append a new record to the wtmp file
    The function logwtmp() tries to append a new record to the wtmp(5) file, using the provided arguments line, name, and host, and the current time. If the length of the hostname string host is longer th...
 log_add_channel(3) -- logging system
    The ISC logging library is flexible logging system which is based upon a set of concepts: logging channels, categories, and logging contexts. The basic building block is the ``logging channel'', whi...
 log_category_is_active(3) -- logging system
    The ISC logging library is flexible logging system which is based upon a set of concepts: logging channels, categories, and logging contexts. The basic building block is the ``logging channel'', whi...
 log_close_stream(3) -- logging system
    The ISC logging library is flexible logging system which is based upon a set of concepts: logging channels, categories, and logging contexts. The basic building block is the ``logging channel'', whi...
 log_dec_references(3) -- logging system
    The ISC logging library is flexible logging system which is based upon a set of concepts: logging channels, categories, and logging contexts. The basic building block is the ``logging channel'', whi...
 log_free_channel(3) -- logging system
    The ISC logging library is flexible logging system which is based upon a set of concepts: logging channels, categories, and logging contexts. The basic building block is the ``logging channel'', whi...
 log_free_context(3) -- logging system
    The ISC logging library is flexible logging system which is based upon a set of concepts: logging channels, categories, and logging contexts. The basic building block is the ``logging channel'', whi...
 log_get_filename(3) -- logging system
    The ISC logging library is flexible logging system which is based upon a set of concepts: logging channels, categories, and logging contexts. The basic building block is the ``logging channel'', whi...
 log_get_stream(3) -- logging system
    The ISC logging library is flexible logging system which is based upon a set of concepts: logging channels, categories, and logging contexts. The basic building block is the ``logging channel'', whi...
 log_inc_references(3) -- logging system
    The ISC logging library is flexible logging system which is based upon a set of concepts: logging channels, categories, and logging contexts. The basic building block is the ``logging channel'', whi...
 log_new_context(3) -- logging system
    The ISC logging library is flexible logging system which is based upon a set of concepts: logging channels, categories, and logging contexts. The basic building block is the ``logging channel'', whi...
 log_new_file_channel(3) -- logging system
    The ISC logging library is flexible logging system which is based upon a set of concepts: logging channels, categories, and logging contexts. The basic building block is the ``logging channel'', whi...
 log_new_null_channel(3) -- logging system
    The ISC logging library is flexible logging system which is based upon a set of concepts: logging channels, categories, and logging contexts. The basic building block is the ``logging channel'', whi...
 log_new_syslog_channel(3) -- logging system
    The ISC logging library is flexible logging system which is based upon a set of concepts: logging channels, categories, and logging contexts. The basic building block is the ``logging channel'', whi...
 log_open_stream(3) -- logging system
    The ISC logging library is flexible logging system which is based upon a set of concepts: logging channels, categories, and logging contexts. The basic building block is the ``logging channel'', whi...
 log_option(3) -- logging system
    The ISC logging library is flexible logging system which is based upon a set of concepts: logging channels, categories, and logging contexts. The basic building block is the ``logging channel'', whi...
 log_remove_channel(3) -- logging system
    The ISC logging library is flexible logging system which is based upon a set of concepts: logging channels, categories, and logging contexts. The basic building block is the ``logging channel'', whi...
 log_set_file_owner(3) -- logging system
    The ISC logging library is flexible logging system which is based upon a set of concepts: logging channels, categories, and logging contexts. The basic building block is the ``logging channel'', whi...
 log_vwrite(3) -- logging system
    The ISC logging library is flexible logging system which is based upon a set of concepts: logging channels, categories, and logging contexts. The basic building block is the ``logging channel'', whi...
 log_write(3) -- logging system
    The ISC logging library is flexible logging system which is based upon a set of concepts: logging channels, categories, and logging contexts. The basic building block is the ``logging channel'', whi...
 longjmp(3) -- non-local jumps
    The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by thei...
 longjmperr(3) -- non-local jumps
    The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by thei...
 longjmperror(3) -- non-local jumps
    The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by thei...
 longname(3) -- curses environment query routines
    The baudrate routine returns the output speed of the terminal. The number returned is in bits per second, for example 9600, and is an integer. The erasechar routine returns the user's current erase c...
 lrand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
    The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m...
 lsearch(3) -- linear search and append
    The lsearch() and lfind() functions walk linearly through an array and compare each element with the one to be sought using a supplied comparison function. The key argument points to an element that m...
 mac(3) -- introduction to the MAC security API
    FreeBSD permits administrators to define Mandatory Access Control labels defining levels for the privacy and integrity of data, overriding discretionary policies for those objects. Not all objects cur...
 mac_free(3) -- free MAC label
    The mac_free() function frees the storage allocated to contain a mac_t.
 mac_from_text(3) -- convert MAC label to/from text representation
    The mac_from_text() function converts the text representation of a label into the internal policy label format (mac_t) and places it in *mac, which must later be freed with free(3). The mac_to_text() ...
 mac_get(3) -- get the label of a file, socket, socket peer or process
    The mac_get_file() system call returns the label associated with a file specified by pathname. The mac_get_fd() system call returns the label associated with an object referenced by the specified file...
 mac_get_fd(3) -- get the label of a file, socket, socket peer or process
    The mac_get_file() system call returns the label associated with a file specified by pathname. The mac_get_fd() system call returns the label associated with an object referenced by the specified file...
 mac_get_file(3) -- get the label of a file, socket, socket peer or process
    The mac_get_file() system call returns the label associated with a file specified by pathname. The mac_get_fd() system call returns the label associated with an object referenced by the specified file...
 mac_get_pid(3) -- get the label of a file, socket, socket peer or process
    The mac_get_file() system call returns the label associated with a file specified by pathname. The mac_get_fd() system call returns the label associated with an object referenced by the specified file...
 mac_get_proc(3) -- get the label of a file, socket, socket peer or process
    The mac_get_file() system call returns the label associated with a file specified by pathname. The mac_get_fd() system call returns the label associated with an object referenced by the specified file...
 mac_is_present_np(3) -- report whether the running system has MAC support
    The mac_is_present_np() function determines whether the currently-running kernel supports MAC for a given policy or not. If policyname is non-NULL, the presence of the named policy (e.g. ``biba'', `...
 mac_prepare(3) -- allocate appropriate storage for mac_t
    The mac_prepare family of functions allocates the appropriate amount of storage and initializes *mac for use by mac_get(3). When the resulting label is passed into the mac_get(3) functions, the kernel...
 mac_prepare_file_label(3) -- allocate appropriate storage for mac_t
    The mac_prepare family of functions allocates the appropriate amount of storage and initializes *mac for use by mac_get(3). When the resulting label is passed into the mac_get(3) functions, the kernel...
 mac_prepare_ifnet_label(3) -- allocate appropriate storage for mac_t
    The mac_prepare family of functions allocates the appropriate amount of storage and initializes *mac for use by mac_get(3). When the resulting label is passed into the mac_get(3) functions, the kernel...
 mac_prepare_process_label(3) -- allocate appropriate storage for mac_t
    The mac_prepare family of functions allocates the appropriate amount of storage and initializes *mac for use by mac_get(3). When the resulting label is passed into the mac_get(3) functions, the kernel...
 mac_set(3) -- set the MAC label for a file or process
    The mac_set_file() and mac_set_fd() functions associate a MAC label specified by label to the file referenced to by path_p, or to the file descriptor fd, respectively. Note that when a file descriptor...
 mac_set_fd(3) -- set the MAC label for a file or process
    The mac_set_file() and mac_set_fd() functions associate a MAC label specified by label to the file referenced to by path_p, or to the file descriptor fd, respectively. Note that when a file descriptor...
 mac_set_file(3) -- set the MAC label for a file or process
    The mac_set_file() and mac_set_fd() functions associate a MAC label specified by label to the file referenced to by path_p, or to the file descriptor fd, respectively. Note that when a file descriptor...
 mac_set_link(3) -- set the MAC label for a file or process
    The mac_set_file() and mac_set_fd() functions associate a MAC label specified by label to the file referenced to by path_p, or to the file descriptor fd, respectively. Note that when a file descriptor...
 mac_set_proc(3) -- set the MAC label for a file or process
    The mac_set_file() and mac_set_fd() functions associate a MAC label specified by label to the file referenced to by path_p, or to the file descriptor fd, respectively. Note that when a file descriptor...
 mac_text(3) -- convert MAC label to/from text representation
    The mac_from_text() function converts the text representation of a label into the internal policy label format (mac_t) and places it in *mac, which must later be freed with free(3). The mac_to_text() ...
 mac_to_text(3) -- convert MAC label to/from text representation
    The mac_from_text() function converts the text representation of a label into the internal policy label format (mac_t) and places it in *mac, which must later be freed with free(3). The mac_to_text() ...
 makecontext(3) -- modify and exchange user thread contexts
    The makecontext() function modifies the user thread context pointed to by ucp, which must have previously been initialized by a call to getcontext(3) and had a stack allocated for it. The context is m...
 malloc(3) -- general purpose memory allocation functions
    The malloc() function allocates size bytes of memory. The allocated space is suitably aligned (after possible pointer coercion) for storage of any type of object. If the space is at least pagesize byt...
 math(3) -- introduction to mathematical library functions
    These functions constitute the C math library, libm. The link editor searches this library under the "-lm" option. Declarations for these functions may be obtained from the include file .
 mblen(3) -- multibyte character support for C
    The basic elements of some written natural languages such as Chinese cannot be represented uniquely with single C chars. The C standard supports two different ways of dealing with extended natural lan...
 mbmb(3) -- multibyte rune support for C
    The 4.4BSD ``rune'' functions have been deprecated in favour of the ISO C99 extended multibyte and wide character facilities and should not be used in new applications. Consider working with wide ch...
 mbrlen(3) -- get number of bytes in a character (restartable)
    The mbrlen() function determines the number of bytes constituting the multibyte character sequence pointed to by s, examining at most n bytes. The mbstate_t argument, ps, is used to keep track of the ...
 mbrrune(3) -- multibyte rune support for C
    The 4.4BSD ``rune'' functions have been deprecated in favour of the ISO C99 extended multibyte and wide character facilities and should not be used in new applications. Consider working with wide ch...
 mbrtowc(3) -- convert a character to a wide-character code (restartable)
    The mbrtowc() function inspects at most n bytes pointed to by s and interprets them as a multibyte character sequence according to the current setting of LC_CTYPE. If pwc is not NULL, the multibyte ch...
 mbrune(3) -- multibyte rune support for C
    The 4.4BSD ``rune'' functions have been deprecated in favour of the ISO C99 extended multibyte and wide character facilities and should not be used in new applications. Consider working with wide ch...
 mbsinit(3) -- determine conversion object status
    The mbsinit() function determines whether the mbstate_t object pointed to by ps describes an initial conversion state.
 mbsrtowcs(3) -- convert a character string to a wide-character string (restartable)
    The mbsrtowcs() function converts a sequence of multibyte characters pointed to indirectly by src into a sequence of corresponding wide characters and stores at most len of them in the wchar_t array p...
 mbstowcs(3) -- multibyte character support for C
    The basic elements of some written natural languages such as Chinese cannot be represented uniquely with single C chars. The C standard supports two different ways of dealing with extended natural lan...
 mbtowc(3) -- multibyte character support for C
    The basic elements of some written natural languages such as Chinese cannot be represented uniquely with single C chars. The C standard supports two different ways of dealing with extended natural lan...
 mcprint(3) -- ship binary data to printer
    This function uses the mc5p or mc4 and mc5 capabilities, if they are present, to ship given data to a printer attached to the terminal. Note that the mcprint code has no way to do flow control with th...
 md2(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest
    The MD2 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 MD2Data(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest
    The MD2 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 MD2End(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest
    The MD2 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 MD2File(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest
    The MD2 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 MD2FileChunk(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest
    The MD2 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 MD2Final(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest
    The MD2 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 MD2Init(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest
    The MD2 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 MD2Update(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD2'' message digest
    The MD2 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 md4(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
    The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 MD4Data(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
    The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 MD4End(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
    The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 MD4File(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
    The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 MD4FileChunk(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
    The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 MD4Final(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
    The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 MD4Init(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
    The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 MD4Update(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD4'' message digest
    The MD4 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 md5(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
    The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 MD5Data(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
    The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 MD5End(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
    The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 MD5File(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
    The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 MD5FileChunk(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
    The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 MD5Final(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
    The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 MD5Init(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
    The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 MD5Update(3) -- calculate the RSA Data Security, Inc., ``MD5'' message digest
    The MD5 functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hashfunction, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive ...
 memccpy(3) -- copy string until character found
    The memccpy() function copies bytes from string src to string dst. If the character c (as converted to an unsigned char) occurs in the string src, the copy stops and a pointer to the byte after the co...
 memchr(3) -- locate byte in byte string
    The memchr() function locates the first occurrence of c (converted to an unsigned char) in string b.
 memcluster(3) -- memory allocation/deallocation system
    These functions access a memory management system which allows callers to not fragment memory to the extent which can ordinarily occur through many random calls to malloc(3). Instead, memget() gets a ...
 memcmp(3) -- compare byte string
    The memcmp() function compares byte string b1 against byte string b2. Both strings are assumed to be len bytes long.
 memcpy(3) -- copy byte string
    The memcpy() function copies len bytes from string src to string dst.
 memget(3) -- memory allocation/deallocation system
    These functions access a memory management system which allows callers to not fragment memory to the extent which can ordinarily occur through many random calls to malloc(3). Instead, memget() gets a ...
 memmove(3) -- copy byte string
    The memmove() function copies len bytes from string src to string dst. The two strings may overlap; the copy is always done in a non-destructive manner.
 memory(3) -- general memory allocation operations
    These functions allocate and free memory for the calling process. They are described in the individual manual pages.
 memput(3) -- memory allocation/deallocation system
    These functions access a memory management system which allows callers to not fragment memory to the extent which can ordinarily occur through many random calls to malloc(3). Instead, memget() gets a ...
 memset(3) -- write a byte to byte string
    The memset() function writes len bytes of value c (converted to an unsigned char) to the string b.
 memstats(3) -- memory allocation/deallocation system
    These functions access a memory management system which allows callers to not fragment memory to the extent which can ordinarily occur through many random calls to malloc(3). Instead, memget() gets a ...
 menu(3) -- curses extension for programming menus
    The menu library provides terminal-independent facilities for composing menu systems on character-cell terminals. The library includes: item routines, which create and modify menu items; and menu rout...
 menu_attributes(3) -- color and attribute control for menus
    The function set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute of menu. This is the highlight used for selected menu items. menu_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A_STANDOUT. The functio...
 menu_back(3) -- color and attribute control for menus
    The function set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute of menu. This is the highlight used for selected menu items. menu_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A_STANDOUT. The functio...
 menu_cursor(3) -- position a menu's cursor
    The function pos_menu_cursor restores the cursor to the current position associated with the menu's selected item. This is useful after curses routines have been called to do screen-painting in respo...
 menu_driver(3) -- command-processing loop of the menu system
    Once a menu has been posted (displayed), you should funnel input events to it through menu_driver. This routine has three major input cases; either the input is a menu navigation request, it's a prin...
 menu_fore(3) -- color and attribute control for menus
    The function set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute of menu. This is the highlight used for selected menu items. menu_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A_STANDOUT. The functio...
 menu_format(3) -- set and get menu sizes
    The function set_menu_format sets the maximum display size of the given menu. If this size is too small to display all menu items, the menu will be made scrollable. If this size is larger than the men...
 menu_grey(3) -- color and attribute control for menus
    The function set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute of menu. This is the highlight used for selected menu items. menu_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A_STANDOUT. The functio...
 menu_hook(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
    These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by menu_driver. The function set_item_init sets a hook to be call...
 menu_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
    These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by menu_driver. The function set_item_init sets a hook to be call...
 menu_items(3) -- make and break connections between items and menus
    The function set_menu_items changes the item pointer array of the given menu. The array must be terminated by a NULL. The function menu_items returns the item array of the given menu. The function ite...
 menu_mark(3) -- get and set the menu mark string
    In order to make menu selections visible on older terminals without highlighting or color capability, the menu library marks selected items in a menu with a prefix string. The function set_menu_mark s...
 menu_new(3) -- create and destroy menus
    The function new_menu creates a new menu connected to a specified item pointer array (which must be NULL-terminated). The function free_menu disconnects menu from its item array and frees the storage ...
 menu_opts(3) -- set and get menu options
    The function set_menu_opts sets all the given menu's option bits (menu option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function menu_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone...
 menu_opts_off(3) -- set and get menu options
    The function set_menu_opts sets all the given menu's option bits (menu option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function menu_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone...
 menu_opts_on(3) -- set and get menu options
    The function set_menu_opts sets all the given menu's option bits (menu option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function menu_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone...
 menu_pad(3) -- color and attribute control for menus
    The function set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute of menu. This is the highlight used for selected menu items. menu_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A_STANDOUT. The functio...
 menu_pattern(3) -- get and set a menu's pattern buffer
    Every menu has an associated pattern match buffer. As input events that are printable ASCII characters come in, they are appended to this match buffer and tested for a match, as described in menu_driv...
 menu_post(3) -- write or erase menus from associated subwindows
    The function post_menu displays a menu to its associated subwindow. To trigger physical display of the subwindow, use refresh or some equivalent curses routine (the implicit doupdate triggered by an c...
 menu_requestname(3) -- handle printable menu request names
    The function menu_request_name returns the printable name of a menu request code. The function menu_request_by_name searches in the name-table for a request with the given name and returns its request...
 menu_request_by_name(3) -- handle printable menu request names
    The function menu_request_name returns the printable name of a menu request code. The function menu_request_by_name searches in the name-table for a request with the given name and returns its request...
 menu_request_name(3) -- handle printable menu request names
    The function menu_request_name returns the printable name of a menu request code. The function menu_request_by_name searches in the name-table for a request with the given name and returns its request...
 menu_spacing(3) -- Control spacing between menu items.
    The function set_menu_spacing sets the spacing informations for the menu. spc_description controls the number of spaces between an item name and an item description. It must not be larger than TABSIZE...
 menu_sub(3) -- make and break menu window and subwindow associations
    Every menu has an associated pair of curses windows. The menu window displays any title and border associated with the window; the menu subwindow displays the items of the menu that are currently avai...
 menu_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
    These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by menu_driver. The function set_item_init sets a hook to be call...
 menu_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a menu item
    Every menu and every menu item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menu-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set the menu user pointer field.
 menu_win(3) -- make and break menu window and subwindow associations
    Every menu has an associated pair of curses windows. The menu window displays any title and border associated with the window; the menu subwindow displays the items of the menu that are currently avai...
 mergesort(3) -- sort functions
    The qsort() function is a modified partition-exchange sort, or quicksort. The heapsort() function is a modified selection sort. The mergesort() function is a modified merge sort with exponential searc...
 meta(3) -- curses input options
    Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro...
 mitem_current(3) -- set and get current_menu_item
    The function set_current_item sets the current item (the item on which the menu cursor is positioned). current_item returns a pointer to the current item in the given menu. The function set_top_row se...
 mitem_name(3) -- get menu item name and description fields
    The function item_name returns the name part of the given item. The function item_description returns the description part of the given item.
 mitem_new(3) -- create and destroy menu items
    The function new_item allocates a new item and initializes it from the name and description pointers. Please notice that the item stores only the pointers to the name and description. Those pointers m...
 mitem_opts(3) -- set and get menu item options
    The function set_item_opts sets all the given item's option bits (menu option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function item_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone...
 mitem_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a menu item
    Every menu item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menu-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field.
 mitem_value(3) -- set and get menu item values
    If you turn off the menu option O_ONEVALUE (e.g., with set_menu_opts or menu_opts_off; see menu_opts(3X)), the menu becomes multi-valued; that is, more than one item may simultaneously be selected. In...
 mitem_visible(3) -- check visibility of a menu item
    A menu item is visible when it is in the portion of a posted menu that is mapped onto the screen (if the menu is scrollable, in particular, this portion will be smaller than the whole menu).
 mkdtemp(3) -- make temporary file name (unique)
    The mktemp() function takes the given file name template and overwrites a portion of it to create a file name. This file name is guaranteed not to exist at the time of function invocation and is suita...
 mkstemp(3) -- make temporary file name (unique)
    The mktemp() function takes the given file name template and overwrites a portion of it to create a file name. This file name is guaranteed not to exist at the time of function invocation and is suita...
 mkstemps(3) -- make temporary file name (unique)
    The mktemp() function takes the given file name template and overwrites a portion of it to create a file name. This file name is guaranteed not to exist at the time of function invocation and is suita...
 mktemp(3) -- make temporary file name (unique)
    The mktemp() function takes the given file name template and overwrites a portion of it to create a file name. This file name is guaranteed not to exist at the time of function invocation and is suita...
 mktime(3) -- transform binary date and time values
    The functions ctime(), gmtime() and localtime() all take as an argument a time value representing the time in seconds since the Epoch (00:00:00 UTC, January 1, 1970; see time(3)). The function localti...
 modf(3) -- extract signed integral and fractional values from floating-point number
    The modf() function breaks the argument value into integral and fractional parts, each of which has the same sign as the argument. It stores the integral part as a double in the object pointed to by i...
 moncontrol(3) -- control execution profile
    An executable program compiled using the -pg option to cc(1) automatically includes calls to collect statistics for the gprof(1) call-graph execution profiler. In typical operation, profiling begins a...
 monstartup(3) -- control execution profile
    An executable program compiled using the -pg option to cc(1) automatically includes calls to collect statistics for the gprof(1) call-graph execution profiler. In typical operation, profiling begins a...
 mouseinterval(3) -- mouse interface through curses
    These functions provide an interface to mouse events from ncurses(3X). Mouse events are represented by KEY_MOUSE pseudo-key values in the wgetch input stream. To make mouse events visible, use the mou...
 mousemask(3) -- mouse interface through curses
    These functions provide an interface to mouse events from ncurses(3X). Mouse events are represented by KEY_MOUSE pseudo-key values in the wgetch input stream. To make mouse events visible, use the mou...
 mouse_trafo(3) -- mouse interface through curses
    These functions provide an interface to mouse events from ncurses(3X). Mouse events are represented by KEY_MOUSE pseudo-key values in the wgetch input stream. To make mouse events visible, use the mou...
 move(3) -- move curses window cursor
    These routines move the cursor associated with the window to line y and column x. This routine does not move the physical cursor of the terminal until refresh is called. The position specified is rela...
 move_field(3) -- make and break connections between fields and forms
    The function set_form_fields changes the field pointer array of the given form. The array must be terminated by a NULL. The function form_fields returns the field array of the given form. The function...
 move_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
    Panels are curses(3X) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or...
 mpool(3) -- shared memory buffer pool
    The mpool library interface is intended to provide page oriented buffer management of files. The buffers may be shared between processes. The mpool_open() function initializes a memory pool. The key a...
 mrand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
    The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m...
 msgctl(3) -- message control operations
    The msgctl() system call performs some control operations on the message queue specified by msqid. Each message queue has a data structure associated with it, parts of which may be altered by msgctl()...
 msgget(3) -- get message queue
    The msgget() function returns the message queue identifier associated with key. A message queue identifier is a unique integer greater than zero. A message queue is created if either key is equal to I...
 msgrcv(3) -- receive a message from a message queue
    The msgrcv() function receives a message from the message queue specified in msqid, and places it into the structure pointed to by msgp. This structure should consist of the following members: long mt...
 msgsnd(3) -- send a message to a message queue
    The msgsnd() function sends a message to the message queue specified in msqid. The msgp argument points to a structure containing the message. This structure should consist of the following members: l...
 multibyte(3) -- multibyte character support for C
    The basic elements of some written natural languages such as Chinese cannot be represented uniquely with single C chars. The C standard supports two different ways of dealing with extended natural lan...
 mvaddch(3) -- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor
    The addch, waddch, mvaddch and mvwaddch routines put the character ch into the given window at its current window position, which is then advanced. They are analogous to putchar in stdio(3). If the ad...
 mvaddchnstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window
    These routines copy chstr into the window image structure at and after the current cursor position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements, but no more than will fit on ...
 mvaddchstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window
    These routines copy chstr into the window image structure at and after the current cursor position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements, but no more than will fit on ...
 mvaddnstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor
    These routines write the characters of the (null-terminated) character string str on the given window. It is similar to calling waddch once for each character in the string. The four routines with n a...
 mvaddstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor
    These routines write the characters of the (null-terminated) character string str on the given window. It is similar to calling waddch once for each character in the string. The four routines with n a...
 mvchgat(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 mvcur(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
    These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func...
 mvdelch(3) -- delete character under the cursor in a curses window
    These routines delete the character under the cursor; all characters to the right of the cursor on the same line are moved to the left one position and the last character on the line is filled with a ...
 mvderwin(3) -- create curses windows
    Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o...
 mvgetch(3) -- get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard
    The getch, wgetch, mvgetch and mvwgetch, routines read a character from the window. In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the value ERR is returned. In delay mode, the program waits until the syst...
 mvgetnstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard
    The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is not included in the returned string). The resulting value ...
 mvgetstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard
    The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is not included in the returned string). The resulting value ...
 mvhline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
    The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. Other than the window, each argument is a character with attributes: ls - left side, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - ...
 mvinch(3) -- get a character and attributes from a curses window
    These routines return the character, of type chtype, at the current position in the named window. If any attributes are set for that position, their values are OR'ed into the value returned. Constant...
 mvinchnstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window
    These routines return a NULL-terminated array of chtype quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the right margin of the window. The four functions with n ...
 mvinchstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window
    These routines return a NULL-terminated array of chtype quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the right margin of the window. The four functions with n ...
 mvinnstr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window
    These routines return a string of characters in str, extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window. Attributes are stripped from the characters. The four functions with n as th...
 mvinsch(3) -- insert a character before cursor in a curses window
    These routines, insert the character ch before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are moved one space to the right, with the possibility of the rightmost charact...
 mvinsnstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window
    These routines insert a character string (as many characters as will fit on the line) before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are shifted right, with the possi...
 mvinsstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window
    These routines insert a character string (as many characters as will fit on the line) before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are shifted right, with the possi...
 mvinstr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window
    These routines return a string of characters in str, extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window. Attributes are stripped from the characters. The four functions with n as th...
 mvprintw(3) -- print formatted output in curses windows
    The printw, wprintw, mvprintw and mvwprintw routines are analogous to printf [see printf(3S)]. In effect, the string that would be output by printf is output instead as though waddstr were used on the...
 mvscanw(3) -- convert formatted input from a curses window
    The scanw, wscanw and mvscanw routines are analogous to scanf [see scanf(3S)]. The effect of these routines is as though wgetstr were called on the window, and the resulting line used as input for ssc...
 mvvline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
    The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. Other than the window, each argument is a character with attributes: ls - left side, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - ...
 mvwaddch(3) -- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor
    The addch, waddch, mvaddch and mvwaddch routines put the character ch into the given window at its current window position, which is then advanced. They are analogous to putchar in stdio(3). If the ad...
 mvwaddchnstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window
    These routines copy chstr into the window image structure at and after the current cursor position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements, but no more than will fit on ...
 mvwaddchstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window
    These routines copy chstr into the window image structure at and after the current cursor position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements, but no more than will fit on ...
 mvwaddnstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor
    These routines write the characters of the (null-terminated) character string str on the given window. It is similar to calling waddch once for each character in the string. The four routines with n a...
 mvwaddstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor
    These routines write the characters of the (null-terminated) character string str on the given window. It is similar to calling waddch once for each character in the string. The four routines with n a...
 mvwchgat(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 mvwdelch(3) -- delete character under the cursor in a curses window
    These routines delete the character under the cursor; all characters to the right of the cursor on the same line are moved to the left one position and the last character on the line is filled with a ...
 mvwgetch(3) -- get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard
    The getch, wgetch, mvgetch and mvwgetch, routines read a character from the window. In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the value ERR is returned. In delay mode, the program waits until the syst...
 mvwgetnstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard
    The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is not included in the returned string). The resulting value ...
 mvwgetstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard
    The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is not included in the returned string). The resulting value ...
 mvwhline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
    The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. Other than the window, each argument is a character with attributes: ls - left side, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - ...
 mvwin(3) -- create curses windows
    Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o...
 mvwinch(3) -- get a character and attributes from a curses window
    These routines return the character, of type chtype, at the current position in the named window. If any attributes are set for that position, their values are OR'ed into the value returned. Constant...
 mvwinchnstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window
    These routines return a NULL-terminated array of chtype quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the right margin of the window. The four functions with n ...
 mvwinchstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window
    These routines return a NULL-terminated array of chtype quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the right margin of the window. The four functions with n ...
 mvwinnstr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window
    These routines return a string of characters in str, extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window. Attributes are stripped from the characters. The four functions with n as th...
 mvwinsch(3) -- insert a character before cursor in a curses window
    These routines, insert the character ch before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are moved one space to the right, with the possibility of the rightmost charact...
 mvwinsnstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window
    These routines insert a character string (as many characters as will fit on the line) before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are shifted right, with the possi...
 mvwinsstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window
    These routines insert a character string (as many characters as will fit on the line) before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are shifted right, with the possi...
 mvwinstr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window
    These routines return a string of characters in str, extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window. Attributes are stripped from the characters. The four functions with n as th...
 mvwprintw(3) -- print formatted output in curses windows
    The printw, wprintw, mvprintw and mvwprintw routines are analogous to printf [see printf(3S)]. In effect, the string that would be output by printf is output instead as though waddstr were used on the...
 mvwscanw(3) -- convert formatted input from a curses window
    The scanw, wscanw and mvscanw routines are analogous to scanf [see scanf(3S)]. The effect of these routines is as though wgetstr were called on the window, and the resulting line used as input for ssc...
 mvwvline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
    The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. Other than the window, each argument is a character with attributes: ls - left side, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - ...
 napms(3) -- lowlevel curses routines
    The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ...
 ncurses(3) -- CRT screen handling and optimization package
    The ncurses library routines give the user a terminal-independent method of updating character screens with reasonable optimization. This implementation is ``new curses'' (ncurses) and is the approv...
 nc_perror(3) -- get network configuration database entry
    The library routines described on this page provide the application access to the system network configuration database, /etc/netconfig. The getnetconfig() function returns a pointer to the current en...
 nc_sperror(3) -- get network configuration database entry
    The library routines described on this page provide the application access to the system network configuration database, /etc/netconfig. The getnetconfig() function returns a pointer to the current en...
 ndaysg(3) -- Calendar arithmetic for the Christian era
    These functions provide calendar arithmetic for a large range of years, starting at March 1st, year zero (i. e. 1 B.C.) and ending way beyond year 100000. Programs should be linked with -lcalendar. Th...
 ndaysj(3) -- Calendar arithmetic for the Christian era
    These functions provide calendar arithmetic for a large range of years, starting at March 1st, year zero (i. e. 1 B.C.) and ending way beyond year 100000. Programs should be linked with -lcalendar. Th...
 netgraph(3) -- netgraph user library
    These functions facilitate user-mode program participation in the kernel netgraph(4) graph-based networking system, by utilizing the netgraph socket node type (see ng_socket(4)). The NgMkSockNode() fu...
 network(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
    The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta...
 newpad(3) -- create and display curses pads
    The newpad routine creates and returns a pointer to a new pad data structure with the given number of lines, nlines, and columns, ncols. A pad is like a window, except that it is not restricted by the...
 newterm(3) -- curses screen initialization and manipulation routines
    initscr is normally the first curses routine to call when initializing a program. A few special routines sometimes need to be called before it; these are slk_init, filter, ripoffline, use_env. For mul...
 newwin(3) -- create curses windows
    Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o...
 new_field(3) -- create and destroy form fields
    The function new_field allocates a new field and initializes it from the parameters given: height, width, row of upper-left corner, column of upper-left corner, number off-screen rows, and number of a...
 new_form(3) -- create and destroy forms
    The function new_form creates a new form connected to a specified field pointer array (which must be NULL-terminated). The function free_form disconnects form from its field array and frees the storag...
 new_item(3) -- create and destroy menu items
    The function new_item allocates a new item and initializes it from the name and description pointers. Please notice that the item stores only the pointers to the name and description. Those pointers m...
 new_menu(3) -- create and destroy menus
    The function new_menu creates a new menu connected to a specified item pointer array (which must be NULL-terminated). The function free_menu disconnects menu from its item array and frees the storage ...
 new_page(3) -- form pagination functions
    The function set_new_page sets or resets a flag marking the given field as the beginning of a new page on its form. The function new_page is a predicate which tests if a given field marks a page begin...
 new_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
    Panels are curses(3X) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or...
 nextafter(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
    These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() and copysignf() return x with its sign changed to y's. finite() and finitef() return the value 1 just when -infinity < x <...
 nextafterf(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
    These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() and copysignf() return x with its sign changed to y's. finite() and finitef() return the value 1 just when -infinity < x <...
 NgMkSockNode(3) -- netgraph user library
    These functions facilitate user-mode program participation in the kernel netgraph(4) graph-based networking system, by utilizing the netgraph socket node type (see ng_socket(4)). The NgMkSockNode() fu...
 NgNameNode(3) -- netgraph user library
    These functions facilitate user-mode program participation in the kernel netgraph(4) graph-based networking system, by utilizing the netgraph socket node type (see ng_socket(4)). The NgMkSockNode() fu...
 NgRecvAsciiMsg(3) -- netgraph user library
    These functions facilitate user-mode program participation in the kernel netgraph(4) graph-based networking system, by utilizing the netgraph socket node type (see ng_socket(4)). The NgMkSockNode() fu...
 NgRecvData(3) -- netgraph user library
    These functions facilitate user-mode program participation in the kernel netgraph(4) graph-based networking system, by utilizing the netgraph socket node type (see ng_socket(4)). The NgMkSockNode() fu...
 NgRecvMsg(3) -- netgraph user library
    These functions facilitate user-mode program participation in the kernel netgraph(4) graph-based networking system, by utilizing the netgraph socket node type (see ng_socket(4)). The NgMkSockNode() fu...
 NgSendAsciiMsg(3) -- netgraph user library
    These functions facilitate user-mode program participation in the kernel netgraph(4) graph-based networking system, by utilizing the netgraph socket node type (see ng_socket(4)). The NgMkSockNode() fu...
 NgSendData(3) -- netgraph user library
    These functions facilitate user-mode program participation in the kernel netgraph(4) graph-based networking system, by utilizing the netgraph socket node type (see ng_socket(4)). The NgMkSockNode() fu...
 NgSendMsg(3) -- netgraph user library
    These functions facilitate user-mode program participation in the kernel netgraph(4) graph-based networking system, by utilizing the netgraph socket node type (see ng_socket(4)). The NgMkSockNode() fu...
 NgSendMsgReply(3) -- netgraph user library
    These functions facilitate user-mode program participation in the kernel netgraph(4) graph-based networking system, by utilizing the netgraph socket node type (see ng_socket(4)). The NgMkSockNode() fu...
 NgSetDebug(3) -- netgraph user library
    These functions facilitate user-mode program participation in the kernel netgraph(4) graph-based networking system, by utilizing the netgraph socket node type (see ng_socket(4)). The NgMkSockNode() fu...
 NgSetErrLog(3) -- netgraph user library
    These functions facilitate user-mode program participation in the kernel netgraph(4) graph-based networking system, by utilizing the netgraph socket node type (see ng_socket(4)). The NgMkSockNode() fu...
 nice(3) -- set program scheduling priority
    This interface is obsoleted by setpriority(2). The nice() function obtains the scheduling priority of the process from the system and sets it to the priority value specified in incr. The priority is a...
 nl(3) -- curses output options
    These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin....
 nlist(3) -- retrieve symbol table name list from an executable file
    The nlist() function retrieves name list entries from the symbol table of an executable file (see a.out(5)). The argument nl is set to reference the beginning of the list. The list is preened of binar...
 nl_langinfo(3) -- language information
    The nl_langinfo() function returns a pointer to a string containing information relevant to the particular language or cultural area defined in the program's locale. The manifest constant names and v...
 nocbreak(3) -- curses input options
    Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro...
 nodelay(3) -- curses input options
    Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro...
 noecho(3) -- curses input options
    Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro...
 nonl(3) -- curses output options
    These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin....
 noqiflush(3) -- curses input options
    Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro...
 noraw(3) -- curses input options
    Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro...
 notimeout(3) -- curses input options
    Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro...
 nrand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
    The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m...
 nsdispatch(3) -- name-service switch dispatcher routine
    The nsdispatch() function invokes the methods specified in dtab in the order given by nsswitch.conf(5) for the database database until a successful entry is found. retval is passed to each method to m...
 ns_get16(3) -- resolver routines
    These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine...
 ns_get32(3) -- resolver routines
    These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine...
 ns_put16(3) -- resolver routines
    These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine...
 ns_put32(3) -- resolver routines
    These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine...
 ntoa(3) -- Internet address manipulation routines
    The routines inet_aton(), inet_addr() and inet_network() interpret character strings representing numbers expressed in the Internet standard `.' notation. The inet_pton() function converts a presenta...
 ntohl(3) -- convert values between host and network byte order
    These routines convert 16 and 32 bit quantities between network byte order and host byte order. On machines which have a byte order which is the same as the network order, routines are defined as null...
 ntohs(3) -- convert values between host and network byte order
    These routines convert 16 and 32 bit quantities between network byte order and host byte order. On machines which have a byte order which is the same as the network order, routines are defined as null...
 opendir(3) -- directory operations
    The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. The poin...
 openlog(3) -- control system log
    The syslog() function writes message to the system message logger. The message is then written to the system console, log files, logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate. (See sy...
 openpam(3) -- Pluggable Authentication Modules Library
    These functions are OpenPAM extensions to the PAM API. Those named pam_*() are, in the author's opinion, logical and necessary extensions to the standard API, while those named openpam_*() are either...
 openpam_borrow_cred(3) -- temporarily borrow user credentials
    The openpam_borrow_cred function saves the current credentials and switches to those of the user specified by its pwd argument. The affected credentials are the effective UID, the effective GID, and t...
 openpam_free_data(3) -- generic cleanup function
    The openpam_free_data is a cleanup function suitable for passing to pam_set_data(3). It simply releases the data by passing its data argument to free(3).
 openpam_get_option(3) -- returns the value of a module option
    The openpam_get_option function returns the value of the specified option in the context of the currently executing service module, or NULL if the option is not set or no module is currently executing...
 openpam_log(3) -- log a message through syslog
    The openpam_log function logs messages using syslog(3). It is primarily intended for internal use by the library and modules. The level argument indicates the importance of the message. The following ...
 openpam_nullconv(3) -- null conversation function
    The openpam_nullconv function is a null conversation function suitable for applications that want to use PAM but don't support interactive dialog with the user. Such applications should set PAM_AUTHT...
 openpam_readline(3) -- read a line from a file
    The openpam_readline function reads a line from a file, and returns it in a NUL-terminated buffer allocated with malloc(3). The openpam_readline function performs a certain amount of processing on the...
 openpam_restore_cred(3) -- restore credentials
    The openpam_restore_cred function restores the credentials saved by openpam_borrow_cred(3).
 openpam_set_option(3) -- sets the value of a module option
    The openpam_set_option function sets the specified option in the context of the currently executing service module.
 openpam_ttyconv(3) -- simple tty-based conversation function
    The openpam_ttyconv function is a standard conversation function suitable for use on TTY devices. It should be adequate for the needs of most text-based interactive programs. The openpam_ttyconv funct...
 openpty(3) -- auxiliary functions to obtain a pseudo-terminal
    The function openpty() attempts to obtain the next available pseudo-terminal from the system (see pty(4)). If it successfully finds one, it subsequently tries to change the ownership of the slave devi...
 overlay(3) -- overlay and manipulate overlapped curses windows
    The overlay and overwrite routines overlay srcwin on top of dstwin. scrwin and dstwin are not required to be the same size; only text where the two windows overlap is copied. The difference is that ov...
 overwrite(3) -- overlay and manipulate overlapped curses windows
    The overlay and overwrite routines overlay srcwin on top of dstwin. scrwin and dstwin are not required to be the same size; only text where the two windows overlap is copied. The difference is that ov...
 pair_content(3) -- curses color manipulation routines
    Overview curses support color attributes on terminals with that capability. To use these routines start_color must be called, usually right after initscr. Colors are always used in pairs (referred to ...
 PAIR_NUMBER(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 pam(3) -- Pluggable Authentication Modules Library
    The Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) library abstracts a number of common authentication-related operations and provides a framework for dynamically loaded modules that implement these operation...
 pam_acct_mgmt(3) -- perform PAM account validation procedures
    The pam_acct_mgmt function verifies and enforces account restrictions after the user has been authenticated. The flags argument is the binary or of zero or more of the following values: PAM_SILENT Do ...
 pam_authenticate(3) -- perform authentication within the PAM framework
    The pam_authenticate function attempts to authenticate the user associated with the pam context specified by the pamh argument. The application is free to call pam_authenticate as many times as it wis...
 pam_chauthtok(3) -- perform password related functions within the PAM framework
    The pam_chauthtok function attempts to change the authentication token for the user associated with the pam context specified by the pamh argument. The flags argument is the binary or of zero or more ...
 pam_close_session(3) -- close an existing user session
    The pam_close_session function tears down the user session previously set up by pam_open_session(3). The flags argument is the binary or of zero or more of the following values: PAM_SILENT Do not emit...
 pam_conv(3) -- PAM conversation system
    The PAM library uses an application-defined callback to communicate with the user. This callback is specified by the struct pam_conv passed to pam_start() at the start of the transaction. It is also p...
 pam_end(3) -- terminate the PAM transaction
    The pam_end function terminates a PAM transaction and destroys the corresponding PAM context, releasing all resources allocated to it. The status argument should be set to the error code returned by t...
 pam_error(3) -- display an error message
    The pam_error function displays an error message through the intermediary of the given PAM context's conversation function.
 pam_getenv(3) -- retrieve the value of a PAM environment variable
    The pam_getenv function returns the value of an environment variable. Its semantics are similar to those of getenv(3), but it accesses the PAM context's environment list instead of the application's...
 pam_getenvlist(3) -- returns a list of all the PAM environment variables
    The pam_getenvlist function returns a copy of the given PAM context's environment list as a pointer to an array of strings. The last element in the array is NULL. The pointer is suitable for assignme...
 pam_get_authtok(3) -- retrieve authentication token
    The pam_get_authtok function returns the cached authentication token, or prompts the user if no token is currently cached. Either way, a pointer to the authentication token is stored in the location p...
 pam_get_data(3) -- get module information
    The pam_get_data function looks up the opaque object associated with the string specified by the module_data_name argument, in the PAM context specified by the pamh argument. A pointer to the object i...
 pam_get_item(3) -- get PAM information
    The pam_get_item function stores a pointer to the item specified by the item_type argument in the location specified by the item argument. The item is retrieved from the PAM context specified by the p...
 pam_get_user(3) -- retrieve user name
    The pam_get_user function returns the name of the target user, as specified to pam_start(3). If no user was specified, nor set using pam_set_item(3), pam_get_user will prompt for a user name. Either w...
 pam_info(3) -- display an information message
    The pam_info function displays an informational message through the intermediary of the given PAM context's conversation function.
 pam_open_session(3) -- open a user session
    The pam_open_session sets up a user session for a previously authenticated user. The session should later be torn down by a call to pam_close_session(3). The flags argument is the binary or of zero or...
 pam_prompt(3) -- call the conversation function
    The pam_prompt function constructs a message from the specified format string and arguments and passes it to the given PAM context's conversation function. A pointer to the response, or NULL if the c...
 pam_putenv(3) -- set the value of an environment variable
    The pam_putenv function sets a environment variable. Its semantics are similar to those of putenv(3), but it modifies the PAM context's environment list instead of the application's.
 pam_setcred(3) -- modify / delete user credentials for an authentication service
    The pam_setcred function manages the application's credentials. The flags argument is the binary or of zero or more of the following values: PAM_SILENT Do not emit any messages. PAM_ESTABLISH_CRED Es...
 pam_setenv(3) -- mirrors setenv(3)
    The pam_setenv function sets a environment variable. Its semantics are similar to those of setenv(3), but it modifies the PAM context's environment list instead of the application's.
 pam_set_data(3) -- set module information
    The pam_set_data function associates a pointer to an opaque object with an arbitrary string specified by the module_data_name argument, in the PAM context specified by the pamh argument. If not NULL, ...
 pam_set_item(3) -- set authentication information
    The pam_set_item function sets the item specified by the item_type argument to a copy of the object pointed to by the item argument. The item is stored in the PAM context specified by the pamh argumen...
 pam_sm_acct_mgmt(3) -- service module implementation for pam_acct_mgmt
    The pam_sm_acct_mgmt function is the service module's implementation of the pam_acct_mgmt(3) API function.
 pam_sm_authenticate(3) -- service module implementation for pam_authenticate
    The pam_sm_authenticate function is the service module's implementation of the pam_authenticate(3) API function.
 pam_sm_chauthtok(3) -- service module implementation for pam_chauthtok
    The pam_sm_chauthtok function is the service module's implementation of the pam_chauthtok(3) API function.
 pam_sm_close_session(3) -- service module implementation for pam_close_session
    The pam_sm_close_session function is the service module's implementation of the pam_close_session(3) API function.
 pam_sm_open_session(3) -- service module implementation for pam_open_session
    The pam_sm_open_session function is the service module's implementation of the pam_open_session(3) API function.
 pam_sm_setcred(3) -- service module implementation for pam_setcred
    The pam_sm_setcred function is the service module's implementation of the pam_setcred(3) API function.
 pam_start(3) -- initiate a PAM transaction
    The pam_start function creates and initializes a PAM context. The service argument specifies the name of the policy to apply, and is stored in the PAM_SERVICE item in the created context. The user arg...
 pam_strerror(3) -- get PAM standard error message string
    The pam_strerror function returns a pointer to a string containing a textual description of the error indicated by the error_number argument, in the context of the PAM transaction described by the pam...
 pam_verror(3) -- display an error message
    The pam_verror function passes its arguments to pam_vprompt(3) with a style argument of PAM_ERROR_MSG, and discards the response.
 pam_vinfo(3) -- display an information message
    The pam_vinfo function passes its arguments to pam_vprompt(3) with a style argument of PAM_TEXT_INFO, and discards the response.
 pam_vprompt(3) -- call the conversation function
    The pam_vprompt function constructs a string from the fmt and ap arguments using vsnprintf(3), and passes it to the given PAM context's conversation function. The style argument specifies the type of...
 panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
    Panels are curses(3X) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or...
 panel_above(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
    Panels are curses(3X) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or...
 panel_below(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
    Panels are curses(3X) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or...
 panel_hidden(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
    Panels are curses(3X) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or...
 panel_userptr(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
    Panels are curses(3X) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or...
 panel_window(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
    Panels are curses(3X) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or...
 parse_lt(3) -- functions for parsing and checking login time periods
    This set of functions may be used for parsing and checking login and session times against a predefined list of allowed login times as used in login.conf(5). The format of allowed and disallowed sessi...
 pause(3) -- stop until signal
    Pause is made obsolete by sigsuspend(2). The pause() function forces a process to pause until a signal is received from either the kill(2) function or an interval timer. (See setitimer(2).) Upon termi...
 pcap(3) -- Packet Capture library
    The Packet Capture library provides a high level interface to packet capture systems. All packets on the network, even those destined for other hosts, are accessible through this mechanism.
 pclose(3) -- process I/O
    The popen() function ``opens'' a process by creating a bidirectional pipe forking, and invoking the shell. Any streams opened by previous popen() calls in the parent process are closed in the new ch...
 pechochar(3) -- create and display curses pads
    The newpad routine creates and returns a pointer to a new pad data structure with the given number of lines, nlines, and columns, ncols. A pad is like a window, except that it is not restricted by the...
 perror(3) -- system error messages
    The strerror(), strerror_r() and perror() functions look up the error message string corresponding to an error number. The strerror() function accepts an error number argument errnum and returns a poi...
 pmap_getmaps(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 pmap_getport(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 pmap_rmtcall(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 pmap_set(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 pmap_unset(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 pnoutrefresh(3) -- create and display curses pads
    The newpad routine creates and returns a pointer to a new pad data structure with the given number of lines, nlines, and columns, ncols. A pad is like a window, except that it is not restricted by the...
 popen(3) -- process I/O
    The popen() function ``opens'' a process by creating a bidirectional pipe forking, and invoking the shell. Any streams opened by previous popen() calls in the parent process are closed in the new ch...
 posix1e(3) -- introduction to the POSIX.1e security API
    The IEEE POSIX.1e specification never left draft form, but the interfaces it describes are now widely used despite inherent limitations. Currently, only a few of the interfaces and features are implem...
 posix2time(3) -- convert seconds since the Epoch
    IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 (``POSIX.1'') legislates that a time_t value of 536457599 shall correspond to "Wed Dec 31 23:59:59 GMT 1986." This effectively implies that POSIX time_t's cannot include leap...
 posix_openpt(3) -- pseudo-terminal access functions
    The grantpt(), ptsname(), unlockpt(), and posix_openpt() functions allow access to pseudo-terminal devices. The first three functions accept a file descriptor that references the master half of a pseu...
 post_form(3) -- write or erase forms from associated subwindows
    The function post_form displays a form to its associated subwindow. To trigger physical display of the subwindow, use refresh or some equivalent curses routine (the implicit doupdate triggered by an c...
 post_menu(3) -- write or erase menus from associated subwindows
    The function post_menu displays a menu to its associated subwindow. To trigger physical display of the subwindow, use refresh or some equivalent curses routine (the implicit doupdate triggered by an c...
 pos_form_cursor(3) -- position a form window cursor
    The function pos_form_cursor restores the cursor to the position required for the forms driver to continue processing requests. This is useful after curses routines have been called to do screen-paint...
 pos_menu_cursor(3) -- position a menu's cursor
    The function pos_menu_cursor restores the cursor to the current position associated with the menu's selected item. This is useful after curses routines have been called to do screen-painting in respo...
 pow(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
    The exp() and the expf() functions compute the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() and the expm1f() functions compute the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log...
 powf(3) -- exponential, logarithm, power functions
    The exp() and the expf() functions compute the exponential value of the given argument x. The expm1() and the expm1f() functions compute the value exp(x)-1 accurately even for tiny argument x. The log...
 prefresh(3) -- create and display curses pads
    The newpad routine creates and returns a pointer to a new pad data structure with the given number of lines, nlines, and columns, ncols. A pad is like a window, except that it is not restricted by the...
 printf(3) -- formatted output conversion
    The printf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. The printf() and vprintf() functions write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fprintf() and vfprin...
 printw(3) -- print formatted output in curses windows
    The printw, wprintw, mvprintw and mvwprintw routines are analogous to printf [see printf(3S)]. In effect, the string that would be output by printf is output instead as though waddstr were used on the...
 properties_free(3) -- functions to allow creating simple property lists from ASCII file data
    typedef struct _properties { struct _properties *next; char *name; char *value; } *properties; The function properties_read() reads name = value pairs from the file descriptor passed in fd and returns...
 properties_read(3) -- functions to allow creating simple property lists from ASCII file data
    typedef struct _properties { struct _properties *next; char *name; char *value; } *properties; The function properties_read() reads name = value pairs from the file descriptor passed in fd and returns...
 property(3) -- functions to allow creating simple property lists from ASCII file data
    typedef struct _properties { struct _properties *next; char *name; char *value; } *properties; The function properties_read() reads name = value pairs from the file descriptor passed in fd and returns...
 property_find(3) -- functions to allow creating simple property lists from ASCII file data
    typedef struct _properties { struct _properties *next; char *name; char *value; } *properties; The function properties_read() reads name = value pairs from the file descriptor passed in fd and returns...
 pselect(3) -- synchronous I/O multiplexing a la POSIX.1g
    The pselect() function was introduced by IEEE Std 1003.1g-2000 (``POSIX.1'') as a slightly stronger version of select(2). The nfds, readfds, writefds, and exceptfds arguments are all identical to th...
 psignal(3) -- system signal messages
    The psignal() and strsignal() functions locate the descriptive message string for a signal number. The strsignal() function accepts a signal number argument sig and returns a pointer to the correspond...
 pthread(3) -- POSIX thread functions
    POSIX threads are a set of functions that support applications with requirements for multiple flows of control, called threads, within a process. Multithreading is used to improve the performance of a...
 pthread_attr(3) -- thread attribute operations
    Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...
 pthread_attr_destroy(3) -- thread attribute operations
    Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...
 pthread_attr_getdetachstate(3) -- thread attribute operations
    Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...
 pthread_attr_getguardsize(3) -- thread attribute operations
    Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...
 pthread_attr_getinheritsched(3) -- thread attribute operations
    Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...
 pthread_attr_getschedparam(3) -- thread attribute operations
    Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...
 pthread_attr_getschedpolicy(3) -- thread attribute operations
    Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...
 pthread_attr_getscope(3) -- thread attribute operations
    Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...
 pthread_attr_getstack(3) -- thread attribute operations
    Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...
 pthread_attr_getstackaddr(3) -- thread attribute operations
    Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...
 pthread_attr_getstacksize(3) -- thread attribute operations
    Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...
 pthread_attr_get_np(3) -- get attributes of existent thread
    The pthread_attr_get_np() function is used to get existent thread's attributes. Most fields of pthread_attr_t structure are exact values of attributes provided at thread creation time (as parameter t...
 pthread_attr_init(3) -- thread attribute operations
    Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...
 pthread_attr_setcreatesuspend_np(3) -- prepare attribute for creattion of suspended thread
    The pthread_attr_setcreatesuspend_np() instructs pthread_create(3) that the thread created with the attr attribute should be created and left in a suspended state until explicitly resumed by the call ...
 pthread_attr_setdetachstate(3) -- thread attribute operations
    Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...
 pthread_attr_setguardsize(3) -- thread attribute operations
    Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...
 pthread_attr_setinheritsched(3) -- thread attribute operations
    Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...
 pthread_attr_setschedparam(3) -- thread attribute operations
    Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...
 pthread_attr_setschedpolicy(3) -- thread attribute operations
    Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...
 pthread_attr_setscope(3) -- thread attribute operations
    Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...
 pthread_attr_setstack(3) -- thread attribute operations
    Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...
 pthread_attr_setstackaddr(3) -- thread attribute operations
    Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...
 pthread_attr_setstacksize(3) -- thread attribute operations
    Thread attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_create(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_create(), with or without modifications between calls. The pthread_a...
 pthread_cancel(3) -- cancel execution of a thread
    The pthread_cancel() function requests that thread be canceled. The target thread's cancelability state and type determines when the cancellation takes effect. When the cancellation is acted on, the ...
 pthread_cleanup_pop(3) -- call the first cleanup routine
    The pthread_cleanup_pop() function pops the top cleanup routine off of the current threads cleanup routine stack, and, if execute is non-zero, it will execute the function. If there is no cleanup rout...
 pthread_cleanup_push(3) -- add a cleanup function for thread exit
    The pthread_cleanup_push() function adds cleanup_routine to the top of the stack of cleanup handlers that get called when the current thread exits. When cleanup_routine is called, it is passed arg as ...
 pthread_condattr(3) -- condition attribute operations
    Condition attribute objects are used to specify parameters to pthread_cond_init(). FreeBSD's implementation of conditions does not support any non-default attributes, so these functions are not very ...
 pthread_condattr_destroy(3) -- condition attribute operations
    Condition attribute objects are used to specify parameters to pthread_cond_init(). FreeBSD's implementation of conditions does not support any non-default attributes, so these functions are not very ...
 pthread_condattr_init(3) -- condition attribute operations
    Condition attribute objects are used to specify parameters to pthread_cond_init(). FreeBSD's implementation of conditions does not support any non-default attributes, so these functions are not very ...
 pthread_cond_broadcast(3) -- unblock all threads waiting for a condition variable
    The pthread_cond_broadcast() function unblocks all threads waiting for the condition variable cond.
 pthread_cond_destroy(3) -- destroy a condition variable
    The pthread_cond_destroy() function frees the resources allocated by the condition variable cond.
 pthread_cond_init(3) -- create a condition variable
    The pthread_cond_init() function creates a new condition variable, with attributes specified with attr. If attr is NULL the default attributes are used.
 pthread_cond_signal(3) -- unblock a thread waiting for a condition variable
    The pthread_cond_signal() function unblocks one thread waiting for the condition variable cond.
 pthread_cond_timedwait(3) -- wait on a condition variable for a specific amount of time
    The pthread_cond_timedwait() function atomically blocks the current thread waiting on the condition variable specified by cond, and unblocks the mutex specified by mutex. The waiting thread unblocks o...
 pthread_cond_wait(3) -- wait on a condition variable
    The pthread_cond_wait() function atomically blocks the current thread waiting on the condition variable specified by cond, and unblocks the mutex specified by mutex. The waiting thread unblocks only a...
 pthread_create(3) -- create a new thread
    The pthread_create() function is used to create a new thread, with attributes specified by attr, within a process. If attr is NULL, the default attributes are used. If the attributes specified by attr...
 pthread_detach(3) -- detach a thread
    The pthread_detach() function is used to indicate to the implementation that storage for the thread thread can be reclaimed when the thread terminates. If thread has not terminated, pthread_detach() w...
 pthread_equal(3) -- compare thread IDs
    The pthread_equal() function compares the thread IDs t1 and t2.
 pthread_exit(3) -- terminate the calling thread
    The pthread_exit() function terminates the calling thread and makes the value value_ptr available to any successful join with the terminating thread. Any cancellation cleanup handlers that have been p...
 pthread_getconcurrency(3) -- get or set level of concurrency
    The pthread_getconcurrency() function allows an application to inform the threads implementation of its desired concurrency level, new_level. The actual level of concurrency provided by the implementa...
 pthread_getschedparam(3) -- thread scheduling parameter manipulation
    The pthread_setschedparam() and pthread_getschedparam() functions set and get the scheduling parameters of individual threads. The scheduling policy for a thread can either be SCHED_FIFO (first in, fi...
 pthread_getspecific(3) -- get a thread-specific data value
    The pthread_getspecific() function returns the value currently bound to the specified key on behalf of the calling thread. The effect of calling pthread_getspecific() with a key value not obtained fro...
 pthread_join(3) -- wait for thread termination
    The pthread_join() function suspends execution of the calling thread until the target thread terminates unless the target thread has already terminated. On return from a successful pthread_join() call...
 pthread_key_create(3) -- thread-specific data key creation
    The pthread_key_create() function creates a thread-specific data key visible to all threads in the process. Key values provided by pthread_key_create() are opaque objects used to locate thread-specifi...
 pthread_key_delete(3) -- delete a thread-specific data key
    The pthread_key_delete() function deletes a thread-specific data key previously returned by pthread_key_create(). The thread-specific data values associated with key need not be NULL at the time that ...
 pthread_kill(3) -- send a signal to a specified thread
    The pthread_kill() function sends a signal, specified by sig, to a thread, specified by thread. If sig is 0, error checking is performed, but no signal is actually sent.
 pthread_main_np(3) -- identify the initial thread
    The pthread_main_np() function is used in userland threads environment to identify the initial thread. Its semantics is similar to the Solaris's thr_main() function.
 pthread_multi_np(3) -- switch between multi- and singlethreaded scheduling modes
    The pthread_single_np() function switches the process to a singlethreaded mode, i.e., suspends all threads except the current. The semantics of this function is similar to pthread_suspend_all_np(3). T...
 pthread_mutexattr(3) -- mutex attribute operations
    Mutex attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_mutex_init(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_mutex_init(), with or without modifications between calls. The pt...
 pthread_mutexattr_destroy(3) -- mutex attribute operations
    Mutex attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_mutex_init(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_mutex_init(), with or without modifications between calls. The pt...
 pthread_mutexattr_getkind_np(3) -- mutex attribute operations (legacy)
    These functions are deprecated and non-portable implementation of the mutex type manipulation. It is recommended to use the pthread_mutexattr_gettype(3) and pthread_mutexattr_settype(3) functions inst...
 pthread_mutexattr_getprioceiling(3) -- mutex attribute operations
    Mutex attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_mutex_init(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_mutex_init(), with or without modifications between calls. The pt...
 pthread_mutexattr_getprotocol(3) -- mutex attribute operations
    Mutex attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_mutex_init(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_mutex_init(), with or without modifications between calls. The pt...
 pthread_mutexattr_gettype(3) -- mutex attribute operations
    Mutex attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_mutex_init(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_mutex_init(), with or without modifications between calls. The pt...
 pthread_mutexattr_init(3) -- mutex attribute operations
    Mutex attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_mutex_init(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_mutex_init(), with or without modifications between calls. The pt...
 pthread_mutexattr_setkind_np(3) -- mutex attribute operations (legacy)
    These functions are deprecated and non-portable implementation of the mutex type manipulation. It is recommended to use the pthread_mutexattr_gettype(3) and pthread_mutexattr_settype(3) functions inst...
 pthread_mutexattr_setprioceiling(3) -- mutex attribute operations
    Mutex attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_mutex_init(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_mutex_init(), with or without modifications between calls. The pt...
 pthread_mutexattr_setprotocol(3) -- mutex attribute operations
    Mutex attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_mutex_init(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_mutex_init(), with or without modifications between calls. The pt...
 pthread_mutexattr_settype(3) -- mutex attribute operations
    Mutex attributes are used to specify parameters to pthread_mutex_init(). One attribute object can be used in multiple calls to pthread_mutex_init(), with or without modifications between calls. The pt...
 pthread_mutex_destroy(3) -- free resources allocated for a mutex
    The pthread_mutex_destroy() function frees the resources allocated for mutex.
 pthread_mutex_init(3) -- create a mutex
    The pthread_mutex_init() function creates a new mutex, with attributes specified with attr. If attr is NULL the default attributes are used.
 pthread_mutex_lock(3) -- lock a mutex
    The pthread_mutex_lock() function locks mutex. If the mutex is already locked, the calling thread will block until the mutex becomes available.
 pthread_mutex_trylock(3) -- attempt to lock a mutex without blocking
    The pthread_mutex_trylock() function locks mutex. If the mutex is already locked, pthread_mutex_trylock() will not block waiting for the mutex, but will return an error condition.
 pthread_mutex_unlock(3) -- unlock a mutex
    If the current thread holds the lock on mutex, then the pthread_mutex_unlock() function unlocks mutex.
 pthread_once(3) -- dynamic package initialization
    The first call to pthread_once() by any thread in a process, with a given once_control, will call the init_routine() with no arguments. Subsequent calls to pthread_once() with the same once_control wi...
 pthread_resume_all_np(3) -- resume all suspended threads
    The pthread_resume_all_np() function causes all active threads to be scanned and resumes those which were previously suspended.
 pthread_resume_np(3) -- resume suspended thread
    The pthread_resume_np() function, called on a suspended thread, causes it to resume. If a thread specified by the tid argument is not suspended, no actions will be performed.
 pthread_rwlockattr_destroy(3) -- destroy a read/write lock
    The pthread_rwlockattr_destroy() function is used to destroy a read/write lock attribute object previously created with pthread_rwlockattr_init().
 pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared(3) -- get the process shared attribute
    The pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared() function is used to get the process shared setting of a read/write lock attribute object. The setting is returned via pshared, and may be one of two values: PTHREAD...
 pthread_rwlockattr_init(3) -- initialize a read/write lock
    The pthread_rwlockattr_init() function is used to initialize a read/write lock attributes object.
 pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared(3) -- set the process shared attribute
    The pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared() function sets the process shared attribute of attr to the value referenced by pshared. The pshared argument may be one of two values: PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED Any thr...
 pthread_rwlock_destroy(3) -- destroy a read/write lock
    The pthread_rwlock_destroy() function is used to destroy a read/write lock previously created with pthread_rwlock_init().
 pthread_rwlock_init(3) -- initialize a read/write lock
    The pthread_rwlock_init() function is used to initialize a read/write lock, with attributes specified by attr. If attr is NULL, the default read/write lock attributes are used. The results of calling ...
 pthread_rwlock_rdlock(3) -- acquire a read/write lock for reading
    The pthread_rwlock_rdlock() function acquires a read lock on lock provided that lock is not presently held for writing and no writer threads are presently blocked on the lock. If the read lock cannot ...
 pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock(3) -- acquire a read/write lock for reading
    The pthread_rwlock_rdlock() function acquires a read lock on lock provided that lock is not presently held for writing and no writer threads are presently blocked on the lock. If the read lock cannot ...
 pthread_rwlock_trywrlock(3) -- acquire a read/write lock for writing
    The pthread_rwlock_wrlock() function blocks until a write lock can be acquired against lock. The pthread_rwlock_trywrlock() function performs the same action, but does not block if the lock cannot be ...
 pthread_rwlock_unlock(3) -- release a read/write lock
    The pthread_rwlock_unlock() function is used to release the read/write lock previously obtained by pthread_rwlock_rdlock(), pthread_rwlock_wrlock(), pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock(), or pthread_rwlock_trywr...
 pthread_rwlock_wrlock(3) -- acquire a read/write lock for writing
    The pthread_rwlock_wrlock() function blocks until a write lock can be acquired against lock. The pthread_rwlock_trywrlock() function performs the same action, but does not block if the lock cannot be ...
 pthread_schedparam(3) -- thread scheduling parameter manipulation
    The pthread_setschedparam() and pthread_getschedparam() functions set and get the scheduling parameters of individual threads. The scheduling policy for a thread can either be SCHED_FIFO (first in, fi...
 pthread_self(3) -- get the calling thread's ID
    The pthread_self() function returns the thread ID of the calling thread.
 pthread_setcancelstate(3) -- set cancelability state
    The pthread_setcancelstate() function atomically both sets the calling thread's cancelability state to the indicated state and, if oldstate is not NULL, returns the previous cancelability state at th...
 pthread_setcanceltype(3) -- set cancelability state
    The pthread_setcancelstate() function atomically both sets the calling thread's cancelability state to the indicated state and, if oldstate is not NULL, returns the previous cancelability state at th...
 pthread_setconcurrency(3) -- get or set level of concurrency
    The pthread_getconcurrency() function allows an application to inform the threads implementation of its desired concurrency level, new_level. The actual level of concurrency provided by the implementa...
 pthread_setschedparam(3) -- thread scheduling parameter manipulation
    The pthread_setschedparam() and pthread_getschedparam() functions set and get the scheduling parameters of individual threads. The scheduling policy for a thread can either be SCHED_FIFO (first in, fi...
 pthread_setspecific(3) -- set a thread-specific data value
    The pthread_setspecific() function associates a thread-specific value with a key obtained via a previous call to pthread_key_create(). Different threads man bind different values to the same key. Thes...
 pthread_set_name_np(3) -- set the thread name
    The pthread_set_name_np() function sets internal name for thread specified by tid argument to string value specified by name argument. This is a debugging interface and using it on a day-by-day basis ...
 pthread_sigmask(3) -- examine and/or change a thread's signal mask
    The pthread_sigmask() function examines and/or changes the calling thread's signal mask. If set is not NULL, it specifies a set of signals to be modified, and how specifies what to set the signal mas...
 pthread_single_np(3) -- switch between multi- and singlethreaded scheduling modes
    The pthread_single_np() function switches the process to a singlethreaded mode, i.e., suspends all threads except the current. The semantics of this function is similar to pthread_suspend_all_np(3). T...
 pthread_suspend_all_np(3) -- suspend all active threads
    The pthread_suspend_all_np() function causes all active threads to be suspended. The only exception is the current thread, the thread that called the pthread_suspend_all_np() function.
 pthread_suspend_np(3) -- suspend a thread
    The pthread_suspend_np() function, called on an active thread, causes it to suspend.
 pthread_switch_add_np(3) -- thread context switches debugging primitives
    An application is allowed to monitor the thread context switches inside the threading library. An application can install a routine that gets called every time a thread (explicitly created by an appli...
 pthread_switch_delete_np(3) -- thread context switches debugging primitives
    An application is allowed to monitor the thread context switches inside the threading library. An application can install a routine that gets called every time a thread (explicitly created by an appli...
 pthread_testcancel(3) -- set cancelability state
    The pthread_setcancelstate() function atomically both sets the calling thread's cancelability state to the indicated state and, if oldstate is not NULL, returns the previous cancelability state at th...
 ptsname(3) -- pseudo-terminal access functions
    The grantpt(), ptsname(), unlockpt(), and posix_openpt() functions allow access to pseudo-terminal devices. The first three functions accept a file descriptor that references the master half of a pseu...
 pty(3) -- auxiliary functions to obtain a pseudo-terminal
    The function openpty() attempts to obtain the next available pseudo-terminal from the system (see pty(4)). If it successfully finds one, it subsequently tries to change the ownership of the slave devi...
 publickey(3) -- get public or secret key
    These routines are used to get public and secret keys from the YP database. The getsecretkey() function has an extra argument, passwd, which is used to decrypt the encrypted secret key stored in the d...
 putc(3) -- output a character or word to a stream
    The fputc() function writes the character c (converted to an ``unsigned char'') to the output stream pointed to by stream. The putc() function acts essentially identically to fputc(). The putchar() ...
 putchar(3) -- output a character or word to a stream
    The fputc() function writes the character c (converted to an ``unsigned char'') to the output stream pointed to by stream. The putc() function acts essentially identically to fputc(). The putchar() ...
 putchar_unlocked(3) -- output a character or word to a stream
    The fputc() function writes the character c (converted to an ``unsigned char'') to the output stream pointed to by stream. The putc() function acts essentially identically to fputc(). The putchar() ...
 putc_unlocked(3) -- output a character or word to a stream
    The fputc() function writes the character c (converted to an ``unsigned char'') to the output stream pointed to by stream. The putc() function acts essentially identically to fputc(). The putchar() ...
 putenv(3) -- environment variable functions
    These functions set, unset and fetch environment variables from the host environment list. For compatibility with differing environment conventions, the given arguments name and value may be appended ...
 putp(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
    These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func...
 puts(3) -- output a line to a stream
    The function fputs() writes the string pointed to by str to the stream pointed to by stream. The function puts() writes the string str, and a terminating newline character, to the stream stdout.
 putw(3) -- output a character or word to a stream
    The fputc() function writes the character c (converted to an ``unsigned char'') to the output stream pointed to by stream. The putc() function acts essentially identically to fputc(). The putchar() ...
 putwc(3) -- output a wide-character to a stream
    The fputwc() function writes the wide-character wc to the output stream pointed to by stream. The putwc() function acts essentially identically to fputwc(). The putwchar() function is identical to put...
 putwchar(3) -- output a wide-character to a stream
    The fputwc() function writes the wide-character wc to the output stream pointed to by stream. The putwc() function acts essentially identically to fputwc(). The putwchar() function is identical to put...
 putwin(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines
    The unctrl routine returns a character string which is a printable representation of the character c, ignoring attributes. Control characters are displayed in the ^X notation. Printing characters are ...
 pwcache(3) -- cache password and group entries
    The user_from_uid() function returns the user name associated with the argument uid. The user name is cached so that multiple calls with the same uid do not require additional calls to getpwuid(3). If...
 qiflush(3) -- curses input options
    Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro...
 qsort(3) -- sort functions
    The qsort() function is a modified partition-exchange sort, or quicksort. The heapsort() function is a modified selection sort. The mergesort() function is a modified merge sort with exponential searc...
 qsort_r(3) -- sort functions
    The qsort() function is a modified partition-exchange sort, or quicksort. The heapsort() function is a modified selection sort. The mergesort() function is a modified merge sort with exponential searc...
 queue(3) -- lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists and tail queues
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 radixsort(3) -- radix sort
    The radixsort() and sradixsort() functions are implementations of radix sort. These functions sort an array of pointers to byte strings, the initial member of which is referenced by base. The byte str...
 raise(3) -- send a signal to the current process
    The raise() function sends the signal sig to the current process.
 rand(3) -- bad random number generator
    These interfaces are obsoleted by random(3). The rand() function computes a sequence of pseudo-random integers in the range of 0 to RAND_MAX (as defined by the header file ). The srand() fun...
 rand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
    The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m...
 random(3) -- better random number generator; routines for changing generators
    The random() function uses a non-linear additive feedback random number generator employing a default table of size 31 long integers to return successive pseudo-random numbers in the range from 0 to (...
 rand_r(3) -- bad random number generator
    These interfaces are obsoleted by random(3). The rand() function computes a sequence of pseudo-random integers in the range of 0 to RAND_MAX (as defined by the header file ). The srand() fun...
 raw(3) -- curses input options
    Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro...
 RB_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 RB_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 RB_FIND(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 RB_FOREACH(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 RB_GENERATE(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 RB_HEAD(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 RB_INIT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 RB_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 RB_INSERT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 RB_LEFT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 RB_MAX(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 RB_MIN(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 RB_NEXT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 RB_PARENT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 RB_PROTOTYPE(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 RB_REMOVE(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 RB_RIGHT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 RB_ROOT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 rcmd(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
    The rcmd() function is used by the super-user to execute a command on a remote machine using an authentication scheme based on reserved port numbers. The rresvport() function returns a descriptor to a...
 rcmdsh(3) -- return a stream to a remote command without superuser
    The rcmdsh() function is used by normal users to execute a command on a remote machine using an authentication scheme based on reserved port numbers using rshd(8) or the value of rshprog (if non-NULL)...
 rcmd_af(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
    The rcmd() function is used by the super-user to execute a command on a remote machine using an authentication scheme based on reserved port numbers. The rresvport() function returns a descriptor to a...
 readdir(3) -- directory operations
    The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. The poin...
 readdir_r(3) -- directory operations
    The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. The poin...
 readline(3) -- get a line from a user with editing
    readline will read a line from the terminal and return it, using prompt as a prompt. If prompt is NULL or the empty string, no prompt is issued. The line returned is allocated with malloc(3); the call...
 readpassphrase(3) -- get a passphrase from the user
    The readpassphrase() function displays a prompt to, and reads in a passphrase from, /dev/tty. If this file is inaccessible and the RPP_REQUIRE_TTY flag is not set, readpassphrase() displays the prompt...
 realhostname(3) -- convert an IP number to the real host name
    The function realhostname() converts ip to the corresponding host name. This is done by resolving ip to a host name and then ensuring that the host name resolves back to ip. host must point to a buffe...
 realhostname_sa(3) -- convert a struct sockaddr to the real host name
    The function realhostname_sa() converts addr to the corresponding host name. This is done by resolving addr to a host name and then ensuring that the host name resolves back to addr. host must point t...
 realloc(3) -- general purpose memory allocation functions
    The malloc() function allocates size bytes of memory. The allocated space is suitably aligned (after possible pointer coercion) for storage of any type of object. If the space is at least pagesize byt...
 reallocf(3) -- general purpose memory allocation functions
    The malloc() function allocates size bytes of memory. The allocated space is suitably aligned (after possible pointer coercion) for storage of any type of object. If the space is at least pagesize byt...
 realpath(3) -- returns the canonicalized absolute pathname
    The realpath() function resolves all symbolic links, extra ``/'' characters and references to /./ and /../ in pathname, and copies the resulting absolute pathname into the memory referenced by resol...
 recno(3) -- record number database access method
    The routine dbopen() is the library interface to database files. One of the supported file formats is record number files. The general description of the database access methods is in dbopen(3), this ...
 redrawwin(3) -- refresh curses windows and lines
    The refresh and wrefresh routines (or wnoutrefresh and doupdate) must be called to get actual output to the terminal, as other routines merely manipulate data structures. The routine wrefresh copies t...
 refresh(3) -- refresh curses windows and lines
    The refresh and wrefresh routines (or wnoutrefresh and doupdate) must be called to get actual output to the terminal, as other routines merely manipulate data structures. The routine wrefresh copies t...
 regcomp(3) -- regular-expression library
    These routines implement IEEE Std 1003.2 (``POSIX.2'') regular expressions (``RE''s); see re_format(7). The regcomp() function compiles an RE written as a string into an internal form, regexec() m...
 regerror(3) -- regular-expression library
    These routines implement IEEE Std 1003.2 (``POSIX.2'') regular expressions (``RE''s); see re_format(7). The regcomp() function compiles an RE written as a string into an internal form, regexec() m...
 regex(3) -- regular-expression library
    These routines implement IEEE Std 1003.2 (``POSIX.2'') regular expressions (``RE''s); see re_format(7). The regcomp() function compiles an RE written as a string into an internal form, regexec() m...
 regexec(3) -- regular-expression library
    These routines implement IEEE Std 1003.2 (``POSIX.2'') regular expressions (``RE''s); see re_format(7). The regcomp() function compiles an RE written as a string into an internal form, regexec() m...
 regexp(3) -- regular expression handlers
    This interface is made obsolete by regex(3). The regcomp(), regexec(), regsub(), and regerror() functions implement egrep(1)-style regular expressions and supporting facilities. The regcomp() function...
 regfree(3) -- regular-expression library
    These routines implement IEEE Std 1003.2 (``POSIX.2'') regular expressions (``RE''s); see re_format(7). The regcomp() function compiles an RE written as a string into an internal form, regexec() m...
 registerrpc(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 regsub(3) -- regular expression handlers
    This interface is made obsolete by regex(3). The regcomp(), regexec(), regsub(), and regerror() functions implement egrep(1)-style regular expressions and supporting facilities. The regcomp() function...
 remainder(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
    These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() and copysignf() return x with its sign changed to y's. finite() and finitef() return the value 1 just when -infinity < x <...
 remainderf(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
    These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() and copysignf() return x with its sign changed to y's. finite() and finitef() return the value 1 just when -infinity < x <...
 remove(3) -- remove directory entry
    The remove() function removes the file or directory specified by path. If path specifies a directory, remove(path) is the equivalent of rmdir(path). Otherwise, it is the equivalent of unlink(path).
 remque(3) -- doubly-linked list management
    The insque() and remque() functions encapsulate the ever-repeating task of doing insertion and removal operations on doubly linked lists. The functions expect their arguments to point to a structure w...
 replace_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
    Panels are curses(3X) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or...
 request_init(3) -- access control library
    The routines described in this document are part of the libwrap.a library. They implement a rule-based access control language with optional shell commands that are executed when a rule fires. request...
 request_set(3) -- access control library
    The routines described in this document are part of the libwrap.a library. They implement a rule-based access control language with optional shell commands that are executed when a rule fires. request...
 REQUIRE(3) -- assertion system
    The REQUIRE(), ENSURE(), INSIST(), and INVARIANT() macros evaluate a boolean expression, and if it is false, they invoke the current assertion failure callback. The default callback will print a messa...
 REQUIRE_ERR(3) -- assertion system
    The REQUIRE(), ENSURE(), INSIST(), and INVARIANT() macros evaluate a boolean expression, and if it is false, they invoke the current assertion failure callback. The default callback will print a messa...
 resetty(3) -- lowlevel curses routines
    The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ...
 reset_prog_mode(3) -- lowlevel curses routines
    The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ...
 reset_shell_mode(3) -- lowlevel curses routines
    The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ...
 resizeterm(3) -- change the curses terminal size
    This is an extension to the curses library. It provides callers with a hook into the ncurses data to resize windows, primarily for use by programs running in an X Window terminal (e.g., xterm). The fu...
 resolver(3) -- resolver routines
    These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine...
 restartterm(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
    These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func...
 restore_helpline(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 res_init(3) -- resolver routines
    These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine...
 res_mkquery(3) -- resolver routines
    These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine...
 res_query(3) -- resolver routines
    These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine...
 res_search(3) -- resolver routines
    These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine...
 res_send(3) -- resolver routines
    These routines are used for making, sending and interpreting query and reply messages with Internet domain name servers. Global configuration and state information that is used by the resolver routine...
 rewind(3) -- reposition a stream
    The fseek() function sets the file position indicator for the stream pointed to by stream. The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence. ...
 rewinddir(3) -- directory operations
    The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. The poin...
 rexec(3) -- return stream to a remote command
    This interface is obsoleted by rcmd(3). The rexec() function looks up the host *ahost using gethostbyname(3), returning -1 if the host does not exist. Otherwise *ahost is set to the standard name of t...
 re_comp(3) -- regular expression handler
    This interface is made obsolete by regex(3). The re_comp() function compiles a string into an internal form suitable for pattern matching. The re_exec() function checks the argument string against the...
 re_exec(3) -- regular expression handler
    This interface is made obsolete by regex(3). The re_comp() function compiles a string into an internal form suitable for pattern matching. The re_exec() function checks the argument string against the...
 rfork_thread(3) -- create a rfork-based process thread
    The rfork_thread() function is a helper function for rfork(2). It arranges for a new process to be created and the child process will call the specified function with the specified argument, while run...
 rindex(3) -- locate character in string
    The index() function locates the first occurrence of c (converted to a char) in the string pointed to by s. The terminating null character is considered part of the string; therefore if c is `\0', t...
 rint(3) -- round to integral value in floating-point format
    The rint() and the rintf() functions return the integral value (represented as a double or float precision number) nearest to x according to the prevailing rounding mode.
 rintf(3) -- round to integral value in floating-point format
    The rint() and the rintf() functions return the integral value (represented as a double or float precision number) nearest to x according to the prevailing rounding mode.
 ripemd(3) -- calculate the RIPEMD160 message digest
    The RIPEMD160_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impracti...
 RIPEMD160_Data(3) -- calculate the RIPEMD160 message digest
    The RIPEMD160_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impracti...
 RIPEMD160_End(3) -- calculate the RIPEMD160 message digest
    The RIPEMD160_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impracti...
 RIPEMD160_File(3) -- calculate the RIPEMD160 message digest
    The RIPEMD160_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impracti...
 RIPEMD160_FileChunk(3) -- calculate the RIPEMD160 message digest
    The RIPEMD160_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impracti...
 RIPEMD160_Final(3) -- calculate the RIPEMD160 message digest
    The RIPEMD160_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impracti...
 RIPEMD160_Init(3) -- calculate the RIPEMD160 message digest
    The RIPEMD160_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impracti...
 RIPEMD160_Update(3) -- calculate the RIPEMD160 message digest
    The RIPEMD160_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impracti...
 ripoffline(3) -- lowlevel curses routines
    The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ...
 rlhistory(3) -- GNU History Library
    Many programs read input from the user a line at a time. The GNU History library is able to keep track of those lines, associate arbitrary data with each line, and utilize information from previous li...
 rpc(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    These routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across a network. First, the client sends a request to the server. On receipt of the request, the server calls a disp...
 rpcbind(3) -- library routines for RPC bind service
    These routines allow client C programs to make procedure calls to the RPC binder service. (see rpcbind(8)) maintains a list of mappings between programs and their universal addresses.
 rpcb_getaddr(3) -- library routines for RPC bind service
    These routines allow client C programs to make procedure calls to the RPC binder service. (see rpcbind(8)) maintains a list of mappings between programs and their universal addresses.
 rpcb_getmaps(3) -- library routines for RPC bind service
    These routines allow client C programs to make procedure calls to the RPC binder service. (see rpcbind(8)) maintains a list of mappings between programs and their universal addresses.
 rpcb_gettime(3) -- library routines for RPC bind service
    These routines allow client C programs to make procedure calls to the RPC binder service. (see rpcbind(8)) maintains a list of mappings between programs and their universal addresses.
 rpcb_rmtcall(3) -- library routines for RPC bind service
    These routines allow client C programs to make procedure calls to the RPC binder service. (see rpcbind(8)) maintains a list of mappings between programs and their universal addresses.
 rpcb_set(3) -- library routines for RPC bind service
    These routines allow client C programs to make procedure calls to the RPC binder service. (see rpcbind(8)) maintains a list of mappings between programs and their universal addresses.
 rpcb_unset(3) -- library routines for RPC bind service
    These routines allow client C programs to make procedure calls to the RPC binder service. (see rpcbind(8)) maintains a list of mappings between programs and their universal addresses.
 rpc_broadcast(3) -- library routines for client side calls
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re...
 rpc_broadcast_exp(3) -- library routines for client side calls
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re...
 rpc_call(3) -- library routines for client side calls
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re...
 rpc_clnt_auth(3) -- library routines for client side remote procedure call authentication
    These routines are part of the RPC library that allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network, with desired authentication. These routines are normally called...
 rpc_clnt_calls(3) -- library routines for client side calls
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First, the client calls a procedure to send a request to the server. Upon receipt of the re...
 rpc_clnt_create(3) -- library routines for dealing with creation and manipulation of CLIENT handles
    RPC library routines allow C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. First a CLIENT handle is created and then the client calls a procedure to send a request to...
 rpc_createerr(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 rpc_reg(3) -- library routines for registering servers
    These routines are a part of the RPC library which allows the RPC servers to register themselves with rpcbind (see rpcbind(8)), and associate the given program and version number with the dispatch fun...
 rpc_secure(3) -- library routines for secure remote procedure calls
    These routines are part of the RPC library. They implement DES Authentication. See rpc(3) for further details about RPC. The authdes_create() is the first of two routines which interface to the RPC se...
 rpc_soc(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 rpc_svc_calls(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ...
 rpc_svc_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on servers across the network. These routines deal with the creation of service handles. Once the ha...
 rpc_svc_err(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines can be called by the server side dispatch funct...
 rpc_svc_reg(3) -- library routines for registering servers
    These routines are a part of the RPC library which allows the RPC servers to register themselves with rpcbind (see rpcbind(8)), and associate the given program and version number with the dispatch fun...
 rpc_xdr(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls
    These routines are used for describing the RPC messages in XDR language. They should normally be used by those who do not want to use the RPC package directly. These routines return TRUE if they succe...
 rresvport(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
    The rcmd() function is used by the super-user to execute a command on a remote machine using an authentication scheme based on reserved port numbers. The rresvport() function returns a descriptor to a...
 rresvport_af(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
    The rcmd() function is used by the super-user to execute a command on a remote machine using an authentication scheme based on reserved port numbers. The rresvport() function returns a descriptor to a...
 rtime(3) -- get remote time
    The rtime() function consults the Internet Time Server at the address pointed to by addrp and returns the remote time in the timeval struct pointed to by timep. Normally, the UDP protocol is used when...
 rune(3) -- rune support for C
    The 4.4BSD ``rune'' functions have been deprecated in favour of the ISO C99 extended multibyte and wide character facilities and should not be used in new applications. Consider using setlocale(3), ...
 ruserok(3) -- routines for returning a stream to a remote command
    The rcmd() function is used by the super-user to execute a command on a remote machine using an authentication scheme based on reserved port numbers. The rresvport() function returns a descriptor to a...
 savetty(3) -- lowlevel curses routines
    The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ...
 sbread(3) -- read and write superblocks of a UFS filesystem
    The sbread() and sbwrite() functions provide superblock reads and writes for libufs(3) consumers. The sbread() and sbwrite() functions operate on the superblock field, d_sb, associated with a given us...
 sbwrite(3) -- read and write superblocks of a UFS filesystem
    The sbread() and sbwrite() functions provide superblock reads and writes for libufs(3) consumers. The sbread() and sbwrite() functions operate on the superblock field, d_sb, associated with a given us...
 scalb(3) -- IEEE test functions
    These functions allow users to test conformance to IEEE Std 754-1985. Their use is not otherwise recommended. logb(x) and logbf(x) return x's exponent n, a signed integer converted to double-precisio...
 scalbf(3) -- IEEE test functions
    These functions allow users to test conformance to IEEE Std 754-1985. Their use is not otherwise recommended. logb(x) and logbf(x) return x's exponent n, a signed integer converted to double-precisio...
 scalbn(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
    These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() and copysignf() return x with its sign changed to y's. finite() and finitef() return the value 1 just when -infinity < x <...
 scalbnf(3) -- functions for IEEE arithmetic
    These functions are required or recommended by IEEE Std 754-1985. copysign() and copysignf() return x with its sign changed to y's. finite() and finitef() return the value 1 just when -infinity < x <...
 scale_form(3) -- make and break form window and subwindow associations
    Every form has an associated pair of curses windows. The form window displays any title and border associated with the window; the form subwindow displays the items of the form that are currently avai...
 scale_menu(3) -- make and break menu window and subwindow associations
    Every menu has an associated pair of curses windows. The menu window displays any title and border associated with the window; the menu subwindow displays the items of the menu that are currently avai...
 scandir(3) -- scan a directory
    The scandir() function reads the directory dirname and builds an array of pointers to directory entries using malloc(3). It returns the number of entries in the array. A pointer to the array of direct...
 scanf(3) -- input format conversion
    The scanf() family of functions scans input according to a format as described below. This format may contain conversion specifiers; the results from such conversions, if any, are stored through the p...
 scanw(3) -- convert formatted input from a curses window
    The scanw, wscanw and mvscanw routines are analogous to scanf [see scanf(3S)]. The effect of these routines is as though wgetstr were called on the window, and the resulting line used as input for ssc...
 scrl(3) -- scroll a curses window
    The scroll routine scrolls the window up one line. This involves moving the lines in the window data structure. As an optimization, if the scrolling region of the window is the entire screen, the phys...
 scroll(3) -- scroll a curses window
    The scroll routine scrolls the window up one line. This involves moving the lines in the window data structure. As an optimization, if the scrolling region of the window is the entire screen, the phys...
 scrollok(3) -- curses output options
    These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin....
 scr_dump(3) -- read (write) a curses screen from (to) a file
    The scr_dump routine dumps the current contents of the virtual screen to the file filename. The scr_restore routine sets the virtual screen to the contents of filename, which must have been written us...
 scr_init(3) -- read (write) a curses screen from (to) a file
    The scr_dump routine dumps the current contents of the virtual screen to the file filename. The scr_restore routine sets the virtual screen to the contents of filename, which must have been written us...
 scr_restore(3) -- read (write) a curses screen from (to) a file
    The scr_dump routine dumps the current contents of the virtual screen to the file filename. The scr_restore routine sets the virtual screen to the contents of filename, which must have been written us...
 scr_set(3) -- read (write) a curses screen from (to) a file
    The scr_dump routine dumps the current contents of the virtual screen to the file filename. The scr_restore routine sets the virtual screen to the contents of filename, which must have been written us...
 sdp(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description
    The SDP_GET8(), SDP_GET16(), SDP_GET32(), SDP_GET64() and SDP_GET128() macros are used to get byte, short, long, long long and 128-bit integer from the buffer pointed by cp pointer. The pointer is aut...
 sdp_attr2desc(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description
    The SDP_GET8(), SDP_GET16(), SDP_GET32(), SDP_GET64() and SDP_GET128() macros are used to get byte, short, long, long long and 128-bit integer from the buffer pointed by cp pointer. The pointer is aut...
 sdp_close(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description
    The SDP_GET8(), SDP_GET16(), SDP_GET32(), SDP_GET64() and SDP_GET128() macros are used to get byte, short, long, long long and 128-bit integer from the buffer pointed by cp pointer. The pointer is aut...
 sdp_error(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description
    The SDP_GET8(), SDP_GET16(), SDP_GET32(), SDP_GET64() and SDP_GET128() macros are used to get byte, short, long, long long and 128-bit integer from the buffer pointed by cp pointer. The pointer is aut...
 SDP_GET128(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description
    The SDP_GET8(), SDP_GET16(), SDP_GET32(), SDP_GET64() and SDP_GET128() macros are used to get byte, short, long, long long and 128-bit integer from the buffer pointed by cp pointer. The pointer is aut...
 SDP_GET16(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description
    The SDP_GET8(), SDP_GET16(), SDP_GET32(), SDP_GET64() and SDP_GET128() macros are used to get byte, short, long, long long and 128-bit integer from the buffer pointed by cp pointer. The pointer is aut...
 SDP_GET32(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description
    The SDP_GET8(), SDP_GET16(), SDP_GET32(), SDP_GET64() and SDP_GET128() macros are used to get byte, short, long, long long and 128-bit integer from the buffer pointed by cp pointer. The pointer is aut...
 SDP_GET64(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description
    The SDP_GET8(), SDP_GET16(), SDP_GET32(), SDP_GET64() and SDP_GET128() macros are used to get byte, short, long, long long and 128-bit integer from the buffer pointed by cp pointer. The pointer is aut...
 SDP_GET8(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description
    The SDP_GET8(), SDP_GET16(), SDP_GET32(), SDP_GET64() and SDP_GET128() macros are used to get byte, short, long, long long and 128-bit integer from the buffer pointed by cp pointer. The pointer is aut...
 sdp_open(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description
    The SDP_GET8(), SDP_GET16(), SDP_GET32(), SDP_GET64() and SDP_GET128() macros are used to get byte, short, long, long long and 128-bit integer from the buffer pointed by cp pointer. The pointer is aut...
 sdp_open_local(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description
    The SDP_GET8(), SDP_GET16(), SDP_GET32(), SDP_GET64() and SDP_GET128() macros are used to get byte, short, long, long long and 128-bit integer from the buffer pointed by cp pointer. The pointer is aut...
 SDP_PUT128(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description
    The SDP_GET8(), SDP_GET16(), SDP_GET32(), SDP_GET64() and SDP_GET128() macros are used to get byte, short, long, long long and 128-bit integer from the buffer pointed by cp pointer. The pointer is aut...
 SDP_PUT16(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description
    The SDP_GET8(), SDP_GET16(), SDP_GET32(), SDP_GET64() and SDP_GET128() macros are used to get byte, short, long, long long and 128-bit integer from the buffer pointed by cp pointer. The pointer is aut...
 SDP_PUT32(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description
    The SDP_GET8(), SDP_GET16(), SDP_GET32(), SDP_GET64() and SDP_GET128() macros are used to get byte, short, long, long long and 128-bit integer from the buffer pointed by cp pointer. The pointer is aut...
 SDP_PUT64(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description
    The SDP_GET8(), SDP_GET16(), SDP_GET32(), SDP_GET64() and SDP_GET128() macros are used to get byte, short, long, long long and 128-bit integer from the buffer pointed by cp pointer. The pointer is aut...
 SDP_PUT8(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description
    The SDP_GET8(), SDP_GET16(), SDP_GET32(), SDP_GET64() and SDP_GET128() macros are used to get byte, short, long, long long and 128-bit integer from the buffer pointed by cp pointer. The pointer is aut...
 sdp_search(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description
    The SDP_GET8(), SDP_GET16(), SDP_GET32(), SDP_GET64() and SDP_GET128() macros are used to get byte, short, long, long long and 128-bit integer from the buffer pointed by cp pointer. The pointer is aut...
 sdp_uuid2desc(3) -- convert numeric SDP attribute/UUID value into human readable description
    The SDP_GET8(), SDP_GET16(), SDP_GET32(), SDP_GET64() and SDP_GET128() macros are used to get byte, short, long, long long and 128-bit integer from the buffer pointed by cp pointer. The pointer is aut...
 seed48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
    The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m...
 seekdir(3) -- directory operations
    The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. The poin...
 selectdevs(3) -- device statistics utility library
    The devstat library is a library of helper functions for dealing with the kernel devstat(9) interface, which is accessible to users via sysctl(3) and kvm(3). All functions that take a kvm_t * as first...
 sem_close(3) -- named semaphore operations
    The sem_open() function creates or opens the named semaphore specified by name. The returned semaphore may be used in subsequent calls to sem_getvalue(), sem_wait(), sem_trywait(), sem_post() and sem_...
 sem_destroy(3) -- destroy an unnamed semaphore
    The sem_destroy() function destroys the unnamed semaphore pointed to by sem. After a successful call to sem_destroy(), sem is unusable until reinitialized by another call to sem_init().
 sem_getvalue(3) -- get the value of a semaphore
    The sem_getvalue() function sets the variable pointed to by sval to the current value of the semaphore pointed to by sem, as of the time that the call to sem_getvalue() is actually run.
 sem_init(3) -- initialize an unnamed semaphore
    The sem_init() function initializes the unnamed semaphore pointed to by sem to have the value value. A non-zero value for pshared specifies a shared semaphore that can be used by multiple processes, w...
 sem_open(3) -- named semaphore operations
    The sem_open() function creates or opens the named semaphore specified by name. The returned semaphore may be used in subsequent calls to sem_getvalue(), sem_wait(), sem_trywait(), sem_post() and sem_...
 sem_post(3) -- increment (unlock) a semaphore
    The sem_post() function increments (unlocks) the semaphore pointed to by sem. If there are threads blocked on the semaphore when sem_post() is called, then the highest priority thread that has been bl...
 sem_trywait(3) -- decrement (lock) a semaphore
    The sem_wait() function decrements (locks) the semaphore pointed to by sem, but blocks if the value of sem is zero, until the value is non-zero and the value can be decremented. The sem_trywait() func...
 sem_unlink(3) -- named semaphore operations
    The sem_open() function creates or opens the named semaphore specified by name. The returned semaphore may be used in subsequent calls to sem_getvalue(), sem_wait(), sem_trywait(), sem_post() and sem_...
 sem_wait(3) -- decrement (lock) a semaphore
    The sem_wait() function decrements (locks) the semaphore pointed to by sem, but blocks if the value of sem is zero, until the value is non-zero and the value can be decremented. The sem_trywait() func...
 setbuf(3) -- stream buffering operations
    The three types of buffering available are unbuffered, block buffered, and line buffered. When an output stream is unbuffered, information appears on the destination file or terminal as soon as writte...
 setbuffer(3) -- stream buffering operations
    The three types of buffering available are unbuffered, block buffered, and line buffered. When an output stream is unbuffered, information appears on the destination file or terminal as soon as writte...
 setclasscontext(3) -- functions for using the login class capabilities database
    These functions provide a higher level interface to the login class database than those documented in login_cap(3). These functions are used to set resource limits, environment and accounting settings...
 setclassenvironment(3) -- functions for using the login class capabilities database
    These functions provide a higher level interface to the login class database than those documented in login_cap(3). These functions are used to set resource limits, environment and accounting settings...
 setclassresources(3) -- functions for using the login class capabilities database
    These functions provide a higher level interface to the login class database than those documented in login_cap(3). These functions are used to set resource limits, environment and accounting settings...
 setcontext(3) -- get and set user thread context
    The getcontext() function saves the current thread's execution context in the structure pointed to by ucp. This saved context may then later be restored by calling setcontext(). The setcontext() func...
 setdomainname(3) -- get/set the NIS domain name of current host
    The getdomainname() function returns the standard NIS domain name for the current host, as previously set by setdomainname(). The namelen argument specifies the size of the name array. The returned na...
 setenv(3) -- environment variable functions
    These functions set, unset and fetch environment variables from the host environment list. For compatibility with differing environment conventions, the given arguments name and value may be appended ...
 setfsent(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry
    The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file,
 setfstab(3) -- get file system descriptor file entry
    The getfsent(), getfsspec(), and getfsfile() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the brokenout fields of a line in the file system description file,
 setgrent(3) -- group database operations
    These functions operate on the group database file /etc/group which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure group found in the include file : struct grou...
 setgroupent(3) -- group database operations
    These functions operate on the group database file /etc/group which is described in group(5). Each line of the database is defined by the structure group found in the include file : struct grou...
 sethostent(3) -- get network host entry
    The getaddrinfo(3) and getnameinfo(3) functions are preferred over the gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2(), and gethostbyaddr() functions. The gethostbyname(), gethostbyname2() and gethostbyaddr() funct...
 sethostid(3) -- get/set unique identifier of current host
    The sethostid() function establishes a 32-bit identifier for the current processor that is intended to be unique among all UNIX systems in existence. This is normally a DARPA Internet address for the ...
 sethostname(3) -- get/set name of current host
    The gethostname() function returns the standard host name for the current processor, as previously set by sethostname(). The namelen argument specifies the size of the name array. The returned name is...
 setinvalidrune(3) -- rune support for C
    The 4.4BSD ``rune'' functions have been deprecated in favour of the ISO C99 extended multibyte and wide character facilities and should not be used in new applications. Consider using setlocale(3), ...
 setjmp(3) -- non-local jumps
    The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by thei...
 setlinebuf(3) -- stream buffering operations
    The three types of buffering available are unbuffered, block buffered, and line buffered. When an output stream is unbuffered, information appears on the destination file or terminal as soon as writte...
 setlocale(3) -- natural language formatting for C
    The setlocale() function sets the C library's notion of natural language formatting style for particular sets of routines. Each such style is called a `locale' and is invoked using an appropriate na...
 setlogmask(3) -- control system log
    The syslog() function writes message to the system message logger. The message is then written to the system console, log files, logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate. (See sy...
 setmode(3) -- modify mode bits
    The getmode() function returns a copy of the file permission bits mode as altered by the values pointed to by set. While only the mode bits are altered, other parts of the file mode may be examined. T...
 setnetconfig(3) -- get network configuration database entry
    The library routines described on this page provide the application access to the system network configuration database, /etc/netconfig. The getnetconfig() function returns a pointer to the current en...
 setnetent(3) -- get network entry
    The getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and getnetbyaddr() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure describing an internet network. This structure contains either the informa...
 setnetgrent(3) -- netgroup database operations
    These functions operate on the netgroup database file /etc/netgroup which is described in netgroup(5). The database defines a set of netgroups, each made up of one or more triples: (host, user, domain...
 setnetpath(3) -- get /etc/netconfig entry corresponding to NETPATH component
    The routines described in this page provide the application access to the system network configuration database, /etc/netconfig, as it is ``filtered'' by the NETPATH environment variable (see enviro...
 setpassent(3) -- password database operations
    These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ...
 setproctitle(3) -- set process title
    The setproctitle() library routine sets the process title that appears on the ps(1) command. The title is set from the executable's name, followed by the result of a printf(3) style expansion of the ...
 setprogname(3) -- get or set the program name
    The getprogname() and setprogname() functions manipulate the name of the current program. They are used by error-reporting routines to produce consistent output. The getprogname() function returns the...
 setprotoent(3) -- get protocol entry
    The getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and getprotobynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network protocol...
 setpwent(3) -- password database operations
    These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ...
 setpwfile(3) -- password database operations
    These functions operate on the password database file which is described in passwd(5). Each entry in the database is defined by the structure passwd found in the include file : struct passwd { ...
 setrgid(3) -- set user and group ID
    The setruid() function (setrgid()) sets the real user ID (group ID) of the current process.
 setrpcent(3) -- get RPC entry
    The getrpcent(), getrpcbyname(), and getrpcbynumber() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the rpc program number dat...
 setruid(3) -- set user and group ID
    The setruid() function (setrgid()) sets the real user ID (group ID) of the current process.
 setrunelocale(3) -- rune support for C
    The 4.4BSD ``rune'' functions have been deprecated in favour of the ISO C99 extended multibyte and wide character facilities and should not be used in new applications. Consider using setlocale(3), ...
 setscrreg(3) -- curses output options
    These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin....
 setservent(3) -- get service entry
    The getservent(), getservbyname(), and getservbyport() functions each return a pointer to an object with the following structure containing the broken-out fields of a line in the network services data...
 setstate(3) -- better random number generator; routines for changing generators
    The random() function uses a non-linear additive feedback random number generator employing a default table of size 31 long integers to return successive pseudo-random numbers in the range from 0 to (...
 setsyx(3) -- lowlevel curses routines
    The following routines give low-level access to various curses capabilities. Theses routines typically are used inside library routines. The def_prog_mode and def_shell_mode routines save the current ...
 setterm(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
    These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func...
 setttyent(3) -- get ttys file entry
    The getttyent(), and getttynam() functions each return a pointer to an object, with the following structure, containing the broken-out fields of a line from the tty description file. struct ttyent { c...
 setupterm(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
    These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func...
 setusercontext(3) -- functions for using the login class capabilities database
    These functions provide a higher level interface to the login class database than those documented in login_cap(3). These functions are used to set resource limits, environment and accounting settings...
 setusershell(3) -- get valid user shells
    The getusershell() function returns a pointer to a valid user shell as defined by the system manager in the shells database as described in shells(5). If the shells database is not available, getusers...
 setvbuf(3) -- stream buffering operations
    The three types of buffering available are unbuffered, block buffered, and line buffered. When an output stream is unbuffered, information appears on the destination file or terminal as soon as writte...
 setvfsent(3) -- manage virtual file system modules
    The getvfsent() function provides convenient access to a list of installed virtual file system modules managed by the kernel. It steps through the list of file systems one at a time. A null pointer is...
 set_assertion_failure_callback(3) -- assertion system
    The REQUIRE(), ENSURE(), INSIST(), and INVARIANT() macros evaluate a boolean expression, and if it is false, they invoke the current assertion failure callback. The default callback will print a messa...
 set_current_field(3) -- set and get form page number
    The function set_current field sets the current field of the given form; current_field returns the current field of the given form. The function set_form_page sets the form's page number (goes to pag...
 set_current_item(3) -- set and get current_menu_item
    The function set_current_item sets the current item (the item on which the menu cursor is positioned). current_item returns a pointer to the current item in the given menu. The function set_top_row se...
 set_curterm(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
    These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func...
 set_fieldtype_arg(3) -- define validation-field types
    The function new_fieldtype creates a new field type usable for data validation. You supply it with field_check, a predicate to check the validity of an entered data string whenever the user attempt to...
 set_fieldtype_choice(3) -- define validation-field types
    The function new_fieldtype creates a new field type usable for data validation. You supply it with field_check, a predicate to check the validity of an entered data string whenever the user attempt to...
 set_field_back(3) -- color and attribute control for form fields
    The function set_field_fore sets the foreground attribute of field. This is the highlight used to display the field contents. The function field_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A...
 set_field_buffer(3) -- field buffer control
    The function set_field_buffer sets the numbered buffer of the given field to contain a given string. Buffer 0 is the displayed value of the field; other numbered buffers may be allocated by applicatio...
 set_field_fore(3) -- color and attribute control for form fields
    The function set_field_fore sets the foreground attribute of field. This is the highlight used to display the field contents. The function field_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A...
 set_field_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
    These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by form_driver. The function set_field_init sets a hook to be cal...
 set_field_just(3) -- retrieve field characteristics
    The function set_field_just sets the justification attribute of a field; field_just returns a field's justification attribute. The attribute may be one of NO_JUSTIFICATION, JUSTIFY_RIGHT, JUSTIFY_LEF...
 set_field_opts(3) -- set and get field options
    The function set_field_opts sets all the given field's option bits (field option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function field_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others a...
 set_field_pad(3) -- color and attribute control for form fields
    The function set_field_fore sets the foreground attribute of field. This is the highlight used to display the field contents. The function field_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A...
 set_field_status(3) -- field buffer control
    The function set_field_buffer sets the numbered buffer of the given field to contain a given string. Buffer 0 is the displayed value of the field; other numbered buffers may be allocated by applicatio...
 set_field_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
    These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by form_driver. The function set_field_init sets a hook to be cal...
 set_field_type(3) -- data type validation for fields
    The function set_field_type declares a data type for a given form field. This is the type checked by validation functions. The types are as follows: TYPE_ALNUM Alphanumeric data. Requires a third int ...
 set_field_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a form field
    Every form field has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the form-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field.
 set_form_fields(3) -- make and break connections between fields and forms
    The function set_form_fields changes the field pointer array of the given form. The array must be terminated by a NULL. The function form_fields returns the field array of the given form. The function...
 set_form_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
    These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by form_driver. The function set_field_init sets a hook to be cal...
 set_form_opts(3) -- set and get field options
    The function set_field_opts sets all the given field's option bits (field option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function field_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others a...
 set_form_page(3) -- set and get form page number
    The function set_current field sets the current field of the given form; current_field returns the current field of the given form. The function set_form_page sets the form's page number (goes to pag...
 set_form_sub(3) -- make and break form window and subwindow associations
    Every form has an associated pair of curses windows. The form window displays any title and border associated with the window; the form subwindow displays the items of the form that are currently avai...
 set_form_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
    These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by form_driver. The function set_field_init sets a hook to be cal...
 set_form_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a form item
    Every form and every form item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the form-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set the form user pointer field.
 set_form_win(3) -- make and break form window and subwindow associations
    Every form has an associated pair of curses windows. The form window displays any title and border associated with the window; the form subwindow displays the items of the form that are currently avai...
 set_item_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
    These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by menu_driver. The function set_item_init sets a hook to be call...
 set_item_opts(3) -- set and get menu item options
    The function set_item_opts sets all the given item's option bits (menu option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function item_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone...
 set_item_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
    These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by menu_driver. The function set_item_init sets a hook to be call...
 set_item_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a menu item
    Every menu item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menu-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set that field.
 set_item_value(3) -- set and get menu item values
    If you turn off the menu option O_ONEVALUE (e.g., with set_menu_opts or menu_opts_off; see menu_opts(3X)), the menu becomes multi-valued; that is, more than one item may simultaneously be selected. In...
 set_max_field(3) -- field buffer control
    The function set_field_buffer sets the numbered buffer of the given field to contain a given string. Buffer 0 is the displayed value of the field; other numbered buffers may be allocated by applicatio...
 set_menu_back(3) -- color and attribute control for menus
    The function set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute of menu. This is the highlight used for selected menu items. menu_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A_STANDOUT. The functio...
 set_menu_fore(3) -- color and attribute control for menus
    The function set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute of menu. This is the highlight used for selected menu items. menu_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A_STANDOUT. The functio...
 set_menu_format(3) -- set and get menu sizes
    The function set_menu_format sets the maximum display size of the given menu. If this size is too small to display all menu items, the menu will be made scrollable. If this size is larger than the men...
 set_menu_grey(3) -- color and attribute control for menus
    The function set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute of menu. This is the highlight used for selected menu items. menu_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A_STANDOUT. The functio...
 set_menu_init(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
    These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by menu_driver. The function set_item_init sets a hook to be call...
 set_menu_items(3) -- make and break connections between items and menus
    The function set_menu_items changes the item pointer array of the given menu. The array must be terminated by a NULL. The function menu_items returns the item array of the given menu. The function ite...
 set_menu_mark(3) -- get and set the menu mark string
    In order to make menu selections visible on older terminals without highlighting or color capability, the menu library marks selected items in a menu with a prefix string. The function set_menu_mark s...
 set_menu_opts(3) -- set and get menu item options
    The function set_item_opts sets all the given item's option bits (menu option bits may be logically-OR'ed together). The function item_opts_on turns on the given option bits, and leaves others alone...
 set_menu_pad(3) -- color and attribute control for menus
    The function set_menu_fore sets the foreground attribute of menu. This is the highlight used for selected menu items. menu_fore returns the foreground attribute. The default is A_STANDOUT. The functio...
 set_menu_pattern(3) -- get and set a menu's pattern buffer
    Every menu has an associated pattern match buffer. As input events that are printable ASCII characters come in, they are appended to this match buffer and tested for a match, as described in menu_driv...
 set_menu_spacing(3) -- Control spacing between menu items.
    The function set_menu_spacing sets the spacing informations for the menu. spc_description controls the number of spaces between an item name and an item description. It must not be larger than TABSIZE...
 set_menu_sub(3) -- make and break menu window and subwindow associations
    Every menu has an associated pair of curses windows. The menu window displays any title and border associated with the window; the menu subwindow displays the items of the menu that are currently avai...
 set_menu_term(3) -- set hooks for automatic invocation by applications
    These functions make it possible to set hook functions to be called at various points in the automatic processing of input event codes by menu_driver. The function set_item_init sets a hook to be call...
 set_menu_userptr(3) -- associate application data with a menu item
    Every menu and every menu item has a field that can be used to hold application-specific data (that is, the menu-driver code leaves it alone). These functions get and set the menu user pointer field.
 set_menu_win(3) -- make and break menu window and subwindow associations
    Every menu has an associated pair of curses windows. The menu window displays any title and border associated with the window; the menu subwindow displays the items of the menu that are currently avai...
 set_new_page(3) -- form pagination functions
    The function set_new_page sets or resets a flag marking the given field as the beginning of a new page on its form. The function new_page is a predicate which tests if a given field marks a page begin...
 set_panel_userptr(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
    Panels are curses(3X) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or...
 set_term(3) -- curses screen initialization and manipulation routines
    initscr is normally the first curses routine to call when initializing a program. A few special routines sometimes need to be called before it; these are slk_init, filter, ripoffline, use_env. For mul...
 set_top_row(3) -- set and get current_menu_item
    The function set_current_item sets the current item (the item on which the menu cursor is positioned). current_item returns a pointer to the current item in the given menu. The function set_top_row se...
 sgetrune(3) -- rune support for C
    The 4.4BSD ``rune'' functions have been deprecated in favour of the ISO C99 extended multibyte and wide character facilities and should not be used in new applications. Consider using setlocale(3), ...
 sha(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests
    The SHA_ and SHA1_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impr...
 SHA1_Data(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests
    The SHA_ and SHA1_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impr...
 SHA1_End(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests
    The SHA_ and SHA1_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impr...
 SHA1_File(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests
    The SHA_ and SHA1_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impr...
 SHA1_FileChunk(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests
    The SHA_ and SHA1_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impr...
 SHA1_Final(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests
    The SHA_ and SHA1_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impr...
 SHA1_Init(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests
    The SHA_ and SHA1_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impr...
 SHA1_Update(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests
    The SHA_ and SHA1_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impr...
 SHA_Data(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests
    The SHA_ and SHA1_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impr...
 SHA_End(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests
    The SHA_ and SHA1_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impr...
 SHA_File(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests
    The SHA_ and SHA1_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impr...
 SHA_FileChunk(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests
    The SHA_ and SHA1_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impr...
 SHA_Final(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests
    The SHA_ and SHA1_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impr...
 SHA_Init(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests
    The SHA_ and SHA1_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impr...
 SHA_Update(3) -- calculate the FIPS 160 and 160-1 ``SHA'' message digests
    The SHA_ and SHA1_ functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest) for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way hash function; that is, it is computationally impr...
 shm_open(3) -- open or create a shared memory object shm_unlink -- remove a shared memory object
    The shm_open() function opens (or optionally creates) a POSIX shared memory object named path. The shm_unlink() function removes a shared memory object named path. In the FreeBSD implementation, POSIX...
 shm_unlink(3) -- remove a shared memory object
    The shm_open() function opens (or optionally creates) a POSIX shared memory object named path. The shm_unlink() function removes a shared memory object named path. In the FreeBSD implementation, POSIX...
 show_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
    Panels are curses(3X) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or...
 sigaddset(3) -- manipulate signal sets
    These functions manipulate signal sets stored in a sigset_t. Either sigemptyset() or sigfillset() must be called for every object of type sigset_t before any other use of the object. The sigemptyset()...
 sigdelset(3) -- manipulate signal sets
    These functions manipulate signal sets stored in a sigset_t. Either sigemptyset() or sigfillset() must be called for every object of type sigset_t before any other use of the object. The sigemptyset()...
 sigemptyset(3) -- manipulate signal sets
    These functions manipulate signal sets stored in a sigset_t. Either sigemptyset() or sigfillset() must be called for every object of type sigset_t before any other use of the object. The sigemptyset()...
 sigfillset(3) -- manipulate signal sets
    These functions manipulate signal sets stored in a sigset_t. Either sigemptyset() or sigfillset() must be called for every object of type sigset_t before any other use of the object. The sigemptyset()...
 siginterrupt(3) -- allow signals to interrupt system calls
    The siginterrupt() function is used to change the system call restart behavior when a system call is interrupted by the specified signal. If the flag is false (0), then system calls will be restarted ...
 sigismember(3) -- manipulate signal sets
    These functions manipulate signal sets stored in a sigset_t. Either sigemptyset() or sigfillset() must be called for every object of type sigset_t before any other use of the object. The sigemptyset()...
 siglongjmp(3) -- non-local jumps
    The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by thei...
 signal(3) -- simplified software signal facilities
    This signal() facility is a simplified interface to the more general sigaction(2) facility. Signals allow the manipulation of a process from outside its domain as well as allowing the process to manip...
 signbit(3) -- determine whether a floating-point number's sign is negative
    The signbit() macro takes an argument of x and returns non-zero if the value of its sign is negative, otherwise 0.
 significand(3) -- IEEE test functions
    These functions allow users to test conformance to IEEE Std 754-1985. Their use is not otherwise recommended. logb(x) and logbf(x) return x's exponent n, a signed integer converted to double-precisio...
 significandf(3) -- IEEE test functions
    These functions allow users to test conformance to IEEE Std 754-1985. Their use is not otherwise recommended. logb(x) and logbf(x) return x's exponent n, a signed integer converted to double-precisio...
 sigsetjmp(3) -- non-local jumps
    The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by thei...
 sigsetops(3) -- manipulate signal sets
    These functions manipulate signal sets stored in a sigset_t. Either sigemptyset() or sigfillset() must be called for every object of type sigset_t before any other use of the object. The sigemptyset()...
 sigwait(3) -- select a set of signals
    The sigwait() function selects a set of signals, specified by set. If none of the selected signals are pending, sigwait() waits until one or more of the selected signals has been generated. Then sigwa...
 sin(3) -- sine functions
    The sin() and the sinf() functions compute the sine of x (measured in radians). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significance.
 sinf(3) -- sine functions
    The sin() and the sinf() functions compute the sine of x (measured in radians). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significance.
 sinh(3) -- hyperbolic sine function
    The sinh() and the sinhf() functions compute the hyperbolic sine of x.
 sinhf(3) -- hyperbolic sine function
    The sinh() and the sinhf() functions compute the hyperbolic sine of x.
 sleep(3) -- suspend process execution for an interval measured in seconds
    The sleep() function suspends execution of the calling process until either seconds seconds have elapsed or a signal is delivered to the process and its action is to invoke a signal-catching function ...
 SLIST_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 SLIST_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 SLIST_FIRST(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 SLIST_FOREACH(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 SLIST_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 SLIST_INIT(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 SLIST_INSERT_AFTER(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 SLIST_INSERT_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 SLIST_NEXT(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 SLIST_REMOVE(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 slk_attr(3) -- curses soft label routines
    The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ...
 slk_attroff(3) -- curses soft label routines
    The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ...
 slk_attron(3) -- curses soft label routines
    The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ...
 slk_attrset(3) -- curses soft label routines
    The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ...
 slk_attr_off(3) -- curses soft label routines
    The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ...
 slk_attr_on(3) -- curses soft label routines
    The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ...
 slk_attr_set(3) -- curses soft label routines
    The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ...
 slk_clear(3) -- curses soft label routines
    The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ...
 slk_color(3) -- curses soft label routines
    The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ...
 slk_init(3) -- curses soft label routines
    The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ...
 slk_label(3) -- curses soft label routines
    The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ...
 slk_noutrefresh(3) -- curses soft label routines
    The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ...
 slk_refresh(3) -- curses soft label routines
    The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ...
 slk_restore(3) -- curses soft label routines
    The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ...
 slk_set(3) -- curses soft label routines
    The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ...
 slk_touch(3) -- curses soft label routines
    The slk* functions manipulate the set of soft function-key labels that exist on many terminals. For those terminals that do not have soft labels, curses takes over the bottom line of stdscr, reducing ...
 sl_add(3) -- stringlist manipulation functions
    The stringlist functions manipulate stringlists, which are lists of strings that extend automatically if necessary. The StringList structure has the following definition: typedef struct _stringlist { ...
 sl_find(3) -- stringlist manipulation functions
    The stringlist functions manipulate stringlists, which are lists of strings that extend automatically if necessary. The StringList structure has the following definition: typedef struct _stringlist { ...
 sl_free(3) -- stringlist manipulation functions
    The stringlist functions manipulate stringlists, which are lists of strings that extend automatically if necessary. The StringList structure has the following definition: typedef struct _stringlist { ...
 sl_init(3) -- stringlist manipulation functions
    The stringlist functions manipulate stringlists, which are lists of strings that extend automatically if necessary. The StringList structure has the following definition: typedef struct _stringlist { ...
 snmpmod(3) -- SNMP daemon loadable module interface
    The snmpd(1) SNMP daemon implements a minimal MIB which consists of the system group, part of the SNMP MIB, a private configuration MIB, a trap destination table, a UDP port table, a community table, ...
 snmp_mibII(3) -- mib-2 module for snmpd.
    The snmp_mibII module implements parts of the internet standard MIB-2. Most of the relevant MIBs are implemented. Some of the tables are restricted to be read-only instead of read-write. The exact cur...
 snmp_netgraph(3) -- netgraph module for snmpd.
    The snmp_netgraph module implements a number of tables and scalars that enable remote access to the netgraph subsystem. It also exports a number of global variables and functions, that allow other mod...
 snprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
    The printf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. The printf() and vprintf() functions write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fprintf() and vfprin...
 sockatmark(3) -- determine whether the read pointer is at the OOB mark
    To find out if the read pointer is currently pointing at the mark in the data stream, the sockatmark() function is provided. If sockatmark() returns 1, the next read will return data after the mark. O...
 SPLAY_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 SPLAY_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 SPLAY_FIND(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 SPLAY_FOREACH(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 SPLAY_GENERATE(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 SPLAY_HEAD(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 SPLAY_INIT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 SPLAY_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 SPLAY_INSERT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 SPLAY_LEFT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 SPLAY_MAX(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 SPLAY_MIN(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 SPLAY_NEXT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 SPLAY_PROTOTYPE(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 SPLAY_REMOVE(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 SPLAY_RIGHT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 SPLAY_ROOT(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 sprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
    The printf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. The printf() and vprintf() functions write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fprintf() and vfprin...
 sputrune(3) -- rune support for C
    The 4.4BSD ``rune'' functions have been deprecated in favour of the ISO C99 extended multibyte and wide character facilities and should not be used in new applications. Consider using setlocale(3), ...
 sqrt(3) -- cube root and square root functions
    The cbrt() and the cbrtf() functions compute the cube root of x. The sqrt() and the sqrtf() functions compute the non-negative square root of x.
 sqrtf(3) -- cube root and square root functions
    The cbrt() and the cbrtf() functions compute the cube root of x. The sqrt() and the sqrtf() functions compute the non-negative square root of x.
 srand(3) -- bad random number generator
    These interfaces are obsoleted by random(3). The rand() function computes a sequence of pseudo-random integers in the range of 0 to RAND_MAX (as defined by the header file ). The srand() fun...
 srand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
    The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m...
 sranddev(3) -- bad random number generator
    These interfaces are obsoleted by random(3). The rand() function computes a sequence of pseudo-random integers in the range of 0 to RAND_MAX (as defined by the header file ). The srand() fun...
 srandom(3) -- better random number generator; routines for changing generators
    The random() function uses a non-linear additive feedback random number generator employing a default table of size 31 long integers to return successive pseudo-random numbers in the range from 0 to (...
 srandomdev(3) -- better random number generator; routines for changing generators
    The random() function uses a non-linear additive feedback random number generator employing a default table of size 31 long integers to return successive pseudo-random numbers in the range from 0 to (...
 sscanf(3) -- input format conversion
    The scanf() family of functions scans input according to a format as described below. This format may contain conversion specifiers; the results from such conversions, if any, are stored through the p...
 STAILQ_CONCAT(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 STAILQ_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 STAILQ_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 STAILQ_FIRST(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 STAILQ_FOREACH(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 STAILQ_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 STAILQ_INIT(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 STAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 STAILQ_LAST(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 STAILQ_NEXT(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 STAILQ_REMOVE(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 standend(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 standout(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 start_color(3) -- curses color manipulation routines
    Overview curses support color attributes on terminals with that capability. To use these routines start_color must be called, usually right after initscr. Colors are always used in pairs (referred to ...
 statvfs(3) -- retrieve file system information
    The statvfs() and fstatvfs() functions fill the structure pointed to by buf with garbage. This garbage will occasionally bear resemblance to file system statistics, but portable applications must not ...
 stdarg(3) -- variable argument lists
    A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh...
 stdio(3) -- standard input/output library functions
    The standard I/O library provides a simple and efficient buffered stream I/O interface. Input and output is mapped into logical data streams and the physical I/O characteristics are concealed. The fun...
 stpcpy(3) -- copy strings
    The stpcpy() and strcpy() functions copy the string src to dst (including the terminating `\0' character.) The strncpy() function copies at most len characters from src into dst. If src is less than...
 strcasecmp(3) -- compare strings, ignoring case
    The strcasecmp() and strncasecmp() functions compare the null-terminated strings s1 and s2. The strncasecmp() compares at most len characters.
 strcasestr(3) -- locate a substring in a string
    The strstr() function locates the first occurrence of the null-terminated string little in the null-terminated string big. The strcasestr() function is similar to strstr(), but ignores the case of bot...
 strcat(3) -- concatenate strings
    The strcat() and strncat() functions append a copy of the null-terminated string append to the end of the null-terminated string s, then add a terminating `\0'. The string s must have sufficient spa...
 strchr(3) -- locate character in string
    The strchr() function locates the first occurrence of c (converted to a char) in the string pointed to by s. The terminating null character is considered part of the string; therefore if c is `\0', ...
 strcmp(3) -- compare strings
    The strcmp() and strncmp() functions lexicographically compare the nullterminated strings s1 and s2. The strncmp() function compares not more than len characters. Because strncmp() is designed for com...
 strcoll(3) -- compare strings according to current collation
    The strcoll() function lexicographically compares the null-terminated strings s1 and s2 according to the current locale collation if any, otherwise call strcmp, and returns an integer greater than, eq...
 strcpy(3) -- copy strings
    The stpcpy() and strcpy() functions copy the string src to dst (including the terminating `\0' character.) The strncpy() function copies at most len characters from src into dst. If src is less than...
 strcspn(3) -- span the complement of a string
    The strcspn() function spans the initial part of the null-terminated string s as long as the characters from s do not occur in string charset (it spans the complement of charset).
 strdup(3) -- save a copy of a string
    The strdup() function allocates sufficient memory for a copy of the string str, does the copy, and returns a pointer to it. The pointer may subsequently be used as an argument to the function free(3)....
 strerror(3) -- system error messages
    The strerror(), strerror_r() and perror() functions look up the error message string corresponding to an error number. The strerror() function accepts an error number argument errnum and returns a poi...
 strerror_r(3) -- system error messages
    The strerror(), strerror_r() and perror() functions look up the error message string corresponding to an error number. The strerror() function accepts an error number argument errnum and returns a poi...
 strfmon(3) -- convert monetary value to string
    The strfmon() function places characters into the array pointed to by s as controlled by the string pointed to by format. No more than maxsize bytes are placed into the array. The format string is com...
 strftime(3) -- format date and time
    The strftime() function formats the information from timeptr into the buffer buf according to the string pointed to by format. The format string consists of zero or more conversion specifications and ...
 strheight(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 string(3) -- string specific functions
    The string functions manipulate strings terminated by a null byte. See the specific manual pages for more information. For manipulating variable length generic objects as byte strings (without the nul...
 stringlist(3) -- stringlist manipulation functions
    The stringlist functions manipulate stringlists, which are lists of strings that extend automatically if necessary. The StringList structure has the following definition: typedef struct _stringlist { ...
 strlcat(3) -- size-bounded string copying and concatenation
    The strlcpy() and strlcat() functions copy and concatenate strings respectively. They are designed to be safer, more consistent, and less error prone replacements for strncpy(3) and strncat(3). Unlike...
 strlcpy(3) -- size-bounded string copying and concatenation
    The strlcpy() and strlcat() functions copy and concatenate strings respectively. They are designed to be safer, more consistent, and less error prone replacements for strncpy(3) and strncat(3). Unlike...
 strlen(3) -- find length of string
    The strlen() function computes the length of the string s.
 strmode(3) -- convert inode status information into a symbolic string
    The strmode() function converts a file mode (the type and permission information associated with an inode, see stat(2)) into a symbolic string which is stored in the location referenced by bp. This st...
 strncasecmp(3) -- compare strings, ignoring case
    The strcasecmp() and strncasecmp() functions compare the null-terminated strings s1 and s2. The strncasecmp() compares at most len characters.
 strncat(3) -- concatenate strings
    The strcat() and strncat() functions append a copy of the null-terminated string append to the end of the null-terminated string s, then add a terminating `\0'. The string s must have sufficient spa...
 strncmp(3) -- compare strings
    The strcmp() and strncmp() functions lexicographically compare the nullterminated strings s1 and s2. The strncmp() function compares not more than len characters. Because strncmp() is designed for com...
 strncpy(3) -- copy strings
    The stpcpy() and strcpy() functions copy the string src to dst (including the terminating `\0' character.) The strncpy() function copies at most len characters from src into dst. If src is less than...
 strnstr(3) -- locate a substring in a string
    The strstr() function locates the first occurrence of the null-terminated string little in the null-terminated string big. The strcasestr() function is similar to strstr(), but ignores the case of bot...
 strpbrk(3) -- locate multiple characters in string
    The strpbrk() function locates in the null-terminated string s the first occurrence of any character in the string charset and returns a pointer to this character. If no characters from charset occur ...
 strptime(3) -- parse date and time string
    The strptime() function parses the string in the buffer buf according to the string pointed to by format, and fills in the elements of the structure pointed to by timeptr. The resulting values will be...
 strrchr(3) -- locate character in string
    The strchr() function locates the first occurrence of c (converted to a char) in the string pointed to by s. The terminating null character is considered part of the string; therefore if c is `\0', ...
 strsep(3) -- separate strings
    The strsep() function locates, in the string referenced by *stringp, the first occurrence of any character in the string delim (or the terminating `\0' character) and replaces it with a `\0'. The ...
 strsignal(3) -- system signal messages
    The psignal() and strsignal() functions locate the descriptive message string for a signal number. The strsignal() function accepts a signal number argument sig and returns a pointer to the correspond...
 strspn(3) -- span a string
    The strspn() function spans the initial part of the null-terminated string s as long as the characters from s occur in string charset.
 strstr(3) -- locate a substring in a string
    The strstr() function locates the first occurrence of the null-terminated string little in the null-terminated string big. The strcasestr() function is similar to strstr(), but ignores the case of bot...
 strtod(3) -- convert ASCII string to floating point
    These conversion functions convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to double, float, and long double representation, respectively. The expected form of the string is an optional p...
 strtof(3) -- convert ASCII string to floating point
    These conversion functions convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to double, float, and long double representation, respectively. The expected form of the string is an optional p...
 strtofflags(3) -- convert between file flag bits and their string names
    The fflagstostr() function returns a comma separated string of the file flags represented by flags. If no flags are set a zero length string is returned. If memory cannot be allocated for the return v...
 strtoimax(3) -- convert a string value to a long, long long, intmax_t or quad_t integer
    The strtol() function converts the string in nptr to a long value. The strtoll() function converts the string in nptr to a long long value. The strtoimax() function converts the string in nptr to an i...
 strtok(3) -- string tokens
    This interface is obsoleted by strsep(3). The strtok() function is used to isolate sequential tokens in a null-terminated string, str. These tokens are separated in the string by at least one of the c...
 strtok_r(3) -- string tokens
    This interface is obsoleted by strsep(3). The strtok() function is used to isolate sequential tokens in a null-terminated string, str. These tokens are separated in the string by at least one of the c...
 strtol(3) -- convert a string value to a long, long long, intmax_t or quad_t integer
    The strtol() function converts the string in nptr to a long value. The strtoll() function converts the string in nptr to a long long value. The strtoimax() function converts the string in nptr to an i...
 strtold(3) -- convert ASCII string to floating point
    These conversion functions convert the initial portion of the string pointed to by nptr to double, float, and long double representation, respectively. The expected form of the string is an optional p...
 strtoll(3) -- convert a string value to a long, long long, intmax_t or quad_t integer
    The strtol() function converts the string in nptr to a long value. The strtoll() function converts the string in nptr to a long long value. The strtoimax() function converts the string in nptr to an i...
 strtoq(3) -- convert a string value to a long, long long, intmax_t or quad_t integer
    The strtol() function converts the string in nptr to a long value. The strtoll() function converts the string in nptr to a long long value. The strtoimax() function converts the string in nptr to an i...
 strtoul(3) -- convert a string to an unsigned long, unsigned long long, uintmax_t, or u_quad_t integer
    The strtoul() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long value. The strtoull() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long long value. The strtoumax() function converts the ...
 strtoull(3) -- convert a string to an unsigned long, unsigned long long, uintmax_t, or u_quad_t integer
    The strtoul() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long value. The strtoull() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long long value. The strtoumax() function converts the ...
 strtoumax(3) -- convert a string to an unsigned long, unsigned long long, uintmax_t, or u_quad_t integer
    The strtoul() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long value. The strtoull() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long long value. The strtoumax() function converts the ...
 strtouq(3) -- convert a string to an unsigned long, unsigned long long, uintmax_t, or u_quad_t integer
    The strtoul() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long value. The strtoull() function converts the string in nptr to an unsigned long long value. The strtoumax() function converts the ...
 strunvis(3) -- decode a visual representation of characters
    The unvis(), strunvis() and strunvisx() functions are used to decode a visual representation of characters, as produced by the vis(3) function, back into the original form. Unvis is called with succes...
 strunvisx(3) -- decode a visual representation of characters
    The unvis(), strunvis() and strunvisx() functions are used to decode a visual representation of characters, as produced by the vis(3) function, back into the original form. Unvis is called with succes...
 strvis(3) -- visually encode characters
    The vis() function copies into dst a string which represents the character c. If c needs no encoding, it is copied in unaltered. The string is null terminated, and a pointer to the end of the string i...
 strvisx(3) -- visually encode characters
    The vis() function copies into dst a string which represents the character c. If c needs no encoding, it is copied in unaltered. The string is null terminated, and a pointer to the end of the string i...
 strwidth(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 strxfrm(3) -- transform a string under locale
    The strxfrm() function transforms a null-terminated string pointed to by src according to the current locale collation if any, then copies the transformed string into dst. Not more than n characters a...
 stty(3) -- set and get terminal state (defunct)
    These interfaces are obsoleted by ioctl(2). The stty() function sets the state of the terminal associated with fd. The gtty() function retrieves the state of the terminal associated with fd. To set th...
 subpad(3) -- create and display curses pads
    The newpad routine creates and returns a pointer to a new pad data structure with the given number of lines, nlines, and columns, ncols. A pad is like a window, except that it is not restricted by the...
 subwin(3) -- create curses windows
    Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o...
 svcerr_auth(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines can be called by the server side dispatch funct...
 svcerr_decode(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines can be called by the server side dispatch funct...
 svcerr_noproc(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines can be called by the server side dispatch funct...
 svcerr_noprog(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines can be called by the server side dispatch funct...
 svcerr_progvers(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines can be called by the server side dispatch funct...
 svcerr_systemerr(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines can be called by the server side dispatch funct...
 svcerr_weakauth(3) -- library routines for server side remote procedure call errors
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines can be called by the server side dispatch funct...
 svcfd_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 svcraw_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 svctcp_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 svcudp_bufcreate(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 svcunixfd_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 svcunix_create(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 svc_auth_reg(3) -- library routines for registering servers
    These routines are a part of the RPC library which allows the RPC servers to register themselves with rpcbind (see rpcbind(8)), and associate the given program and version number with the dispatch fun...
 svc_control(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on servers across the network. These routines deal with the creation of service handles. Once the ha...
 svc_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on servers across the network. These routines deal with the creation of service handles. Once the ha...
 svc_destroy(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on servers across the network. These routines deal with the creation of service handles. Once the ha...
 svc_dg_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on servers across the network. These routines deal with the creation of service handles. Once the ha...
 svc_dg_enablecache(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ...
 svc_exit(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ...
 svc_fds(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 svc_fdset(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 svc_fd_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on servers across the network. These routines deal with the creation of service handles. Once the ha...
 svc_freeargs(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ...
 svc_getargs(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ...
 svc_getcaller(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 svc_getreqset(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ...
 svc_getreq_common(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ...
 svc_getreq_poll(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ...
 svc_getrpccaller(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ...
 svc_pollset(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ...
 svc_raw_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on servers across the network. These routines deal with the creation of service handles. Once the ha...
 svc_reg(3) -- library routines for registering servers
    These routines are a part of the RPC library which allows the RPC servers to register themselves with rpcbind (see rpcbind(8)), and associate the given program and version number with the dispatch fun...
 svc_register(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 svc_run(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ...
 svc_sendreply(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ...
 svc_tli_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on servers across the network. These routines deal with the creation of service handles. Once the ha...
 svc_tp_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on servers across the network. These routines deal with the creation of service handles. Once the ha...
 svc_unreg(3) -- library routines for registering servers
    These routines are a part of the RPC library which allows the RPC servers to register themselves with rpcbind (see rpcbind(8)), and associate the given program and version number with the dispatch fun...
 svc_unregister(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 svc_vc_create(3) -- library routines for the creation of server handles
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on servers across the network. These routines deal with the creation of service handles. Once the ha...
 swab(3) -- swap adjacent bytes
    The function swab() copies len bytes from the location referenced by src to the location referenced by dst, swapping adjacent bytes. The argument len must be an even number.
 swapcontext(3) -- modify and exchange user thread contexts
    The makecontext() function modifies the user thread context pointed to by ucp, which must have previously been initialized by a call to getcontext(3) and had a stack allocated for it. The context is m...
 swprintf(3) -- formatted wide character output conversion
    The wprintf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. The wprintf() and vwprintf() functions write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fwprintf() and vf...
 swscanf(3) -- wide character input format conversion
    The wscanf() family of functions scans input according to a format as described below. This format may contain conversion specifiers; the results from such conversions, if any, are stored through the ...
 syncok(3) -- create curses windows
    Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o...
 sysconf(3) -- get configurable system variables
    This interface is defined by IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 (``POSIX.1''). A far more complete interface is available using sysctl(3). The sysconf() function provides a method for applications to determine th...
 sysctl(3) -- get or set system information
    The sysctl() function retrieves system information and allows processes with appropriate privileges to set system information. The information available from sysctl() consists of integers, strings, an...
 sysctlbyname(3) -- get or set system information
    The sysctl() function retrieves system information and allows processes with appropriate privileges to set system information. The information available from sysctl() consists of integers, strings, an...
 sysctlnametomib(3) -- get or set system information
    The sysctl() function retrieves system information and allows processes with appropriate privileges to set system information. The information available from sysctl() consists of integers, strings, an...
 sysexits(3) -- preferable exit codes for programs
    According to style(9), it is not a good practice to call exit(3) with arbitrary values to indicate a failure condition when ending a program. Instead, the pre-defined exit codes from sysexits should b...
 syslog(3) -- control system log
    The syslog() function writes message to the system message logger. The message is then written to the system console, log files, logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate. (See sy...
 system(3) -- pass a command to the shell
    The system() function hands the argument string to the command interpreter sh(1). The calling process waits for the shell to finish executing the command, ignoring SIGINT and SIGQUIT, and blocking SIG...
 sys_errlist(3) -- system error messages
    The strerror(), strerror_r() and perror() functions look up the error message string corresponding to an error number. The strerror() function accepts an error number argument errnum and returns a poi...
 sys_nerr(3) -- system error messages
    The strerror(), strerror_r() and perror() functions look up the error message string corresponding to an error number. The strerror() function accepts an error number argument errnum and returns a poi...
 sys_siglist(3) -- system signal messages
    The psignal() and strsignal() functions locate the descriptive message string for a signal number. The strsignal() function accepts a signal number argument sig and returns a pointer to the correspond...
 sys_signame(3) -- system signal messages
    The psignal() and strsignal() functions locate the descriptive message string for a signal number. The strsignal() function accepts a signal number argument sig and returns a pointer to the correspond...
 TAILQ_CONCAT(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 TAILQ_EMPTY(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 TAILQ_ENTRY(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 TAILQ_FIRST(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 TAILQ_FOREACH(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 TAILQ_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 TAILQ_INIT(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 TAILQ_LAST(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 TAILQ_NEXT(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 TAILQ_PREV(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 TAILQ_REMOVE(3) -- implementations of singly-linked
    These macros define and operate on four types of data structures: singlylinked lists, singly-linked tail queues, lists, and tail queues. All four structures support the following functionality: 1. Ins...
 tan(3) -- tangent functions
    The tan() and the tanf() functions compute the tangent of x (measured in radians). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significance. For a discussion of error due to roundo...
 tanf(3) -- tangent functions
    The tan() and the tanf() functions compute the tangent of x (measured in radians). A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no significance. For a discussion of error due to roundo...
 tanh(3) -- hyperbolic tangent functions
    The tanh() and the tanhf() functions compute the hyperbolic tangent of x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3).
 tanhf(3) -- hyperbolic tangent functions
    The tanh() and the tanhf() functions compute the hyperbolic tangent of x. For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see math(3).
 tcdrain(3) -- line control functions
    The tcdrain() function waits until all output written to the terminal referenced by fd has been transmitted to the terminal. The tcflow() function suspends transmission of data to or the reception of ...
 tcflow(3) -- line control functions
    The tcdrain() function waits until all output written to the terminal referenced by fd has been transmitted to the terminal. The tcflow() function suspends transmission of data to or the reception of ...
 tcflush(3) -- line control functions
    The tcdrain() function waits until all output written to the terminal referenced by fd has been transmitted to the terminal. The tcflow() function suspends transmission of data to or the reception of ...
 tcgetattr(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
    The cfmakeraw(), tcgetattr() and tcsetattr() functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed(), cfsetispeed(), cfgetospeed(), cfsetospeed() and cfsetspeed() funct...
 tcgetpgrp(3) -- get foreground process group ID
    The tcgetpgrp() function returns the value of the process group ID of the foreground process group associated with the terminal device. If there is no foreground process group, tcgetpgrp() returns an ...
 tcsendbreak(3) -- line control functions
    The tcdrain() function waits until all output written to the terminal referenced by fd has been transmitted to the terminal. The tcflow() function suspends transmission of data to or the reception of ...
 tcsetattr(3) -- manipulating the termios structure
    The cfmakeraw(), tcgetattr() and tcsetattr() functions are provided for getting and setting the termios structure. The cfgetispeed(), cfsetispeed(), cfgetospeed(), cfsetospeed() and cfsetspeed() funct...
 tcsetpgrp(3) -- set foreground process group ID
    If the process has a controlling terminal, the tcsetpgrp() function sets the foreground process group ID associated with the terminal device to pgrp_id. The terminal device associated with fd must be ...
 tdelete(3) -- manipulate binary search trees
    The tdelete(), tfind(), tsearch(), and twalk() functions manage binary search trees based on algorithms T and D from Knuth (6.2.2). The comparison function passed in by the user has the same style of ...
 telldir(3) -- directory operations
    The opendir() function opens the directory named by filename, associates a directory stream with it and returns a pointer to be used to identify the directory stream in subsequent operations. The poin...
 tempnam(3) -- temporary file routines
    The tmpfile() function returns a pointer to a stream associated with a file descriptor returned by the routine mkstemp(3). The created file is unlinked before tmpfile() returns, causing the file to be...
 termattrs(3) -- curses environment query routines
    The baudrate routine returns the output speed of the terminal. The number returned is in bits per second, for example 9600, and is an integer. The erasechar routine returns the user's current erase c...
 termcap(3) -- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database
    These routines are included as a conversion aid for programs that use the termcap library. Their parameters are the same and the routines are emulated using the terminfo database. Thus, they can only ...
 termname(3) -- curses environment query routines
    The baudrate routine returns the output speed of the terminal. The number returned is in bits per second, for example 9600, and is an integer. The erasechar routine returns the user's current erase c...
 tfind(3) -- manipulate binary search trees
    The tdelete(), tfind(), tsearch(), and twalk() functions manage binary search trees based on algorithms T and D from Knuth (6.2.2). The comparison function passed in by the user has the same style of ...
 tgamma(3) -- log gamma functions, gamma function
    
 tgetent(3) -- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database
    These routines are included as a conversion aid for programs that use the termcap library. Their parameters are the same and the routines are emulated using the terminfo database. Thus, they can only ...
 tgetflag(3) -- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database
    These routines are included as a conversion aid for programs that use the termcap library. Their parameters are the same and the routines are emulated using the terminfo database. Thus, they can only ...
 tgetnum(3) -- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database
    These routines are included as a conversion aid for programs that use the termcap library. Their parameters are the same and the routines are emulated using the terminfo database. Thus, they can only ...
 tgetstr(3) -- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database
    These routines are included as a conversion aid for programs that use the termcap library. Their parameters are the same and the routines are emulated using the terminfo database. Thus, they can only ...
 tgoto(3) -- direct curses interface to the terminfo capability database
    These routines are included as a conversion aid for programs that use the termcap library. Their parameters are the same and the routines are emulated using the terminfo database. Thus, they can only ...
 tigetflag(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
    These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func...
 tigetnum(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
    These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func...
 tigetstr(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
    These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func...
 time(3) -- get time of day
    The time() function returns the value of time in seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes, 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time. If an error occurs, time() returns the value (time_t)-1. The ...
 time2posix(3) -- convert seconds since the Epoch
    IEEE Std 1003.1-1988 (``POSIX.1'') legislates that a time_t value of 536457599 shall correspond to "Wed Dec 31 23:59:59 GMT 1986." This effectively implies that POSIX time_t's cannot include leap...
 timegm(3) -- transform binary date and time values
    The functions ctime(), gmtime() and localtime() all take as an argument a time value representing the time in seconds since the Epoch (00:00:00 UTC, January 1, 1970; see time(3)). The function localti...
 timeout(3) -- curses input options
    Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro...
 timeradd(3) -- operations on timevals
    These macros are provided for manipulating timeval structures for use with the gettimeofday(2) and settimeofday(2) calls. The structure is defined in as: struct timeval { long tv_sec; /* ...
 timerclear(3) -- operations on timevals
    These macros are provided for manipulating timeval structures for use with the gettimeofday(2) and settimeofday(2) calls. The structure is defined in as: struct timeval { long tv_sec; /* ...
 timercmp(3) -- operations on timevals
    These macros are provided for manipulating timeval structures for use with the gettimeofday(2) and settimeofday(2) calls. The structure is defined in as: struct timeval { long tv_sec; /* ...
 timerisset(3) -- operations on timevals
    These macros are provided for manipulating timeval structures for use with the gettimeofday(2) and settimeofday(2) calls. The structure is defined in as: struct timeval { long tv_sec; /* ...
 timersub(3) -- operations on timevals
    These macros are provided for manipulating timeval structures for use with the gettimeofday(2) and settimeofday(2) calls. The structure is defined in as: struct timeval { long tv_sec; /* ...
 times(3) -- process times
    This interface is obsoleted by getrusage(2) and gettimeofday(2). The times() function returns the value of time in CLK_TCK's of a second since 0 hours, 0 minutes, 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordina...
 timezone(3) -- return the timezone abbreviation
    This interface is for compatibility only; it is impossible to reliably map timezone's arguments to a time zone abbreviation. See ctime(3). The timezone() function returns a pointer to a time zone abb...
 tmpfile(3) -- temporary file routines
    The tmpfile() function returns a pointer to a stream associated with a file descriptor returned by the routine mkstemp(3). The created file is unlinked before tmpfile() returns, causing the file to be...
 tmpnam(3) -- temporary file routines
    The tmpfile() function returns a pointer to a stream associated with a file descriptor returned by the routine mkstemp(3). The created file is unlinked before tmpfile() returns, causing the file to be...
 toascii(3) -- convert a byte to 7-bit ASCII
    The toascii() function strips all but the low 7 bits from a letter, including parity or other marker bits.
 tolower(3) -- upper case to lower case letter conversion
    The tolower() function converts an upper-case letter to the corresponding lower-case letter. For single C chars locales (see multibyte(3)) the value of the argument is representable as an unsigned cha...
 top_panel(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
    Panels are curses(3X) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or...
 top_row(3) -- set and get current_menu_item
    The function set_current_item sets the current item (the item on which the menu cursor is positioned). current_item returns a pointer to the current item in the given menu. The function set_top_row se...
 touchline(3) -- curses refresh control routines
    The touchwin and touchline routines throw away all optimization information about which parts of the window have been touched, by pretending that the entire window has been drawn on. This is sometimes...
 touchwin(3) -- curses refresh control routines
    The touchwin and touchline routines throw away all optimization information about which parts of the window have been touched, by pretending that the entire window has been drawn on. This is sometimes...
 toupper(3) -- lower case to upper case letter conversion
    The toupper() function converts a lower-case letter to the corresponding upper-case letter. For single C chars locales (see multibyte(3)) the value of the argument is representable as an unsigned char...
 towctrans(3) -- wide character mapping functions
    The wctrans() function returns a value of type wctrans_t which represents the requested wide character mapping operation and may be used as the second argument for calls to towctrans(). The following ...
 towlower(3) -- upper case to lower case letter conversion (wide character version)
    The towlower() function converts an upper-case letter to the corresponding lower-case letter.
 towupper(3) -- lower case to upper case letter conversion (wide character version)
    The towupper() function converts a lower-case letter to the corresponding upper-case letter.
 tparm(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
    These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func...
 tputs(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
    These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func...
 tree(3) -- implementations of splay and red-black trees
    These macros define data structures for different types of trees: splay trees and red-black trees. In the macro definitions, TYPE is the name tag of a user defined structure that must contain a field ...
 tree_add(3) -- balanced binary tree routines
    These functions create and manipulate a balanced binary (AVL) tree. Each node of the tree contains the expected left & right subtree pointers, a short int balance indicator, and a pointer to the user ...
 tree_delete(3) -- balanced binary tree routines
    These functions create and manipulate a balanced binary (AVL) tree. Each node of the tree contains the expected left & right subtree pointers, a short int balance indicator, and a pointer to the user ...
 tree_init(3) -- balanced binary tree routines
    These functions create and manipulate a balanced binary (AVL) tree. Each node of the tree contains the expected left & right subtree pointers, a short int balance indicator, and a pointer to the user ...
 tree_mung(3) -- balanced binary tree routines
    These functions create and manipulate a balanced binary (AVL) tree. Each node of the tree contains the expected left & right subtree pointers, a short int balance indicator, and a pointer to the user ...
 tree_srch(3) -- balanced binary tree routines
    These functions create and manipulate a balanced binary (AVL) tree. Each node of the tree contains the expected left & right subtree pointers, a short int balance indicator, and a pointer to the user ...
 tree_trav(3) -- balanced binary tree routines
    These functions create and manipulate a balanced binary (AVL) tree. Each node of the tree contains the expected left & right subtree pointers, a short int balance indicator, and a pointer to the user ...
 trimdomain(3) -- trim the current domain name from a host name
    The function trimdomain() removes the current domain name from the passed fullhost name by writing a NUL character over the first period of the passed name. The current domain name is determined by ca...
 tsearch(3) -- manipulate binary search trees
    The tdelete(), tfind(), tsearch(), and twalk() functions manage binary search trees based on algorithms T and D from Knuth (6.2.2). The comparison function passed in by the user has the same style of ...
 ttyname(3) -- get name of associated terminal (tty) from file descriptor
    These functions operate on the system file descriptors for terminal type devices. These descriptors are not related to the standard I/O FILE typedef, but refer to the special device files found in /de...
 ttyslot(3) -- get name of associated terminal (tty) from file descriptor
    These functions operate on the system file descriptors for terminal type devices. These descriptors are not related to the standard I/O FILE typedef, but refer to the special device files found in /de...
 twalk(3) -- manipulate binary search trees
    The tdelete(), tfind(), tsearch(), and twalk() functions manage binary search trees based on algorithms T and D from Knuth (6.2.2). The comparison function passed in by the user has the same style of ...
 typeahead(3) -- curses input options
    Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro...
 tzset(3) -- initialize time conversion information
    The tzset() function initializes time conversion information used by the library routine localtime(3). The environment variable TZ specifies how this is done. If TZ does not appear in the environment,...
 tzsetwall(3) -- initialize time conversion information
    The tzset() function initializes time conversion information used by the library routine localtime(3). The environment variable TZ specifies how this is done. If TZ does not appear in the environment,...
 ualarm(3) -- schedule signal after specified time
    This is a simplified interface to setitimer(2). The ualarm() function waits a count of microseconds before asserting the terminating signal SIGALRM. System activity or time used in processing the call...
 ucontext(3) -- user thread context
    The ucontext_t type is a structure type suitable for holding the context for a user thread of execution. A thread's context includes its stack, saved registers, and list of blocked signals. The ucont...
 ufs_disk_close(3) -- open and close userland UFS disks
    The ufs_disk_close() function closes a disk and frees internal memory related to it. It does not free the disk structure. The ufs_disk_fillout() and ufs_disk_fillout_blank() functions open a disk spec...
 ufs_disk_fillout(3) -- open and close userland UFS disks
    The ufs_disk_close() function closes a disk and frees internal memory related to it. It does not free the disk structure. The ufs_disk_fillout() and ufs_disk_fillout_blank() functions open a disk spec...
 ufs_disk_fillout_blank(3) -- open and close userland UFS disks
    The ufs_disk_close() function closes a disk and frees internal memory related to it. It does not free the disk structure. The ufs_disk_fillout() and ufs_disk_fillout_blank() functions open a disk spec...
 ufs_disk_write(3) -- open and close userland UFS disks
    The ufs_disk_close() function closes a disk and frees internal memory related to it. It does not free the disk structure. The ufs_disk_fillout() and ufs_disk_fillout_blank() functions open a disk spec...
 ulimit(3) -- get and set process limits
    The ulimit() function will get and set process limits. Currently this is limited to the maximum file size. The cmd argument is one of the following: UL_GETFSIZE will return the maximum file size in un...
 uname(3) -- get system identification
    The uname() function stores NUL-terminated strings of information identifying the current system into the structure referenced by name. The utsname structure is defined in the header f...
 unctrl(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines
    The unctrl routine returns a character string which is a printable representation of the character c, ignoring attributes. Control characters are displayed in the ^X notation. Printing characters are ...
 ungetc(3) -- un-get character from input stream
    The ungetc() function pushes the character c (converted to an unsigned char) back onto the input stream pointed to by stream. The pushed-back characters will be returned by subsequent reads on the str...
 ungetch(3) -- get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard
    The getch, wgetch, mvgetch and mvwgetch, routines read a character from the window. In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the value ERR is returned. In delay mode, the program waits until the syst...
 ungetmouse(3) -- mouse interface through curses
    These functions provide an interface to mouse events from ncurses(3X). Mouse events are represented by KEY_MOUSE pseudo-key values in the wgetch input stream. To make mouse events visible, use the mou...
 ungetwc(3) -- un-get wide-character from input stream
    The ungetwc() function pushes the wide-character wc (converted to an wchar_t) back onto the input stream pointed to by stream. The pushedbacked wide-characters will be returned by subsequent reads on ...
 uniaddr(3) -- address handling
    The UNI message library contains a number of utility functions to handle NSAP and E.164 addresses. The function uni_str2nsap() parses a string and interprets it as an NSAP address. The string should c...
 unifunc(3) -- message handling functions
    The libngatm library handles UNI 4.0 messages. For each information element and message type the header files contain a structure definition. Additionally there are a number of help structures and a g...
 unimsg(3) -- message buffers
    These functions are used to manipulate variable sized message. They are inspired by BSD mbufs and SysV stream buffers, but somewhat simplified because signalling generally is a low bandwidth task. All...
 unistruct(3) -- ATM signalling library
    The libngatm library handles UNI 4.0 messages. For each information element and message type the header files contain a structure definition. Additionally there are a number of help structures and a g...
 unlockpt(3) -- pseudo-terminal access functions
    The grantpt(), ptsname(), unlockpt(), and posix_openpt() functions allow access to pseudo-terminal devices. The first three functions accept a file descriptor that references the master half of a pseu...
 unpost_form(3) -- write or erase forms from associated subwindows
    The function post_form displays a form to its associated subwindow. To trigger physical display of the subwindow, use refresh or some equivalent curses routine (the implicit doupdate triggered by an c...
 unpost_menu(3) -- write or erase menus from associated subwindows
    The function post_menu displays a menu to its associated subwindow. To trigger physical display of the subwindow, use refresh or some equivalent curses routine (the implicit doupdate triggered by an c...
 unsetenv(3) -- environment variable functions
    These functions set, unset and fetch environment variables from the host environment list. For compatibility with differing environment conventions, the given arguments name and value may be appended ...
 untouchwin(3) -- curses refresh control routines
    The touchwin and touchline routines throw away all optimization information about which parts of the window have been touched, by pretending that the entire window has been drawn on. This is sometimes...
 unvis(3) -- decode a visual representation of characters
    The unvis(), strunvis() and strunvisx() functions are used to decode a visual representation of characters, as produced by the vis(3) function, back into the original form. Unvis is called with succes...
 update_panels(3) -- panel stack extension for curses
    Panels are curses(3X) windows with the added feature of depth. Panel functions allow the use of stacked windows and ensure the proper portions of each window and the curses stdscr window are hidden or...
 usbhid(3) -- USB HID access routines
    The usbhid library provides routines to extract data from USB Human Interface Devices. Introduction    [Toc]    [Back] USB HID devices send and receive data layed out in a device dependent way. The us...
 user_from_uid(3) -- cache password and group entries
    The user_from_uid() function returns the user name associated with the argument uid. The user name is cached so that multiple calls with the same uid do not require additional calls to getpwuid(3). If...
 use_default_colors(3) -- use terminal's default colors
    The use_default_colors() and assume_default_colors() functions are extensions to the curses library. They are used with terminals that support ISO 6429 color, or equivalent. These terminals allow the ...
 use_env(3) -- miscellaneous curses utility routines
    The unctrl routine returns a character string which is a printable representation of the character c, ignoring attributes. Control characters are displayed in the ^X notation. Printing characters are ...
 use_extended_names(3) -- miscellaneous curses extensions
    These functions are extensions to the curses library which do not fit easily into other categories. Use curses_version() to get the version number, including patch level of the library, e.g., 5.0.1999...
 use_helpfile(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 use_helpline(3) -- provide a simple ncurses-based GUI interface
    The dialog library attempts to provide a fairly simplistic set of fixedpresentation menus, input boxes, gauges, file requestors and other general purpose GUI (a bit of a stretch, since it uses ncurses...
 usleep(3) -- suspend process execution for an interval measured in microseconds
    The usleep() function suspends execution of the calling process until either microseconds microseconds have elapsed or a signal is delivered to the process and its action is to invoke a signal-catchin...
 utime(3) -- set file times
    This interface is obsoleted by utimes(2). The utime() function sets the access and modification times of the named file from the structures in the argument array timep. If the times are specified (the...
 uucplock(3) -- acquire and release control of a serial device
    The uu_lock() function attempts to create a lock file called /var/spool/lock/LCK.. with a suffix given by the passed ttyname. If the file already exists, it is expected to contain the process id of th...
 uuid(3) -- DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions
    The family of DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions allow applications to operate on universally unique identifiers, or UUIDs. The uuid_create() and uuid_create_nil() functions create UUIDs. The uuid_compa...
 uuid_compare(3) -- DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions
    The family of DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions allow applications to operate on universally unique identifiers, or UUIDs. The uuid_create() and uuid_create_nil() functions create UUIDs. The uuid_compa...
 uuid_create(3) -- DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions
    The family of DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions allow applications to operate on universally unique identifiers, or UUIDs. The uuid_create() and uuid_create_nil() functions create UUIDs. The uuid_compa...
 uuid_create_nil(3) -- DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions
    The family of DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions allow applications to operate on universally unique identifiers, or UUIDs. The uuid_create() and uuid_create_nil() functions create UUIDs. The uuid_compa...
 uuid_equal(3) -- DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions
    The family of DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions allow applications to operate on universally unique identifiers, or UUIDs. The uuid_create() and uuid_create_nil() functions create UUIDs. The uuid_compa...
 uuid_from_string(3) -- DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions
    The family of DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions allow applications to operate on universally unique identifiers, or UUIDs. The uuid_create() and uuid_create_nil() functions create UUIDs. The uuid_compa...
 uuid_hash(3) -- DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions
    The family of DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions allow applications to operate on universally unique identifiers, or UUIDs. The uuid_create() and uuid_create_nil() functions create UUIDs. The uuid_compa...
 uuid_is_nil(3) -- DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions
    The family of DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions allow applications to operate on universally unique identifiers, or UUIDs. The uuid_create() and uuid_create_nil() functions create UUIDs. The uuid_compa...
 uuid_to_string(3) -- DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions
    The family of DCE 1.1 compliant UUID functions allow applications to operate on universally unique identifiers, or UUIDs. The uuid_create() and uuid_create_nil() functions create UUIDs. The uuid_compa...
 uu_lock(3) -- acquire and release control of a serial device
    The uu_lock() function attempts to create a lock file called /var/spool/lock/LCK.. with a suffix given by the passed ttyname. If the file already exists, it is expected to contain the process id of th...
 uu_lockerr(3) -- acquire and release control of a serial device
    The uu_lock() function attempts to create a lock file called /var/spool/lock/LCK.. with a suffix given by the passed ttyname. If the file already exists, it is expected to contain the process id of th...
 uu_lock_txfr(3) -- acquire and release control of a serial device
    The uu_lock() function attempts to create a lock file called /var/spool/lock/LCK.. with a suffix given by the passed ttyname. If the file already exists, it is expected to contain the process id of th...
 uu_unlock(3) -- acquire and release control of a serial device
    The uu_lock() function attempts to create a lock file called /var/spool/lock/LCK.. with a suffix given by the passed ttyname. If the file already exists, it is expected to contain the process id of th...
 valloc(3) -- aligned memory allocation function
    The valloc() function is obsoleted by the current version of malloc(3), which aligns page-sized and larger allocations. The valloc() function allocates size bytes aligned on a page boundary. It is imp...
 varargs(3) -- variable argument lists
    A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh...
 vasprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
    The printf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. The printf() and vprintf() functions write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fprintf() and vfprin...
 va_arg(3) -- variable argument lists
    A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh...
 va_copy(3) -- variable argument lists
    A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh...
 va_end(3) -- variable argument lists
    A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh...
 va_start(3) -- variable argument lists
    A function may be called with a varying number of arguments of varying types. The include file declares a type (va_list) and defines three macros for stepping through a list of arguments wh...
 verr(3) -- formatted error messages
    The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output, or on another file specified using the err_set_file() function. In all cases, the last componen...
 verrc(3) -- formatted error messages
    The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output, or on another file specified using the err_set_file() function. In all cases, the last componen...
 verrx(3) -- formatted error messages
    The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output, or on another file specified using the err_set_file() function. In all cases, the last componen...
 vfprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
    The printf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. The printf() and vprintf() functions write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fprintf() and vfprin...
 vfscanf(3) -- input format conversion
    The scanf() family of functions scans input according to a format as described below. This format may contain conversion specifiers; the results from such conversions, if any, are stored through the p...
 vfsisloadable(3) -- manage virtual file system modules
    The getvfsent() function provides convenient access to a list of installed virtual file system modules managed by the kernel. It steps through the list of file systems one at a time. A null pointer is...
 vfsload(3) -- manage virtual file system modules
    The getvfsent() function provides convenient access to a list of installed virtual file system modules managed by the kernel. It steps through the list of file systems one at a time. A null pointer is...
 vfwprintf(3) -- formatted wide character output conversion
    The wprintf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. The wprintf() and vwprintf() functions write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fwprintf() and vf...
 vfwscanf(3) -- wide character input format conversion
    The wscanf() family of functions scans input according to a format as described below. This format may contain conversion specifiers; the results from such conversions, if any, are stored through the ...
 vgl(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLBitmapAllocateBits(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLBitmapCopy(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLBitmapCreate(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLBitmapDestroy(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLBitmapPutChar(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLBitmapString(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLBlankDisplay(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLBox(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLCheckSwitch(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLClear(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLEllipse(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLEnd(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLFilledBox(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLFilledEllipse(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLGetXY(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLInit(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLKeyboardEnd(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLKeyboardGetCh(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLKeyboardInit(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLLine(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLMouseInit(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLMouseMode(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLMouseSetImage(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLMouseSetStdImage(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLMouseStatus(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLPanScreen(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLSetBorder(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLSetPalette(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLSetPaletteIndex(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLSetVScreenSize(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLSetXY(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 VGLTextSetFontFile(3) -- Video Graphics Library functions
    Libvgl is a library that enables the programmer access to the graphics modes supported by the console driver (syscons). The library takes care of programming the actual video hardware, and provides a ...
 vidattr(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
    These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func...
 vidputs(3) -- curses interfaces to terminfo database
    These low-level routines must be called by programs that have to deal directly with the terminfo database to handle certain terminal capabilities, such as programming function keys. For all other func...
 vis(3) -- visually encode characters
    The vis() function copies into dst a string which represents the character c. If c needs no encoding, it is copied in unaltered. The string is null terminated, and a pointer to the end of the string i...
 vline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
    The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. Other than the window, each argument is a character with attributes: ls - left side, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - ...
 vprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
    The printf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. The printf() and vprintf() functions write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fprintf() and vfprin...
 vscanf(3) -- input format conversion
    The scanf() family of functions scans input according to a format as described below. This format may contain conversion specifiers; the results from such conversions, if any, are stored through the p...
 vsnprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
    The printf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. The printf() and vprintf() functions write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fprintf() and vfprin...
 vsprintf(3) -- formatted output conversion
    The printf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. The printf() and vprintf() functions write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fprintf() and vfprin...
 vsscanf(3) -- input format conversion
    The scanf() family of functions scans input according to a format as described below. This format may contain conversion specifiers; the results from such conversions, if any, are stored through the p...
 vswprintf(3) -- formatted wide character output conversion
    The wprintf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. The wprintf() and vwprintf() functions write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fwprintf() and vf...
 vswscanf(3) -- wide character input format conversion
    The wscanf() family of functions scans input according to a format as described below. This format may contain conversion specifiers; the results from such conversions, if any, are stored through the ...
 vsyslog(3) -- control system log
    The syslog() function writes message to the system message logger. The message is then written to the system console, log files, logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate. (See sy...
 vwarn(3) -- formatted error messages
    The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output, or on another file specified using the err_set_file() function. In all cases, the last componen...
 vwarnc(3) -- formatted error messages
    The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output, or on another file specified using the err_set_file() function. In all cases, the last componen...
 vwarnx(3) -- formatted error messages
    The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output, or on another file specified using the err_set_file() function. In all cases, the last componen...
 vwprintf(3) -- formatted wide character output conversion
    The wprintf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. The wprintf() and vwprintf() functions write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fwprintf() and vf...
 vwprintw(3) -- print formatted output in curses windows
    The printw, wprintw, mvprintw and mvwprintw routines are analogous to printf [see printf(3S)]. In effect, the string that would be output by printf is output instead as though waddstr were used on the...
 vwscanf(3) -- wide character input format conversion
    The wscanf() family of functions scans input according to a format as described below. This format may contain conversion specifiers; the results from such conversions, if any, are stored through the ...
 vwscanw(3) -- convert formatted input from a curses window
    The scanw, wscanw and mvscanw routines are analogous to scanf [see scanf(3S)]. The effect of these routines is as though wgetstr were called on the window, and the resulting line used as input for ssc...
 vw_printw(3) -- print formatted output in curses windows
    The printw, wprintw, mvprintw and mvwprintw routines are analogous to printf [see printf(3S)]. In effect, the string that would be output by printf is output instead as though waddstr were used on the...
 vw_scanw(3) -- convert formatted input from a curses window
    The scanw, wscanw and mvscanw routines are analogous to scanf [see scanf(3S)]. The effect of these routines is as though wgetstr were called on the window, and the resulting line used as input for ssc...
 waddch(3) -- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor
    The addch, waddch, mvaddch and mvwaddch routines put the character ch into the given window at its current window position, which is then advanced. They are analogous to putchar in stdio(3). If the ad...
 waddchnstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window
    These routines copy chstr into the window image structure at and after the current cursor position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements, but no more than will fit on ...
 waddchstr(3) -- add a string of characters (and attributes) to a curses window
    These routines copy chstr into the window image structure at and after the current cursor position. The four routines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements, but no more than will fit on ...
 waddnstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor
    These routines write the characters of the (null-terminated) character string str on the given window. It is similar to calling waddch once for each character in the string. The four routines with n a...
 waddstr(3) -- add a string of characters to a curses window and advance cursor
    These routines write the characters of the (null-terminated) character string str on the given window. It is similar to calling waddch once for each character in the string. The four routines with n a...
 warn(3) -- formatted error messages
    The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output, or on another file specified using the err_set_file() function. In all cases, the last componen...
 warnc(3) -- formatted error messages
    The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output, or on another file specified using the err_set_file() function. In all cases, the last componen...
 warnx(3) -- formatted error messages
    The err() and warn() family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard error output, or on another file specified using the err_set_file() function. In all cases, the last componen...
 wattroff(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 wattron(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 wattrset(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 wattr_get(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 wattr_off(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 wattr_on(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 wattr_set(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 wbkgd(3) -- curses window background manipulation routines
    The bkgdset and wbkgdset routines manipulate the background of the named window. The window background is a chtype consisting of any combination of attributes (i.e., rendition) and a character. The at...
 wbkgdset(3) -- curses window background manipulation routines
    The bkgdset and wbkgdset routines manipulate the background of the named window. The window background is a chtype consisting of any combination of attributes (i.e., rendition) and a character. The at...
 wborder(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
    The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. Other than the window, each argument is a character with attributes: ls - left side, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - ...
 wchgat(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 wclear(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window
    The erase and werase routines copy blanks to every position in the window, clearing the screen. The clear and wclear routines are like erase and werase, but they also call clearok, so that the screen ...
 wclrtobot(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window
    The erase and werase routines copy blanks to every position in the window, clearing the screen. The clear and wclear routines are like erase and werase, but they also call clearok, so that the screen ...
 wclrtoeol(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window
    The erase and werase routines copy blanks to every position in the window, clearing the screen. The clear and wclear routines are like erase and werase, but they also call clearok, so that the screen ...
 wcolor_set(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 wcrtomb(3) -- convert a wide-character code to a character (restartable)
    The wcrtomb() function stores a multibyte sequence representing the wide character wc, including any necessary shift sequences, to the character array s, storing a maximum of MB_CUR_MAX bytes. If s is...
 wcscat(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
    The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).
 wcschr(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
    The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).
 wcscmp(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
    The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).
 wcscoll(3) -- compare wide strings according to current collation
    The wcscoll() function compares the null-terminated strings s1 and s2 according to the current locale collation order. In the ``C'' locale, wcscoll() is equivalent to wcscmp().
 wcscpy(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
    The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).
 wcscspn(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
    The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).
 wcsftime(3) -- convert date and time to a wide-character string
    The wcsftime() function is equivalent to the strftime() function except for the types of its arguments. Refer to strftime(3) for a detailed description.
 wcslcat(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
    The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).
 wcslcpy(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
    The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).
 wcslen(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
    The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).
 wcsncat(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
    The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).
 wcsncmp(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
    The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).
 wcsncpy(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
    The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).
 wcspbrk(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
    The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).
 wcsrchr(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
    The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).
 wcsrtombs(3) -- convert a wide-character string to a character string (restartable)
    The wcsrtombs() function converts a string of wide characters indirectly pointed to by src to a corresponding multibyte character string stored in the array pointed to by dst. No more than len bytes a...
 wcsspn(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
    The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).
 wcsstr(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
    The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).
 wcstod(3) -- convert string to float, double or long double
    The wcstof(), wcstod() and wcstold() functions are the wide-character versions of the strtof(), strtod() and strtold() functions. Refer to strtod(3) for details.
 wcstof(3) -- convert string to float, double or long double
    The wcstof(), wcstod() and wcstold() functions are the wide-character versions of the strtof(), strtod() and strtold() functions. Refer to strtod(3) for details.
 wcstoimax(3) -- convert a wide character string value to a long, unsigned long, long long, unsigned long long, intma...
    The wcstol(), wcstoul(), wcstoll(), wcstoull(), wcstoimax() and wcstoumax() functions are wide-character versions of the strtol(), strtoul(), strtoll(), strtoull(), strtoimax() and strtoumax() functio...
 wcstok(3) -- split wide-character string into tokens
    The wcstok() function is used to isolate sequential tokens in a null-terminated wide character string, str. These tokens are separated in the string by at least one of the characters in sep. The first...
 wcstol(3) -- convert a wide character string value to a long, unsigned long, long long, unsigned long long, intma...
    The wcstol(), wcstoul(), wcstoll(), wcstoull(), wcstoimax() and wcstoumax() functions are wide-character versions of the strtol(), strtoul(), strtoll(), strtoull(), strtoimax() and strtoumax() functio...
 wcstold(3) -- convert string to float, double or long double
    The wcstof(), wcstod() and wcstold() functions are the wide-character versions of the strtof(), strtod() and strtold() functions. Refer to strtod(3) for details.
 wcstoll(3) -- convert a wide character string value to a long, unsigned long, long long, unsigned long long, intma...
    The wcstol(), wcstoul(), wcstoll(), wcstoull(), wcstoimax() and wcstoumax() functions are wide-character versions of the strtol(), strtoul(), strtoll(), strtoull(), strtoimax() and strtoumax() functio...
 wcstombs(3) -- multibyte character support for C
    The basic elements of some written natural languages such as Chinese cannot be represented uniquely with single C chars. The C standard supports two different ways of dealing with extended natural lan...
 wcstoul(3) -- convert a wide character string value to a long, unsigned long, long long, unsigned long long, intma...
    The wcstol(), wcstoul(), wcstoll(), wcstoull(), wcstoimax() and wcstoumax() functions are wide-character versions of the strtol(), strtoul(), strtoll(), strtoull(), strtoimax() and strtoumax() functio...
 wcstoull(3) -- convert a wide character string value to a long, unsigned long, long long, unsigned long long, intma...
    The wcstol(), wcstoul(), wcstoll(), wcstoull(), wcstoimax() and wcstoumax() functions are wide-character versions of the strtol(), strtoul(), strtoll(), strtoull(), strtoimax() and strtoumax() functio...
 wcstoumax(3) -- convert a wide character string value to a long, unsigned long, long long, unsigned long long, intma...
    The wcstol(), wcstoul(), wcstoll(), wcstoull(), wcstoimax() and wcstoumax() functions are wide-character versions of the strtol(), strtoul(), strtoll(), strtoull(), strtoimax() and strtoumax() functio...
 wcswidth(3) -- number of column positions in wide-character string
    The wcswidth() function determines the number of column positions required for the first n characters of pwcs, or until a null wide character (L'\0') is encountered.
 wcsxfrm(3) -- transform a wide string under locale
    The wcsxfrm() function transforms a null-terminated wide character string pointed to by src according to the current locale collation order then copies the transformed string into dst. No more than n ...
 wctob(3) -- convert between wide and single-byte characters
    The btowc() function converts a single-byte character into a corresponding wide character. If the character is EOF or not valid in the initial shift state, btowc() returns WEOF. The wctob() function c...
 wctomb(3) -- multibyte character support for C
    The basic elements of some written natural languages such as Chinese cannot be represented uniquely with single C chars. The C standard supports two different ways of dealing with extended natural lan...
 wctrans(3) -- wide character mapping functions
    The wctrans() function returns a value of type wctrans_t which represents the requested wide character mapping operation and may be used as the second argument for calls to towctrans(). The following ...
 wctype(3) -- wide character class functions
    The wctype() function returns a value of type wctype_t which represents the requested wide character class and may be used as the second argument for calls to iswctype(). The following character class...
 wcursyncup(3) -- create curses windows
    Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o...
 wcwidth(3) -- number of column positions of a wide-character code
    The wcwidth() function determines the number of column positions required to display the wide character wc.
 wdelch(3) -- delete character under the cursor in a curses window
    These routines delete the character under the cursor; all characters to the right of the cursor on the same line are moved to the left one position and the last character on the line is filled with a ...
 wdeleteln(3) -- delete and insert lines in a curses window
    The deleteln and wdeleteln routines delete the line under the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line are moved up one line. The bottom line of the window is cleared. The cursor positio...
 wechochar(3) -- add a character (with attributes) to a curses window, then advance the cursor
    The addch, waddch, mvaddch and mvwaddch routines put the character ch into the given window at its current window position, which is then advanced. They are analogous to putchar in stdio(3). If the ad...
 week(3) -- Calendar arithmetic for the Christian era
    These functions provide calendar arithmetic for a large range of years, starting at March 1st, year zero (i. e. 1 B.C.) and ending way beyond year 100000. Programs should be linked with -lcalendar. Th...
 weekday(3) -- Calendar arithmetic for the Christian era
    These functions provide calendar arithmetic for a large range of years, starting at March 1st, year zero (i. e. 1 B.C.) and ending way beyond year 100000. Programs should be linked with -lcalendar. Th...
 wenclose(3) -- mouse interface through curses
    These functions provide an interface to mouse events from ncurses(3X). Mouse events are represented by KEY_MOUSE pseudo-key values in the wgetch input stream. To make mouse events visible, use the mou...
 werase(3) -- clear all or part of a curses window
    The erase and werase routines copy blanks to every position in the window, clearing the screen. The clear and wclear routines are like erase and werase, but they also call clearok, so that the screen ...
 wgetch(3) -- get (or push back) characters from curses terminal keyboard
    The getch, wgetch, mvgetch and mvwgetch, routines read a character from the window. In no-delay mode, if no input is waiting, the value ERR is returned. In delay mode, the program waits until the syst...
 wgetnstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard
    The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is not included in the returned string). The resulting value ...
 wgetstr(3) -- accept character strings from curses terminal keyboard
    The function getstr is equivalent to a series of calls to getch, until a newline or carriage return is received (the terminating character is not included in the returned string). The resulting value ...
 whline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
    The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. Other than the window, each argument is a character with attributes: ls - left side, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - ...
 winch(3) -- get a character and attributes from a curses window
    These routines return the character, of type chtype, at the current position in the named window. If any attributes are set for that position, their values are OR'ed into the value returned. Constant...
 winchnstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window
    These routines return a NULL-terminated array of chtype quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the right margin of the window. The four functions with n ...
 winchstr(3) -- get a string of characters (and attributes) from a curses window
    These routines return a NULL-terminated array of chtype quantities, starting at the current cursor position in the named window and ending at the right margin of the window. The four functions with n ...
 winnstr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window
    These routines return a string of characters in str, extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window. Attributes are stripped from the characters. The four functions with n as th...
 winsch(3) -- insert a character before cursor in a curses window
    These routines, insert the character ch before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are moved one space to the right, with the possibility of the rightmost charact...
 winsdelln(3) -- delete and insert lines in a curses window
    The deleteln and wdeleteln routines delete the line under the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line are moved up one line. The bottom line of the window is cleared. The cursor positio...
 winsertln(3) -- delete and insert lines in a curses window
    The deleteln and wdeleteln routines delete the line under the cursor in the window; all lines below the current line are moved up one line. The bottom line of the window is cleared. The cursor positio...
 winsnstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window
    These routines insert a character string (as many characters as will fit on the line) before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are shifted right, with the possi...
 winsstr(3) -- insert string before cursor in a curses window
    These routines insert a character string (as many characters as will fit on the line) before the character under the cursor. All characters to the right of the cursor are shifted right, with the possi...
 winstr(3) -- get a string of characters from a curses window
    These routines return a string of characters in str, extracted starting at the current cursor position in the named window. Attributes are stripped from the characters. The four functions with n as th...
 wmemchr(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
    The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).
 wmemcmp(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
    The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).
 wmemcpy(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
    The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).
 wmemmove(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
    The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).
 wmemset(3) -- wide character string manipulation operations
    The functions implement string manipulation operations over wide character strings. For a detailed description, refer to documents for the respective single-byte counterpart, such as memchr(3).
 wmouse_trafo(3) -- mouse interface through curses
    These functions provide an interface to mouse events from ncurses(3X). Mouse events are represented by KEY_MOUSE pseudo-key values in the wgetch input stream. To make mouse events visible, use the mou...
 wmove(3) -- move curses window cursor
    These routines move the cursor associated with the window to line y and column x. This routine does not move the physical cursor of the terminal until refresh is called. The position specified is rela...
 wnoutrefresh(3) -- refresh curses windows and lines
    The refresh and wrefresh routines (or wnoutrefresh and doupdate) must be called to get actual output to the terminal, as other routines merely manipulate data structures. The routine wrefresh copies t...
 wordexp(3) -- perform shell-style word expansions
    The wordexp() function performs shell-style word expansion on words and places the list of words into the we_wordv member of we, and the number of words into we_wordc. The flags argument is the bitwis...
 wordfree(3) -- perform shell-style word expansions
    The wordexp() function performs shell-style word expansion on words and places the list of words into the we_wordv member of we, and the number of words into we_wordc. The flags argument is the bitwis...
 wprintf(3) -- formatted wide character output conversion
    The wprintf() family of functions produces output according to a format as described below. The wprintf() and vwprintf() functions write output to stdout, the standard output stream; fwprintf() and vf...
 wprintw(3) -- print formatted output in curses windows
    The printw, wprintw, mvprintw and mvwprintw routines are analogous to printf [see printf(3S)]. In effect, the string that would be output by printf is output instead as though waddstr were used on the...
 wredrawln(3) -- refresh curses windows and lines
    The refresh and wrefresh routines (or wnoutrefresh and doupdate) must be called to get actual output to the terminal, as other routines merely manipulate data structures. The routine wrefresh copies t...
 wrefresh(3) -- refresh curses windows and lines
    The refresh and wrefresh routines (or wnoutrefresh and doupdate) must be called to get actual output to the terminal, as other routines merely manipulate data structures. The routine wrefresh copies t...
 wresize(3) -- resize a curses window
    The wresize function reallocates storage for an ncurses window to adjust its dimensions to the specified values. If either dimension is larger than the current values, the window's data is filled wit...
 wscanf(3) -- wide character input format conversion
    The wscanf() family of functions scans input according to a format as described below. This format may contain conversion specifiers; the results from such conversions, if any, are stored through the ...
 wscanw(3) -- convert formatted input from a curses window
    The scanw, wscanw and mvscanw routines are analogous to scanf [see scanf(3S)]. The effect of these routines is as though wgetstr were called on the window, and the resulting line used as input for ssc...
 wscrl(3) -- scroll a curses window
    The scroll routine scrolls the window up one line. This involves moving the lines in the window data structure. As an optimization, if the scrolling region of the window is the entire screen, the phys...
 wsetscrreg(3) -- curses output options
    These routines set options that change the style of output within curses. All options are initially FALSE, unless otherwise stated. It is not necessary to turn these options off before calling endwin....
 wstandend(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 wstandout(3) -- curses character and window attribute control routines
    These routines manipulate the current attributes of the named window. The current attributes of a window apply to all characters that are written into the window with waddch, waddstr and wprintw. Attr...
 wsyncdown(3) -- create curses windows
    Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o...
 wsyncup(3) -- create curses windows
    Calling newwin creates and returns a pointer to a new window with the given number of lines and columns. The upper left-hand corner of the window is at line begin_y, column begin_x. If either nlines o...
 wtimeout(3) -- curses input options
    Normally, the tty driver buffers typed characters until a newline or carriage return is typed. The cbreak routine disables line buffering and erase/kill character-processing (interrupt and flow contro...
 wtouchln(3) -- curses refresh control routines
    The touchwin and touchline routines throw away all optimization information about which parts of the window have been touched, by pretending that the entire window has been drawn on. This is sometimes...
 wvline(3) -- create curses borders, horizontal and vertical lines
    The border, wborder and box routines draw a box around the edges of a window. Other than the window, each argument is a character with attributes: ls - left side, rs - right side, ts - top side, bs - ...
 xdr(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdrmem_create(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdrrec_create(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdrrec_endofrecord(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdrrec_eof(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdrrec_skiprecord(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdrstdio_create(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_accepted_reply(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls
    These routines are used for describing the RPC messages in XDR language. They should normally be used by those who do not want to use the RPC package directly. These routines return TRUE if they succe...
 xdr_array(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_authsys_parms(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls
    These routines are used for describing the RPC messages in XDR language. They should normally be used by those who do not want to use the RPC package directly. These routines return TRUE if they succe...
 xdr_bool(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_bytes(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_callhdr(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls
    These routines are used for describing the RPC messages in XDR language. They should normally be used by those who do not want to use the RPC package directly. These routines return TRUE if they succe...
 xdr_callmsg(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls
    These routines are used for describing the RPC messages in XDR language. They should normally be used by those who do not want to use the RPC package directly. These routines return TRUE if they succe...
 xdr_char(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_destroy(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_double(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_enum(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_float(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_free(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_getpos(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_inline(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_int(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_long(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_opaque(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_opaque_auth(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls
    These routines are used for describing the RPC messages in XDR language. They should normally be used by those who do not want to use the RPC package directly. These routines return TRUE if they succe...
 xdr_pmap(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 xdr_pmaplist(3) -- library routines for remote procedure calls
    The svc_*() and clnt_*() functions described in this page are the old, TS-RPC interface to the XDR and RPC library, and exist for backward com- patibility. The new interface is described in the pages ...
 xdr_pointer(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_reference(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_rejected_reply(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls
    These routines are used for describing the RPC messages in XDR language. They should normally be used by those who do not want to use the RPC package directly. These routines return TRUE if they succe...
 xdr_replymsg(3) -- XDR library routines for remote procedure calls
    These routines are used for describing the RPC messages in XDR language. They should normally be used by those who do not want to use the RPC package directly. These routines return TRUE if they succe...
 xdr_setpos(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_short(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_string(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_union(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_u_char(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_u_long(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_u_short(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_vector(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_void(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xdr_wrapstring(3) -- library routines for external data representation
    These routines allow C programmers to describe arbitrary data structures in a machine-independent fashion. Data for remote procedure calls are transmitted using these routines. int xdr_array(XDR *xdrs...
 xprt_register(3) -- library routines for registering servers
    These routines are a part of the RPC library which allows the RPC servers to register themselves with rpcbind (see rpcbind(8)), and associate the given program and version number with the dispatch fun...
 xprt_unregister(3) -- library routines for registering servers
    These routines are a part of the RPC library which allows the RPC servers to register themselves with rpcbind (see rpcbind(8)), and associate the given program and version number with the dispatch fun...
 y0(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
    The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes...
 y0f(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
    The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes...
 y1(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
    The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes...
 y1f(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
    The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes...
 yn(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
    The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes...
 ynf(3) -- Bessel functions of first and second kind
    The functions j0(), j0f(), j1() and j1f() compute the Bessel function of the first kind of the order 0 and the order 1, respectively, for the real value x; the functions jn() and jnf() compute the Bes...
 zlib(3) -- compression/decompression library
    The zlib library is a general purpose data compression library. The code is thread safe. It provides in-memory compression and decompression functions, including integrity checks of the uncompressed d...
 _Exit(3) -- perform normal program termination
    The exit() and _Exit() functions terminate a process. Before termination, exit() performs the following functions in the order listed: 1. Call the functions registered with the atexit(3) function, in ...
 _longjmp(3) -- non-local jumps
    The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by thei...
 _rand48(3) -- pseudo random number generators and initialization routines
    The rand48() family of functions generates pseudo-random numbers using a linear congruential algorithm working on integers 48 bits in size. The particular formula employed is r(n+1) = (a * r(n) + c) m...
 _secure_path(3) -- determine if a file appears to be secure
    This function does some basic security checking on a given path. It is intended to be used by processes running with root privileges in order to decide whether or not to trust the contents of a given ...
 _setjmp(3) -- non-local jumps
    The sigsetjmp(), setjmp(), and _setjmp() functions save their calling environment in env. Each of these functions returns 0. The corresponding longjmp() functions restore the environment saved by thei...
 __svc_getcallercreds(3) -- library routines for RPC servers
    These routines are part of the RPC library which allows C language programs to make procedure calls on other machines across the network. These routines are associated with the server side of the RPC ...
Page 0 of 0
Copyright © 2004-2005 DeniX Solutions SRL
newsletter delivery service